Safety Manual - KRC EDIT 073119

Corporate Safety Manual

Revision Date: 11/1/2020

SAFETY MANUAL

Revision Dated 11/1/20



The entire contents of this manual can be found at

manual.jencosafety.us



is TABLE OF CONTENTS All information contained in this document

strictly proprietary and confidential. PAGE 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS ......................................................................................................................................... 1

1 ‐ INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................................. 13

SAFETY COMMITMENT .................................................................................................................................. 14

2 ‐ SAFETY POLICY .....................................................................................................................................................15

3 ‐ DELEGATION OF SAFETY RESPONSIBILITIES .......................................................................................... 16

MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................................................................ 16

SUPERVISORS .................................................................................................................................... 16

SAFETY PERSONNEL ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 17

EMPLOYEES ............................................................................................................................................. 17

DISCIPLINARY ACTION PROGRAM ........................................................................................................ 18

NOTICE OF SAFETY RULE VIOLATION .............................................................................................. 21

4 ‐ HAZARD COMMUNICATION 29 CFR 1910.1200 .......................................................................................... 22

PURPOSE ............................................................................................................................................ 22

POLICY ............................................................................................................................................................ 22

DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................................................................... 24

LIST OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS ................................................................................................ 24

HAZARDOUS NON‐ROUTINE TASKS ............................................................................................. 25

CONTAINER LABELING ...................................................................................................................... 25

SAFETY DATA SHEETS (SDS) ........................................................................................................... 27

EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING................................................................................... 28

APPENDIX A .................................................................................................................................................... 30

5 ‐ CONFINED SPACES IN CONSTRUCTION .................................................................................................... 39

PURPOSE ............................................................................................................................................ 39

TABLE OF CONTENTS





DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................................................... 39

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................................................... 44

CONDITIONS REQUIRED TO USE ALTERNATE PROCEDURE ................................................................... 45

CLASSIFICATION/RECLASSIFICATION OF A SPACE .................................................................................. 46

PERMIT‐REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE PROGRAM: .................................................................................. 47

PERMITTING PROCESS ................................................................................................................................. 50

ENTRY PERMIT ............................................................................................................................................... 51

TRAINING ........................................................................................................................................................ 60

DUTIES OF AUTHORIZED ENTRANTS .......................................................................................................... 61

DUTIES OF ATTENDANTS .............................................................................................................................. 62

DUTIES OF ENTRY SUPERVISORS ............................................................................................................... 63

RESCUE AND EMERGENCY SERVICES ....................................................................................................... 63

EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION ......................................................................................................................... 65

PROVISION OF DOCUMENTS TO SECRETARY ........................................................................................... 65

6 ‐ FALL PROTECTION OSHA 1925.500 SUBPART M ...................................................................................... 66

SCOPE AND APPLICATION ........................................................................................................... 66

DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................................................................... 66

DUTY TO HAVE FALL PROTECTION ...................................................................................................... 69

FALL PROTECTION SYST EMS CRITERIA AND PRACTICES ............................................................. 71

7 ‐ RESPIRATORY PROTECTION ...................................................................................................................... 82

PURPOSE ........................................................................................................................................................ 82

SCOPE ................................................................................................................................................. 82

POLICY ................................................................................................................................................ 82

DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................................................................... 82

PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION........................................................................................................ 87

PHYSICAL CONSIDERATIONS .................................................................................................. 87





RESPIRATOR SELECTION .................................................................................................................. 88

TRAINING ............................................................................................................................................ 91

RESPIRATOR FITTING TEST ................................................................................................. 93

RESPIRATOR CARE ................................................................................................................................. 96

SPECIAL PROBLEMS .............................................................................................................................. 97

PROGRAM EVALUATION .................................................................................................................... 98

APPENDIX ...................................................................................................................................... 99

8 ‐ LEAD EXPOSURE ........................................................................................................................................ 113

SAFE WORKING PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................... 113

PURPOSE ...................................................................................................................................................... 113

POLICY .............................................................................................................................................. 113

SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................... 113

REVIEW ................................................................................................................................................... 113

DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................................... 113

EXPOSURE MONITORING AND CONTROL ............................................................................................. 114

RESPIRATORY PROTECTI ON .................................................................................................................... 119

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................... 120

HYGIENE FACILITIES AND PRACTICES .......................................................................................... 121

MEDICAL CONSIDERATIONS ...................................................................................................... 122

MEDICAL REMOVAL PROTECTION .................................................................................................. 125

EMPLOYEE INFORMANTIO N AND TRAINING .............................................................................. 126

RECORDKEEPING AND NOTIFICATION ................................................................................... 126

9 ‐ DRUG‐FREE WORKPLACE POLICY FOR ALL EMPLOYEES .................................................................. 129

PURPOSE .......................................................................................................................................... 129

PURPOSE .......................................................................................................................................... 129

PRE‐EMPLOYMENT DRUG TEST ING ........................................................................................... 129





INJURY OR ACCIDENT / INCIDENT REQUIRED DRUG SCREEN......................................................... 130

RANDOM DRUG TESTING ................................................................................................................ 130

FOR CAUSE DRUG TESTI NG ....................................................................................................... 131

POSITVE RESULTS / PROCEDURE SENSITIVITY LEVELS ............................................................. 132

10 ‐ BLOODBOURNE PATHOGENS 29 CFR 1910.1030 .................................................................................. 135

POLICY .............................................................................................................................................. 135

PURPOSE ............................................................................................................................................... 135

DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................................... 135

EXPOSURE DETERMINATION ...................................................................................................... 136

ENGINEERING AND WORK PRACTICE CONTROLS........................................................................... 137

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................... 137

HOUSEKEEPING ............................................................................................................................... 138

HEPATITIS B VACCINATION, POST EVALUATION AND FOLLOW‐UP ............................................. 139

COMMUNICATION OF HAZARDS TO EMPLOYEES ............................................................................ 141

RECORDKEEPING .................................................................................................................................. 142

11 ‐ PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 29 CFR §1910.132‐139 SUBPART .................................................... 143

PURPOSE .......................................................................................................................................... 143

SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................... 143

DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................................... 143

RESPONSIBILITIES ...................................................................................................................... 145

PPE SELECTION .......................................................................................................................................... 146

TRAINING .......................................................................................................................................... 149

RECORDKEEPING .................................................................................................................................. 150

APPENDIX .................................................................................................................................... 151

12 ‐ HEXAVALENT CHROMIUM EXPOSURE PROGRAM ............................................................................... 154

POLICY .............................................................................................................................................. 154





ADMINISTRATION ........................................................................................................................ 154

EXPOSURE STANDARDS AND MONITORING .................................................................................... 154

CONTROLLING EXPOSURE ...................................................................................................................... 156

RESPIRATORY PROTECTION ..................................................................................................................... 157

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT ...................................................................................................... 159

HYGIENE FACILITIES AND PRACICES ........................................................................................................ 160

WASTE DISPOSAL ........................................................................................................................................ 160

MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE ........................................................................................................................... 160

TRAINING .......................................................................................................................................... 161

RECORDKEEPING AND NOTIFICATION ..................................................................................................... 161

13 ‐ LOCKOUT / TAGOUT ................................................................................................................................. 162

POLICY .............................................................................................................................................. 162

PURPOSE .......................................................................................................................................... 162

SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................... 162

DEFINITIO NS ................................................................................................................................................ 163

GENERAL LOCKOUT/TAGOUT PROCEDURES .......................................................................................... 164

SPECIFIC LOCKOUT/TAGOUT PROCEDURES .......................................................................................... 166

TRAINING & RETRAINING ........................................................................................................................... 167

ENFORCEMENT ................................................................................................................................ 168

PROGRAM EVALUATION & MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................... 168

OUTSIDE PERSONNEL ................................................................................................................................ 168

14 ‐ ELECTRICAL SAFE WORK PRACTICES PROGRAM .............................................................................. 169

PURPOSE .......................................................................................................................................... 169

SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................... 169

COVERED EMPLOYEES. .............................................................................................................................. 170

TRAINING .......................................................................................................................................... 171





SELECTION AND USE OF WORK PRACTICES............................................................................................ 172

LOCKOUT AND TAGOUT .............................................................................................................................. 172

WORKING ON OR NEAR ENERGIZED EQUIPMENT ................................................................................... 174

BUS DUCT SWITCHES .................................................................................................................................. 175

USE OF EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................................................... 176

SAFEGUARD FOR PERSONNEL PROTECTION ......................................................................................... 179

15 ‐ AERIAL LIFTS & PLATF ORMS POLICY ................................................................................................... 181

INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................................... 181

TRAINING .......................................................................................................................................... 181

OPERATION GUIDELINES ............................................................................................................................ 181

UNIVERSAL JENCO CONSTRUCTION AERIAL LIFT INSPECTION CHECKLIST ...................................................................... 183

16 ‐ COMPANY VEHICLES ............................................................................................................................... 184

DRIVERS ........................................................................................................................................... 184

VEHICLES .......................................................................................................................................... 184

Universal / JENCO CONSTRUCTION Company Vehicle Policy ..................................................................... 186

17 ‐ SCAFFOLDING ...................................................................................................................................................187

PURPOSE .......................................................................................................................................... 187

POLICY .............................................................................................................................................. 187

SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................... 187

DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................................... 187

REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................................................................... 189

SCAFFOLD CONSTRUCTION ...................................................................................................................... 190

DUTIES OF THE SCAFFOLD COMPETENT PERSON..................................................................... 193

SCAFFOLD INSPECTION ............................................................................................................................. 194

TRAINING REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................................ 194

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................................... 195





APPENDIX A ................................................................................................................................................. 196

APPENDIX B ................................................................................................................................................ 197

18 ‐ WELDING AND BURNING ......................................................................................................................... 198

PURPOSE .......................................................................................................................................... 198

SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................... 198

REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................................................... 198

PROCEDURE: GAS WELDING AND CUTTING .......................................................................................... 198

ARC WELDING AND CUTTING ...................................................................................................................... 201

SHIELDING ........................................................................................................................................ 202

19 ‐ HAND OR POWER TOOLS ........................................................................................................................ 206

PURPOSE .......................................................................................................................................... 206

PROCEDURE .......................................................................................................................................... 206

HAND TOOLS ................................................................................................................................................ 207

POWER TOOL REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................................. 208

FUEL POWERED .......................................................................................................................................... 208

PNEUMATIC TOOLS ..................................................................................................................................... 209

JACKS ................................................................................................................................................ 209

HYDRAULIC POWERED JACKS ................................................................................................................... 209

20 ‐ HOT WORK / OPEN FLAME SAFETY PROGRAM .................................................................................... 210

PURPOSE .......................................................................................................................................... 210

HOT WORK PROCEDURES .......................................................................................................................... 210

WELDING & HOT WORK FIRE PREVENTION MEASURES........................................................................ 211

REQUIREMENTS FOR WELDING OUTSIDE DESIGNATED AREAS ........................................................... 211

FIRE PROTECTION ....................................................................................................................................... 211

21 ‐ TRENCHING AND EXCAVATION .............................................................................................................. 213

PURPOSE .......................................................................................................................................... 213





SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................... 213

DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................................... 213

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................................ 216

ACCESS AND EGRESS ................................................................................................................................. 217

MOBILE EQUIPMENT .................................................................................................................................... 217

HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERES .................................................................................................................... 217

EMERGENCY RESCUE EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................................ 218

PROTECTION FROM WATER ACCUMULATION .................................................................................... 218

STABILITY OF ADJACENT STRUCTURES ............................................................................................... 219

PROTECTION FROM LOOSE ROCK OR SOIL ................................................................................ 219

INSPECTIONS BY THE COMPETENT PERSON ............................................................................... 220

FALL PROTECTION ...................................................................................................................................... 220

PROTECTION OF EMPLOYEES IN EXCAVATIONS ................................................................................. 220

INSTALLATION AND REM OVAL OF SUPPORTS .............................................................................. 223

SHIELD SYSTEMS ........................................................................................................................ 223

EXCAVATION GUIDELINES (DIAGRAM 052‐1) ......................................................................................... 224

EXCAVATION EXAMPLE .............................................................................................................................. 225

22 ‐ HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM .................................................................................................. 226

EXPOSURE LIMITS ....................................................................................................................................... 227

NOISE MONITORING PROGRAM ............................................................................................................... 228

PPE ................................................................................................................................................................ 228

23 ‐ SAFETY ADMINISTRATION ...................................................................................................................... 229

OBJECTIVE.................................................................................................................................................... 229

PREPARE EMPLOYEE OBJECTIVES ......................................................................................................... 229

ACQUAINT EMPLOYEES WITH IN‐HOUSE SAFETY PROGRAMS ........................................................... 229

HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS TRAINING PROGRAM .................................................................................... 230





HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM .................................................................................................... 231

HOUSEKEEPING PROGRAM ...................................................................................................................... 232

JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS (JSA) PROGRAM ............................................................................................... 233

PROBLEM SOLVING MEETING PROGRAM ............................................................................................... 234

EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROGRAM ............................................................................................. 235

HAZARD ASSESSMENT ............................................................................................................................... 236

TRAINING DOCUMENTATION .......................................................................................................... 237

PROCESS SAFETY MANAGEMENT FOR HIGHLY HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS .................................... 238

SAFETY MEETINGS ..................................................................................................................................... 241

INSPECTIONS ............................................................................................................................................... 243

ACCIDENT – INJURY ............................................................................................................................ 246

POSTING & RECORD KEEPING REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................... 254

OSHA INSPECTION PROCEDURS ................................................................................................... 256

DELEGATION OF SAFETY RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................................................................ 257

24 ‐ DETAILED SAFETY INFORMATION ......................................................................................................... 262

WORK SITE SAFETY ................................................................................................................................... 262

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ EXCAVATIONS ..................................................................................................... 263

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ HOUSEKEEPING. ................................................................................................. 264

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ TEMPORARY TRAILERS ..................................................................................... 264

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ NOISE .................................................................................................................... 265

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ PRESSURE ......................................................................................265

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ PRESSURE ........................................................................................................... 266

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ LADDERS .............................................................................................................. 267

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ DOMESTIC DISASTERS ...................................................................................... 268

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ CHEMICALS & HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ........................................................ 270

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ HAZARDOUS GASES .......................................................................................... 271





WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION .................................................................................. 274

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ ABRASIVE BLASTING ............................................................................................................... 277

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ BLASTING CONTAINMENT ...................................................................................................... 278

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ WATER BLASTING .................................................................................................................... 279

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ SPRAY PAINTING ..................................................................................................................... 279

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ TANK SAFETY ........................................................................................................................... 280

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ TANK AND VESSEL CLEANING ............................................................................................... 281

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ MOTORIZED EQUIPMENT / VEHICLE SAFETY ...................................................................... 282

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION .......................................................................... 283

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ WINCH LINES, WINCHES & GIN POLES ................................................................................. 284

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ TRAILERS .................................................................................................................................. 285

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ WIRE & FIBER ROPE ................................................................................................................ 286

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ FORKLIFTS ................................................................................................................................ 290

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ SANITATION .............................................................................................................................. 292

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ LIGHTING ................................................................................................................................... 292

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ SIGNS, SIGNALS & BARRICADES ........................................................................................... 293

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ WORKING OVER WATER ........................................................................................................ 294

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ GUARDING FLOOR, WALL OPENINGS & PLATFORMS ........................................................ 294

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ ELECTRICAL SAFETY .............................................................................................................. 295

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ AIR COMPRRESSORS & COMPRESSED AIR ........................................................................ 296

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ SAFETY NETS ........................................................................................................................... 296

25 ‐ PERSONAL SAFETY ........................................................................................................................................... 297

PERSONAL SAFETY ‐ PREVENTING BACK INJURY ............................................................................... 298

PERSONAL SAFETY ‐ FIRST AID & CPR ................................................................................................. 299

PERSONAL SAFETY ‐ ARSENIC AWARENESS........................................................................................ 307

PERSONAL SAFETY ‐ ASBESTOS AWARENESS ....................................................................................... 310





PERSONAL SAFETY ‐ PROGRAM CHECKLIST ........................................................................................... 313

26 – CRANES AND DERRICKS IN CONSTRUCTION ...................................................................................... 314

POLICY .......................................................................................................................................................... 314

Actions Required Prior to Assembly .............................................................................................................. 314

GROUND Conditions ...................................................................................................................................... 315

ELECTRICAL HAZARDS ............................................................................................................................... 315

Dedicated Spotter Requirements .................................................................................................................... 317

Assembly/Disassembly .................................................................................................................................. 317

Post‐assembly ................................................................................................................................................ 319

Rigging. .......................................................................................................................................................... 319

Inspections ..................................................................................................................................................... 320

Documentation of Annual/Comprehensive Inspection: ............................................................................... 321

WIRE ROPE INSPECTION ............................................................................................................................ 321

Safety Devices .................................................................................................................................................. 322

CRANE OPERATIONS .................................................................................................................................. 322

WORK CONTROL AREA ............................................................................................................................... 326

Equipment Modifications ................................................................................................................................ 327

Training ........................................................................................................................................................... 329

Audited Employer Program ............................................................................................................................. 330

Audited Employer Program ............................................................................................................................. 330

Rigger Training, Qualification and Certification ............................................................................................ 331

Signal Person Training, Qualification and Certification ................................................................................ 331

Power Lines Training ................................................................................................................................................333

27 ‐ OCCUPATIONAL SILICA DUST EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN ............................................................... 334

PROGRAM ..................................................................................................................................................... 334

Part 1. Hazard Identification ............................................................................................................................ 334



is 1 ‐ INTRODUCTION All information contained in this document


Part 2. Worksite Monitoring ............................................................................................................................. 334

Part 3. Employee Training ............................................................................................................................... 334

Part 4. Housekeeping Procedures .................................................................................................................. 335

Part 5. Engineering Controls ........................................................................................................................... 335

Part 6. Personal Hygiene ................................................................................................................................ 335

Part 7. Personal Protective Equipment ............................................................................................................ 335

Part 8. Medical Surveillance. ........................................................................................................................... 335

Part 9. Recordkeeping .................................................................................................................................... 336

Part 10. Emergency First Aid Procedures for Silica Dust ................................................................................. 336

Part 11. Spill and Disposal Precautions ........................................................................................................... 336

Return to Work Policy ...................................................................................................................................... 343

Return to Work Policy ...................................................................................................................................... 347

Behavior Based Safety Program ..................................................................................................................... 348

HEAT ILLNESS PREVENT PLAN ..................................................................................................................... 350

SUBCONTRACTOR SAFETY AND HEALTH COMMITMENT AGREEMENT ................................................. 354

SUBCONTRACTOR EVALUATION ................................................................................................................. 355

Management of Change Form ......................................................................................................................... 356

Short Service Employee Program ................................................................................................................... 357

Revision Log ..................................................................................................................................................... 358





TO: EMPLOYEES OF JENCO CONSTRUCTION LLC , Safety is of primary importance in our operations. Each of us has the responsibility to make our safety and the safety of our co‐workers a basic concern. This objective is fundamental to our wellbeing, as well as to the efficient operation of our business. Part of every employee’s performance appraisal will be a rating of his or her safety performance. Safety is an important part of your job function. This manual provides all Jenco personnel with a set of safe operation practices, guidelines, and rules to be used in daily operations. After this manual has been reviewed, discuss any areas that you do not understand with your immediate supervisor. When you feel that you fully understand the materials in this manual, sign this form and give it to your supervisor. This will be a part of your permanent personnel record. Date _______________________________ Division / Location _________________________________ I have reviewed this safety manual. I realize that, by following these rules, I will create a safe place to work for myself and my co‐workers. I plan to make safety my highest priority. _________________________________ Employee Signature

1 ‐ INTRODUCTION





SAFETY COMMITMENT

EMPLOYER ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM

Jenco Construction is committed to providing a safe and healthy work environment for our employees and subcontractors. To fulfill this commitment, we will implement an aggressive accident prevention

program and will comply with all OSHA safety regulations.

Safety and productivity are mutually compatible and attainable; safety will not be compromised because of time or money considerations.

We will maintain an on‐going safety program that includes employee training and education. We will

acknowledge employee complaints about safety conditions and take measures to correct any problems. We will require all employees to participate in safety training and safe working practices.

This program is designed to be used in conjunction with the current copy of the OSHA Construction

Industry Standards, 29 CFR 1926 and the General Industry Standards, 29 CFR 1910.

We will make safety our highest priority.

______________________________________________

President – Mike Olson

______________________________________________

Vice President – Dak Spears

This 5th of February 2021

WORKER MANAGEMENT SAFETY AND HEALTH COMMITTEE MEMBERS

______________________________________ ___________________________________

______________________________________ ___________________________________

______________________________________ ___________________________________

______________________________________ ___________________________________

______________________________________ ___________________________________



is 2 ‐ SAFETY POLICY All information contained in this document


Jenco Construction with state and federal laws and regulations concerning occupational health and safety. We are up‐to‐date on the most current safety philosophies and recommendations that are designed to assure the safety of our employees and others.

We strongly maintain, however, that you, the individual employee, are the best source of protection for yourself and the work force. Therefore, we require you to follow stringent health and safety policies and procedures.

Jenco Construction is dedicated to providing the best, safest, and most helpful working conditions possible for our employees. To assure this, we are equally dedicated to discovering, correcting, and preventing safety and environmental health hazards that could affect you and the general public.

Jenco Construction will do the following:

2 ‐ SAFETY POLICY



is 3 ‐ DELEGATION OF SAFETY RESPONSIBILITIES All information contained in this document


Everyone at Jenco Construction is responsible for his or her own safety, the safety of fellow employees, and the

safety of the work environment. There are, however, specific responsibilities that can be assigned to

different individuals or groups of individuals, who will help all of us, work more safely and more productively.

MANAGEMENT

It is Management’s responsibility to:

➢ Commit the resources necessary to implement the Injury and Illness Prevention Plan effectively.

➢ Ensure that all supervisors are capable of implementing the program through ongoing education and training.

➢ Advise employees of the “Right to Know” Law.

➢ Explain to employees the HAZARD COMMUNICATION STANDARD.

➢ Explain to employees the company’s DRUG‐FREE WORKPLACE policy.

➢ Obtain written verification from employees that they have read the safety manual and the company policies, understand the information, and agree to comply with the rules and regulations outlined. Written verification will be their signatures stating the above.

➢ Work constantly to prevent accidents since it is Management who is liable for on‐the‐job incidents.

➢ Provide incentive and full support of all safety procedures, training, and hazard elimination practices.

➢ Keep fully informed on health and safety items through the company in order to assess the effectiveness of the current safety and health programs.

SUPERVISORS

It is the responsibility of Supervisory Personnel to:

➢ Recognize and evaluate the hazards of all work activities during pre‐job planning. ➢ Be responsible for instructing employees under their jurisdiction in proper procedures and safe methods to use while

working. ➢ Take immediate corrective measures to eliminate hazardous conditions or practices. ➢ Prevent all accidents, whether personal injury or property damage. ➢ Enforce at all times the established safety program. ➢ Prevent production, time limitations, or unexpected problems from interfering with the safety of all concerned. ➢ Routinely observe the actions of their work crews for unsafe or non‐compliant acts and take immediate action to ➢ prevent injury or illness and comply with program requirements. ➢ Ensure that approved personal protective equipment is provided to all affected employees; that this equipment is

properly inspected, maintained and used; and that all affected employees are qualified to use this equipment ➢ Maintain an OSHA 300 log of all injuries and illnesses at each job site.

3 ‐ DELEGATION OF SAFETY RESPONSIBILITIES





SAFETY PERSONNEL

It is the responsibility of the Safety Personnel to:

➢ Combine the Jenco Construction safety requirements with those of our client to make each job site as safe as possible. ➢ Provide training in First Aid & CPR, Fire Control, Forklift Safety Certification, Safe Work Practices, and so forth. ➢ Provide employees with updated safety and health information. ➢ Provide material for Safety Bulletin Boards and Safety Meetings.

EMPLOYEES

It is the responsibility of the Employees to:

➢ Attend and participate in all required training and meetings.

➢ Use all tools and equipment in a safe manner according to manufacturer’s instructions.

➢ Comply with all rules and OSHA regulations that are applicable to their job site.

➢ Inspect all tools and equipment for defects and proper operations before using.

➢ Immediately report all safety and health hazards to their supervisors.

➢ Assist supervisors in accident investigations to ensure that any unsafe conditions are identified and corrected.





DISCIPLINARY ACTION PROGRAM

The safety rules established herein are basic. Compliance with these rules and future rules are a condition of your continued employment.

To establish an equitable enforcement program, the rules have been placed in three categories which reflect the seriousness of the violation of said rule. Violations of the same rule or other rules of one of the following categories in any six-month period will result in the following actions.

CATEGROY 1 VIOLATIONS

First Offense:

Initial Written Warning

Second Offense:

Final Written Warning

Third Offense:

Immediate Discharge

Category 1 violations consist of the following:

➢ Failure to use equipment in the manner it was intended for. ➢ Failure to wear the appropriate personal protective equipment. ➢ Failure to wear suitable work clothes and shoes. ➢ Failure to inspect and report defective tools and equipment before use, and/or failure to report unsafe

conditions immediately. ➢ Failure to properly inspect, maintain, and store safety related personal protection devices and equipment. ➢ Creating or contributing to poor housekeeping.





CATEGORY 2 VIOLATIONS

First Offense: Final Written Warning

Second Offense: Immediate Discharge

Category 2 violations consist of the following:

➢ Failures to properly select, inspect, position, secure, and/or utilize portable ladders safely.

➢ Failure to follow the rules governing the proper use of scaffolding, including pre‐use inspection of all components

(i.e., supports, bracing, cables, planking, guard rails, toe boards, access ladders, etc.)

➢ Sleeping during working hours.

➢ Failures to follow safety procedures and/or safety rules for sandblasting, water blasting, painting, permit required

confined space entry or hazard communication.

➢ Unauthorized use of tools, equipment, machines, materials, or vehicles, including “tagged out” equipment.

➢ Failure to obey warning signs and notices (i.e., “no contractor’s employees allowed”, “authorized personnel only”,

etc.)

➢ Disturbing others, threatening, intimidating, coercing, or interfering with fellow employees, horseplay, scuffling or

throwing things.





CATEGORY 3 VIOLATIONS

THE SAFETY DIRECTOR RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DISCHARGE AN EMPLOYEE FOR

A VIOLATION NOT LISTED BELOW IF HE/SHE FEELS THAT THE SEVERITY OF THE

VIOLATION ENDANGERED OTHER EMPLOYEES WELL BEING.

➢ Reporting to work under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or the possession, distribution, consumption, or use of alcohol

or drugs during working hours.

➢ Falsification of personnel, time production, or any other, company record.

➢ Participation in illegal gambling, card playing, lottery or game of chance on company time.

➢ Deliberate abuse or destruction of company tools, property, or equipment, or the property of any employee at any time.

➢ Possession of weapons or fighting.

➢ Failure to properly utilize lifelines, safety harnesses, lanyards and other fall protection.

➢ Theft of property or company or its employees, or conversion of same for own use.

➢ Any plant rules or facility rules which they feel an employee should be discharged.

➢ Failure to report accidents, both bodily injury and property damage, to your supervisor as soon as possible.

➢ Discharge of Hazardous Waste into the environment.

➢ Smoking or using ignition source equipment or spark producing tools in no smoking or no open flame areas.





NOTICE OF SAFETY RULE VIOLATION INITIAL WARNING: You are hereby formally warned that you have violated the basic company safety rule described below. You are further advised that this warning will remain in effect for a period of exactly six months from the date of the violation. A repeat of this violation or other violations of basic safety rules will subject you to a final warning and then discharge. Upon satisfactory completion of the warning period, this notice of the violation will be removed from your record. FINAL WARNING: This is a final warning that you have violated the basic company safety rule described below. You are further advised that this warning will remain in effect for a period of exactly six months from the date of violation. A repeat of this violation or other violations of basic safety rules will subject you to immediate discharge. Upon satisfactory completion of the warning period, this notice of violation will be removed from your record. NOTICE OF SAFETY VIOLATION FORM (SAMPLE) Employee Name: ________________________________Position:_____________________________________ SS#: ______________________________________ Date of Violation:_________________________________ Project Name:______________________________________________________________________________ Description of Violation:_______________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ Witnesses:_________________________________________________________________________________ Issued By:______________________________________ Position:___________________________________________ Date: ______________________________ Copy Received (Employee Signature): ___________________________________Date: __________________ Distribution Employee:______________________________________________ Issuing Supervisor: ______________________________________ Safety Director: ________________________________________ Project Manager: _______________________________________ *Written warnings will become part of an employee’s personnel record. Each written warning will be removed at the end of six months from the date of the warning.



is 4 ‐ HAZARD COMMUNICATION 29 CFR 1910.1200

PAGE 22

All information contained in this document

strictly proprietary and confidential.

PURPOSE

The purpose of this hazard communication program is to ensure that the hazards of all chemicals produced

or imported are classified, and that information concerning the classified hazards is transmitted to our employees.

The provisions of this hazard communication program are consistent with the provisions of the United Nations

Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labeling of Chemicals (GHS), Revision 3. The transmittal of information is to be accomplished by means of our comprehensive hazard communication program.

POLICY

We shall develop, implement, and maintain at each workplace a comprehensive written

hazard communication program for the employees at Jenco Construction, which includes

container labeling and other forms of warning, safety data sheets, and employee training.

Note: Where employees must travel between workplaces during a work shift,

i.e., their work is carried out at more than one geographical location, the safety

data sheets may be kept at the primary workplace facility. In this situation, the

employer shall ensure that employees

can immediately obtain the required information in an emergency.

Hazard communication applies to any hazardous substance which is known to be present in

the work place in such a manner that employees may be exposed under normal conditions

of use or in a reasonably

foreseeable emergency resulting from work place operations. We will maintain a list of the

hazardous substances known to be present using an identity that is referenced on the

appropriate safety data sheet (SDS). This list may be compiled for the workplace as a whole

or for

individual work areas.Manufacturers and importers shall obtain or develop a safety data

sheet for each hazardous substance they produce or import. We will obtain from the

manufacturer or seller an SDS of each hazardous substance which we use and maintain

these SDS on the job site.As a matter of course, before a new product is purchased, we will

review its SDS to determine the presence of carcinogenic or other extremely hazardous

chemicals. Using this information from the SDS, we will be able to inform employees how

they will be protected from carcinogens at the workplace.Should work activities be performed

in areas where chemicals are transferred through unlabeled pipes, the

employee shall be informed by the competent person or supervisor of:

a. The chemical in the pipes.

4 ‐ HAZARD COMMUNICATION 29 CFR 1910.1200




PAGE 23



b. Viscosity, pressure, heat.

c. Potential Hazards.

d. Safety precautions to be taken.

In multi‐employer workplaces, the written hazard communication program of Jenco

Construction will include

the methods we will use to inform any other employers sharing the same work area of the

hazardous

chemicals to which their employees may be exposed while performing their work, and any

suggestions for appropriate protective measures, including the following:

The competent person on the job site will inform those with whom we work of any hazardous

chemical products we are using and will provide them with the appropriate SDS for their

review. SDS for all chemical products used on the job site will be readily available.

Should we introduce a new chemical product to the job site that contains a physical or health

safety hazard, the product's SDS will accompany that product and, before use, employees

will be given instruction on the products hazards. This information will be shared with other

contractors with whom we may be working. Employees are to be kept informed of the

chemical products being used by other contractors if they pose a safety hazard.

Safety data sheets shall also be made readily available, upon request, to designated

representatives, the Assistant Secretary, and the Director, in accordance with the

requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1020(e).




PAGE 24



DEFINITIONS

Chemical – any element, chemical compound, or mixture of elements and/or compounds.

Chemical name – scientific designation of a chemical in accordance with the nomenclature

system developed by the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) or the

Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) rules of nomenclature, or a name which will clearly identify the

chemical for the purpose of conducting a hazard evaluation.

Combustible liquid – any liquid having a flashpoint at or above 100 (37.8 degrees Celsius), but

below 200 degrees Fahrenheit (93.3 degrees Celsius), except any mixture having components

with flashpoints of 200 degrees Fahrenheit (93.3 degrees Celsius), or higher, the total volume of

which make up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture.

Common name – any designation or identification such as code name, code number, trade

name, brand name or generic name used to identify a chemical other than by its chemical name.

Compressed gas – A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute pressure

exceeding 40 psi at 70 degrees Fahrenheit (21.1 degrees Celsius); or A gas or mixture of gases

having, in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 104 psi at 130 degrees Fahrenheit (54.4

degrees Celsius) regardless of the pressure at 70 degrees Fahrenheit (21.1 degrees Celsius); or

A liquid having a vapor pressure exceeding 40 psi at 100 degrees Fahrenheit (37.8 Celsius) as

determined by ASTM D‐323‐72.

Container – any bag, barrel, bottle, box, can, cylinder, drum, reaction vessel, storage tank, or the

like that contains a hazardous chemical.

Employee – a worker who may be exposed to hazardous chemicals under normal operating

conditions or in foreseeable emergencies

LIST OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

The list of hazardous chemicals will change from job site to job site. Therefore, this list shall be arranged at the beginning of each job and revised throughout the duration of the job as more chemicals are introduced into the workplace. All SDS chemical information will be provided to the all employees and employers of multiple jobsites




PAGE 25



HAZARDOUS NON‐ROUTINE TASKS

Periodically, employees must perform non‐routine tasks. Before Starting work on such projects, each employee

will be given information by the employer about the hazardous chemicals to which they may be exposed during such activity.

This information will include:

➢ Specific chemical hazards ➢ Protective safety measures employees must take ➢ Measure the company has taken to reduce the hazards, including ventilation, respirators, presence of

another employee, and emergency procedures

CONTAINER LABELING

The manufacturer, importer, or distributor shall ensure that each container of hazardous chemicals leaving the workplace is labeled, tagged or marked. Where the manufacturer or importer is required to label, tag or mark the following information shall be provided: a. Product identifier; b. Signal word; c. Hazard statement(s); d. Pictogram(s); e. Precautionary statement(s); and, f. Name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturer, importer, or other responsible party. The manufacturer or importer preparing the safety data sheet shall ensure that the information provided accurately reflects the scientific evidence used in making the hazard determination. If the manufacturer or importer, become aware of any significant information regarding the hazards of a chemical, or ways to protect against the hazards, this new information shall be added to the safety data sheet within three months. If the chemical is not currently being produced or imported, the manufacturer or importer shall add the information to the safety data sheet before the chemical is introduced into the workplace again. We will replace safety data sheets with updated copies as they are received. Product identifier and words, pictures, symbols, or combination thereof, which provide at least general information regarding the hazards of the chemicals, and which, in conjunction with the other information immediately available to employees under the hazard communication program, will provide employees with the specific information regarding the physical and health hazards of the hazardous chemical. **A guide to reading, identifying, and understanding hazard warning labels can be found in the attached Appendix




PAGE 26



Example below for labeling:

We may use signs, placards, process sheets, batch tickets, operating procedures, or other such written materials

in lieu of affixing labels to individual stationary process containers, as long as the alternative method identifies the

containers to which it is applicable and conveys the information required by the above to be on a label. The written

materials shall be readily accessible to the employees at Jenco Construction in their work area throughout each work

shift. We may use such written materials in lieu of affixing labels to individual containers if the alternative method

identifies and accompanies the containers to which it is applicable and conveys the information required to be on a

label.

We are not required to label portable containers into which hazardous chemicals are transferred from labeled

containers, and which are intended only for the immediate use of the employee who performs the transfer.

We shall not remove or intentionally deface existing labels on incoming containers of hazardous chemicals unless

the container is immediately marked with the required information.

We shall ensure that workplace labels or other forms of warning are legible, in English, and prominently displayed

on the container, or readily available in the work area throughout each work shift. If we have employees who

speak languages other than English, we will add the information to the presented material translated to the

appropriate language and the information will be presented in their language.

Note: OSHA pictograms do not replace the diamond shaped labels that the U.S. Department of

Transportation (DOT) requires for the transport of chemicals, including chemical drums, chemical totes,

tanks, or other containers. Those labels must be on the external part of a shipped container and meet the

DOT requirements set forth in 49 CFR 172, Subpart E.




PAGE 27



SAFETY DATA SHEETS (SDS)

It is the responsibility of the Project Supervisor and Safety Director to obtain necessary SDS’s for hazardous materials so a comprehensive SDS file can be maintained. SDS’s will be maintained for chemicals that are on‐ site. A guide to reading and understanding SDS’s can be found in the attached Appendix. Copies of the SDS’s for all hazardous chemicals to which employees may be exposed will be kept at Jenco Construction and will be readily available for review to all employees prior to exposure.

*All SDS’s shall always be available to all employees. ** A guide to how to read and understand a SDS can be found in the attached Appendix A.




PAGE 28



EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING

We shall provide employees with effective information and training on hazardous chemicals in their work area

at the time of their initial assignment, and whenever a new chemical hazard is introduced into their work area.

Information and training may relate to general classes of hazardous chemicals to the extent appropriate and

related to reasonably foreseeable exposures of the job. Chemical‐specific information must always be

available through labels and safety data sheets.

Information and training shall consist of at least the following topics:

a. Employees at Jenco Construction shall be informed of the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200,

Hazard Communication, and its appendices.

b. Employees at Jenco Construction shall be informed of any operations in their work area

where hazardous chemicals are present.

c. Employees at Jenco Construction shall be informed of the location and availability of the written

hazard communication program, including the list(s) of hazardous chemicals and safety data sheets

required by this section.

d. Employees at Jenco Construction shall be trained in the methods and observations that may be used

to detect the presence or release of a hazardous chemical in the work area (such as conducting

specific monitoring, using continuous monitoring devices, learning the visual appearance or odor

of hazardous chemicals when being released, etc.).

e. Employees at Jenco Construction shall be trained in the physical, health, simple asphyxiation,

combustible dust and pyrophoric gas hazards, as well as hazards not otherwise classified, of the

chemicals in the work area, and the measures they can take to protect themselves from these hazards,

including specific procedures the we have implemented to protect our employees from exposure to

hazardous chemicals, such as appropriate work practices, emergency procedures, and personal

protective equipment to be used.

f. Employees at Jenco Construction shall be trained in the details of our hazard communication

program, including an explanation of the labels received on shipped containers and the workplace

labeling system used by their employer and the safety data sheet, and how our employees can

obtain and use the appropriate hazard information.

Documentation of safety and health training shall be maintained for at least one (1) year.

Documentation shall include:

a. employee name or other identifier

b. training dates

c. type(s) of training

d. training providers

Employees will be informed employees of the right:

a. To personally receive information regarding hazardous substances to which they may be exposed,

according to the provisions of this section;

b. For their physician or collective bargaining agent to receive information regarding hazardous

substances to which the employee may be exposed according to provisions of this section;




PAGE 29



c. Against discharge or other discrimination due to the employee's exercise of the rights afforded

pursuant to the provisions of the Hazardous Substances Information and Training Act.

Whenever we receive a new or revised safety data sheet, such information shall be provided to employees on a

timely basis not to exceed 30 days after receipt, if the new information indicates significantly increased risks to, or

measures necessary to protect, employee health as compared to those stated on a safety data sheet previously

provided.




PAGE 30



APPENDIX A

A GUIDE TO YOUR SAFETY DATA SHEET Material Safety Data Sheets – SDS – are chemical information sheets. They give basic information about a product’s content, potential hazards and physical characteristics as well as providing information necessary to allow the product to be used safely. The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) requires manufacturers or distributors of hazardous materials to complete the following:

➢ Assess the physical and health hazards of the chemical or products and provide that information in a SDS. ➢ SDS must be forwarded to the purchaser with the initial shipment of each product free of charge.

The following example is based upon the OSHA recommended SDS format (Form #174) and explains each section of the SDS. It may be helpful to refer to one of the SDS in your area as you review this information.

IDENTITY -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- This line will give the name of the product as it is listed on the product label to allow you to easily match the appropriate SDS to the product.

SECTION I. MANUFACTURER INFORMATION -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- This section provides the name and address of the manufacturer as well as a telephone number to be used to obtain product information and a telephone number to be used for emergency information. A date of preparation appears on each sheet to allow the user to be sure they have the most current information.




PAGE 31



SECTION II. HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS/IDENTITY INFORMATION This section contains:

➢ The chemical name of hazardous ingredients or ➢ If a mixture, the chemical names of the hazardous ingredients that make up at least 1% or the mixture (0.1% if the

ingredient is a carcinogen (cancer causing agent.) ➢ CAS Number: a unique number assigned to chemicals or materials by the Chemical Abstracts Service ➢ Synonyms and/or chemical formulas ➢ Exposure Limits (if available) The table on the next page indicates the main limits.

Exposure Limits (Sources of safe limits for individual exposure.)

PEL – Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Permissible Exposure Limit. The regulated maximum concentration an employee may safely be exposed to in any 8‐hour working day as measured by a time‐weighted average. Ceiling limits ‐ indicate an exposure level that may not be exceeded for any length of time during the working day. STEL or Short-Term Exposure Limit indicates the average exposure level that may not be exceeded for a specified, short length of time (normally 15 minutes). A “Skin” notation indicates that the chemical may be absorbed through the skin



SECTION III. PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS


PAGE 32



This section outlines the physical properties of the material. This information may be used to determine conditions

that may enhance exposure potential.

Boiling Point: (BP) Temperature at which liquid changes to vapor state

Vapor pressure (mm Hg) As a rule of thumb, higher vapor pressure materials evaporate more quickly.

Vapor density (Air = 1) The weight of a gas or vapor compared to weight of an equal volume of air. Density

greater than 1 indicates it is heavier than air. Vapors heavier than air can flow along or

hover just above ground, where they may pose a fire or explosion hazard.

Solubility in Water The percentage of material that will dissolve in water

Appearance and Odor Threshold What should the product look like and or smell like? Often an odor threshold is

included indicating the smallest amount of the material that can be detected by the

human nose.

Specific Gravity (H20 =1) The weight of a volume of liquid or solid compared to the weight of an equal

volume of water. Materials with a specific gravity of greater than 1 will sink in

water; less than 1 will float.

Melting Point Temperature at which a solid begins to change to liquid state

Evaporation Rate The rate at which a material evaporates when compared to a known material’s

evaporation rate



SECTION IV. FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD D A T A


PAGE 33



This section includes information concerning the flammability of the material and information for fighting fires

involving the product.

LEL – Lower Explosive Limit or The minimum concentration (percent by volume) of flammable vapor in air

that will allow ignition. A product’s flammable range is between the LEL and the UEL

LFL – Lower Flammability Limit .

UEL – Upper Explosive Limit The maximum concentration of flammable vapor (percent by volume) in air

above which ignition cannot occur. (The mixture above the UEL becomes UFL – Upper Flammability Limit (Terms “too rich” to support combustion.)

are synonymous.)

Flashpoint The lowest temperature at which a liquid gives off enough vapor to ignite

when a source of ignition is present

Auto Ignition Temperature The lowest temperature at which a flammable gas‐air mixture will ignite

spontaneously without an ignition source.

Extinguishing Media The appropriate fire extinguishing agent(s) for the material.

Fire‐fighting Procedures Appropriate equipment and methods to be used in limiting hazards

encountered in fire situations.

Fire or Explosion Hazards Unusual conditions which may cause or lead to fire or explosions.



SECTION V. REACTIVITY DATA


PAGE 34



This section includes information regarding the stability of the material and special storage

Stability “Unstable” indicates that a chemical may react violently, decompose spontaneously

under normal temperatures, pressures, or mechanical shocks, or rapid decomposition

may produce heat, cause fire or explosion. Conditions to avoid are listed in this section.

Incompatibility Indicates chemicals or chemical families that may react violently or unpredictably in

contact with the product. Incompatible chemicals should be separated during storage.

Hazardous Decomposition or Hazardous substances that may be created when the chemical decomposes or burns.

Byproducts

Hazardous Polymerization Indicates if the product is prone to rapid polymerization causing a potential explosion.

Conditions to avoid are listed in this section.




PAGE 35



SECTION VI. HEALTH HAZARD DATA

This section indicates the medical signs and symptoms that may be encountered with overexposure to this

product or its components. Health hazard information may also distinguish the effects of acute (short term)

and chronic (long‐term) exposure.

Routes of Entry ➢ Inhalation: through the respiratory tract.

➢ Ingestion: through the gastrointestinal tract. (i.e., by eating contaminated foods or

by touching the mouth with contaminated fingers.)

➢ Absorption: transference through the skin.

➢ Injection: direct contact with the blood stream (i.e., through needle stick or glass

cut.)

Health Hazards Identification of target organs or systems that may be adversely affected by overexposure

Carcinogenicity Substances which are suspected or known to cause cancer in humans. See the

carcinogen listing on the EHS web page.

Signs and Symptoms of Identification of the outward appearance or feel of over exposure.

Exposure

Medical conditions generally Medical conditions that may be aggravated by normal exposure or overexposure.

aggravated by exposure

Emergency and First Aid Recommended emergency and first aid procedures based on the toxicity of the product,

Procedures degree of exposure and route of contact.




PAGE 36



SECTION VII. PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING AND USE

This section provides general information for safe handling and use. Local regulations must also be taken into consideration in dealing with spills and waste disposal.

Spill or Release Data

Materials and methods to use in a small, moderate or large spill situation.

Waste Disposal Method

Indicates if the product must be disposed of as a hazardous waste. Utilize

University guidelines in determining disposal methods and procedures.

Precautions to be taken in

Handling and Storage

This section may contain incompatibility information as well as special precautions

for use or storage.

Other Precautions

Other hazards or precautions not elsewhere listed.

SECTION VIII. CONTROL MEASURES

This section includes general information about appropriate personal protective equipment for handling this material. Many times, this section is written for large‐scale use of the material. Consider the amount and use of a material in choosing the right personal protective equipment.

Respiratory Protection

Indicates the type of respirator recommended. Some respirators supply air while others filter

room air. Use of a respirator requires a medical exam, training and fit testing.

Protective Gloves

Use compatible glove materials based upon the chemical used.

Eye Protection

Safety glasses or Splash goggles must be ANSI approved for the intended use. Look for the ANSI

imprint on the lens. Standard prescription glasses are not suitable safety glasses

Protective Clothing

Recommended clothing may not be appropriate for lab use.

Ventilation

Recommendations for general room ventilation and/or point source local exhaust ventilation.

Hygienic

Practices

Special recommendations for use.




PAGE 37



UNDERSTANDING THE FIRE DIAMOND HAZARDOUS MATERIAL IDENTIFICAT ION LABELS

Health Hazard

4 Very short exposure could cause death or serious residual injury even though prompt medical attention was given.

3 Short exposure could cause serious temporary or residual injury even though prompt medical attention was given.

2 Intense or continued exposure could cause temporary incapacitation or possible residual injury

unless prompt medical attention is given.

1 Exposure could cause irritation but only minor residual injury even if no treatment is given.

0 Normal Material

Flammability

4 Flashpoint below 73 degrees Fahrenheit (Boiling Point below 100 F)

3 Flashpoint below 73 degrees Fahrenheit (Boiling Point at/above 100 F)

2 Flashpoint above 100 degrees Fahrenheit, not exceeding 200 F.

1 Flashpoint above 200 degrees Fahrenheit.

0 Materials that will not burn.




PAGE 38



Unusual reactivity with water. This indicates a potential hazard using water to fight afire.

This denotes an oxidizer, a chemical which can greatly increase the rate of combustion/fire.

OX

Special Hazards

Instability1

4 Readily capable of detonation or of explosion or reaction at normal temperatures.

3 Capable of detonation or explosive reaction, but requires a strong initiating source or must be heated under

confinement before initiation.

2 Violent chemical change.

1 Normally stable, but can become unstable at elevated temperatures and pressures.

0 Normally stable, even under fire exposure conditions, and are not reactive with water.

*Other special hazard denotations are as follows. 1) ACID – indicates the material is an acid, a corrosive material that has a pH level lower than 7. 2) ALK – indicates an alkaline material, also called a base. These caustic materials have a pH greater than 7. 3) COR – indicates a corrosive material, it could be an acid or a base.



is 5 ‐ CONFINED SPACES IN CONSTRUCTION All information contained in this document


PURPOSE

This Confined Spaces in Construction Program identifies the requirements for the practices and procedures to protect our employees engaged in construction activities at a worksite with one or more confined spaces. Note: This Confined Spaces in Construction Program does not apply to (1) construction work regulated by §1926 subpart P‐Excavations. (2) Construction work regulated by §1926 subpart S‐ Underground Construction, Caissons, Cofferdams and Compressed Air. 3) Construction work regulated by §1926 subpart Y‐Diving. Note: If Jenco Construction is performing work covered by another OSHA standard and that standard addresses a confined space issue, we will comply with both that requirement and the applicable provisions of this Confined Spaces in Construction Program.

DEFINITIONS

The following terms are defined for the purposes of this Confined Spaces in Construction Program only.

ACCEPTABLE ENTRY CONDITIONS: the conditions that must exist in a permit space, before an employee may enter that space, to ensure that employees can safely enter into, and safely work within, the space.

ATTENDANT: an individual stationed outside one or more permit spaces who assesses the status of authorized entrants and who must perform the duties specified in §1926.1209.

AUTHORIZED ENTRANT: an employee who is authorized by the entry supervisor to enter a permit space.

BARRIER: a physical obstruction that blocks or limits access.

BLANKING or BLINDING: the absolute closure of a pipe, line, or duct by the fastening of a solid plate (such as a spectacle blind or a skillet blind) that completely covers the bore and that is capable of withstanding the maximum pressure of the pipe, line, or duct with no leakage beyond the plate.

COMPETENT PERSON: one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has the authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate the hazards.

CONFINED SPACE: a space that:

1. Is large enough and so configured that an employee can bodily enter it"'

2. Has limited or restricted means for entry and exit; and

3. Is not designed for continuous employee occupancy.

CONTROL: the action taken to reduce the level of any hazard inside a confined space using engineering methods (for example, by ventilation), and then using these methods to maintain the reduced hazard level. Control also refers to the engineering methods used for this purpose. Personal protective equipment is not a control.

5 ‐ CONFINED SPACES IN CONSTRUCTION





CONTROLLING CONTRACTOR: the employer that has overall responsibility for construction at the worksite.

Note: If the controlling contract or owns or manages the property, then it is both a controlling employer and a host employer.

DOUBLE BLOCK AND BLEED: the closure of a line, duct, or pipe by closing and locking or tagging two in‐line valves and by opening and locking or tagging a drain or vent valve in the line between the two closed valves.

EARLY‐WARNING SYSTEM: the method used to alert authorized entrants and attendants that an engulfment hazard

may be developing. Examples of early‐warning systems include but are not limited to: alarms activated by remote sensors; and lookouts with equipment for immediately communicating with the authorized entrants and attendants.

EMERGENCY: any occurrence (including any failure of power, hazard control or monitoring equipment) or event, internal or external, to the permit space that could endanger entrants.

ENGULFMENT: the surrounding and effective capture of a person by a liquid or finely divided (flowable) solid substance that can be aspirated to cause death by filling or plugging the respiratory system or that can exert enough force on the body to cause death by strangulation, constriction, crushing, or suffocation,

ENTRY: the action by which any part of a person passes through an opening into a permit‐required confined space. Entry includes ensuing work activities in that space and is considered to have occurred as soon as any part of the entrant's body breaks the plane of an opening into the space, whether or not such action is intentional or any work activities are actually performed in the space.

ENTRY EMPLOYER: any employer who decides that an employee it directs will enter a permit space.

Note: An employer cannot avoid the duties of the standard merely by refusing to decide whether its employees will enter a permit space, and OSHA will consider the failure to so decide to be an implicit decision to allow employees to enter those spaces if they are working in the proximity of the space.

ENTRY PERMIT (PERMIT): the written or printed document that is provided by the employer who designated the space a permit space to allow and control entry into a permit space and that contains the information specified in

§1926.1206 of this standard.

ENTRY RESCUE: occurs when a rescue service enters a permit space to rescue one or more employees.

ENTRY SUPERVISOR: the qualified person (such as the employer, foreman, or crew chief) responsible for determining if acceptable entry conditions are present at a permit space where entry is planned, for authorizing entry and overseeing entry operations, and for terminating entry as required by this standard.

Note: An entry supervisor also may serve as an attendant or as an authorized entrant, as long as that person is trained and equipped as required by this standard for each role he or she fills. Also, the duties

of entry supervisor may be passed from one individual to another during the course of an entry

operation.

HAZARD: a physical hazard or hazardous atmosphere. See definitions below.

HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE: an atmosphere that may expose employees to the risk of death, incapacitation, impairment of ability to self‐rescue (that is, escape unaided from a permit space), injury, or acute illness from one or more of the following causes:

1. Flammable gas, vapor, or mist in excess of 10 percent of its lower flammable limit (LFL);





2. Airborne combustible dust at a concentration that meets or exceeds its LFL; Note: This concentration may be approximated as a condition in which the combustible dust obscures vision at a distance of 5 feet (1.52 meters) or less.

3. Atmospheric oxygen concentration below 19.5 percent or above 23.5 percent; 4. Atmospheric concentration of any substance for which a dose or a permissible exposure limit is published in Subpart D ‐ Occupational Health and Environmental Control, or in Subpart Z ‐ Toxic and Hazardous Substances, of this part and which could result in employee exposure in excess of its dose or permissible exposure limit; Note: An atmospheric concentration of any substance that is not capable of causing death, incapacitation, impairment of ability to self‐rescue, injury, or acute illness due to its health effects is not covered by this definition.

5. Any other atmospheric condition that is immediately dangerous to life or health. Note: For air contaminants for which OSHA has not determined a dose or permissible exposure limit, other sources of information, such as Safety Data Sheets that comply with the Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200 of this chapter, published information, and internal documents can provide guidance in establishing acceptable atmospheric conditions. HOST EMPLOYER: the employer that owns or manages the property where the construction work is taking place. Note: If the owner of the property on which the construction activity occurs has contracted with an entity for the general management of that property, and has transferred to that entity the below information: Before entry operations begin, the host employer must provide the following information, if it has it, to the controlling contractor:

1. The location of each known permit space; 2. The hazards or potential hazards in each space or the reason it is a permit space; and 3. Any precautions that the host employer or any previous controlling contractor or entry employer implemented for the protection of employees in the permit space. OSHA will treat the contracted management entity as the host employer for as long as that entity manages the property. Otherwise, OSHA will treat the owner of the property as the host employer. In no case will there be more than one host employer. HOT WORK: operations capable of providing a source of ignition (for example, riveting, welding, cutting, burning, and heating). IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE OR HEALTH (IDLH): any condition that would interfere with an individual's ability to escape unaided from a permit space and that poses a threat to life or that would cause irreversible adverse health effects. Note: Some materials‐hydrogen fluoride gas and cadmium vapor, for example‐may produce immediate transient effects

that, even if severe, may pass without medical attention, but are followed by sudden, possibly fatal collapse 12‐72 hours after exposure. The victim "feels normal" after recovery from transient effects until collapse. Such materials in hazardous quantities are considered to be "immediately" dangerous to life or health

INERTING: displacing the atmosphere in a permit space by a noncombustible gas (such as nitrogen) to such an extent that the resulting atmosphere is noncombustible. Note: This procedure produces an IDLH oxygen‐deficient atmosphere. ISOLATE OR ISOLATION: the process by which employees in a confined space are completely protected against the release of energy and material into the space, and contact with a physical hazard, by such means as: blanking or blinding; misaligning or removing sections of lines, pipes, or ducts; a double block and bleed system; lockout or tagout of all sources of energy; blocking or disconnecting all mechanical linkages; or placement of barriers to eliminate the





potential for employee contact with a physical hazard. LIMITED OR RESTRICTED MEANS FOR ENTRY OR EXIT: a condition that has a potential to impede an employee's movement into or out of a confined space. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, trip hazards, poor illumination, slippery floors, inclining surfaces and ladders. LINE BREAKING: the intentional opening of a pipe, line, or duct that is or has been carrying flammable, corrosive, or toxic material, an inert gas, or any fluid at a volume, pressure, or temperature capable of causing injury. LOCKOUT: the placement of a lockout device on an energy isolating device, in accordance with an established procedure, ensuring that the energy isolating device and the equipment being controlled cannot be operated until the lockout device is removed. LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT OR LOWER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT: the minimum concentration of a substance in air needed for an ignition source to cause a flame or explosion. MONITOR or MONITORING: the process used to identify and evaluate the hazards after an authorized entrant enters the space. This is a process of checking for changes that is performed in a periodic or continuous manner after the completion of the initial testing or evaluation of that space. NON‐ENTRY RESCUE: occurs when a rescue service, usually the attendant, retrieves employees in a permit space without entering the permit space. NON‐PERMIT CONFINED SPACE: a confined space that meets the definition of a confined space but does not meet

the requirements for a permit‐required confined space, as defined in this subpart. OXYGEN DEFICIENT ATMOSPHERE: an atmosphere containing less than 19.5 percent oxygen by volume. OXYGEN ENRICHED ATMOSPHERE: an atmosphere containing more than 23.5 percent oxygen by volume. PERMIT‐REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE (PERMIT SPACE): a confined space that has one or more of the following characteristics: (1) Contains or has a potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere; (2) Contains a material that has the potential for engulfing an entrant; (3) Has an internal configuration such that an entrant could be trapped or asphyxiated by inwardly converging walls or by a floor which slopes downward and tapers to a smaller cross‐ section; or (4) Contains any other recognized serious safety or health hazard. PERMIT‐REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE PROGRAM (PERMIT SPACE PROGRAM): the employer's overall program for controlling, and, where appropriate, for protecting employees from, permit space hazards and for regulating employee entry into permit spaces. PHYSICAL HAZARD: an existing or potential hazard that can cause death or serious physical damage. Examples include, but are not limited to: explosives (as defined by paragraph (n) of §1926.914, definition of "explosive"); mechanical, electrical, hydraulic and pneumatic energy; radiation; temperature extremes; engulfment; noise; and inwardly converging surfaces. Physical hazard also includes chemicals that can cause death or serious physical damage through skin or eye contact (rather than through inhalation). PROHIBITED CONDITION: any condition in a permit space that is not allowed by the permit during the period when entry is authorized. A hazardous atmosphere is a prohibited condition unless the employer can demonstrate that personal protective equipment (PPE) will provide effective protection for each employee in the permit space and provides the appropriate PPE to each employee. QUALIFIED PERSON: one who, by possession of a recognized degree, certificate, or professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully demonstrated his ability to solve or resolve problems relating to the subject matter, the work, or the project.





REPRESENTATIVE PERMIT SPACE: a mock‐up of a confined space that has entrance openings that are similar to, and is of similar size, configuration, and accessibility to, the permit space that authorized entrants enter. RESCUE: retrieving, and providing medical assistance to, one or more employees who are in a permit space. RESCUE SERVICE: the personnel designated to rescue employees from permit spaces. RETRIEVAL SYSTEM: the equipment (including a retrieval line, chest or full body harness, wristlets or anklets, if appropriate, and a lifting device or anchor) used for non‐ entry rescue of persons from permit spaces. SERIOUS PHYSICAL DAMAGE: an impairment or illness in which a body part is made functionally useless or is substantially reduced in efficiency. Such impairment or illness may be permanent or temporary and includes, but is not limited to, loss of consciousness, disorientation, or other immediate and substantial reduction in mental efficiency. Injuries involving such impairment would usually require treatment by a physician or other licensed health‐care professional. TAGOUT: (1) Placement of a tagout device on a circuit or equipment that has been deenergized, in accordance with an established procedure, to indicate that the circuit or equipment being controlled may not be operated until the tagout device is removed; and (2) The employer ensures that (i) tagout provides equivalent protection to lockout, or (ii) that lockout is infeasible and the employer has relieved, disconnected, restrained and otherwise rendered safe stored (residual) energy. TEST or TESTING: the process by which the hazards that may confront entrants of a permit space are identified and evaluated. Testing includes specifying the tests that are to be performed in the permit space. Note: Testing enables us both to devise and implement adequate control measures for the protection of authorized entrants and to determine if acceptable entry conditions are present immediately prior to, and during, entry.

VENTILATE or VENTILATION: controlling a hazardous atmosphere using continuous forced‐air mechanical systems that meet the requirements of §1926.57‐Ventilation.





GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Before beginning work at a worksite, we must ensure that a competent person both identifies all confined spaces in which one or more of the employees that we direct may work and identifies each space that is a permit space, through consideration and evaluation of the elements of that space, including testing as necessary. If the workplace contains one or more permit spaces (or if we receive notice of a permit space from another contractor) we must: a. Inform exposed employees by posting danger signs or by any other equally effective means, of the existence and location of, and the danger posed by, each permit space; and

Note: A sign reading "DANGER ‐ PERMIT‐ REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE, DO NOT ENTER" or using other similar language would satisfy the requirement above for a sign.

b. Inform, in a timely manner and in a manner other than posting, employees' authorized representatives and the controlling contractor of the existence and location of, and the danger posed by, each permit space. If we identify, or receive notice of, a permit space and do not authorize employees of Jenco Construction to work in that space, we must take effective measures to prevent those employees from entering that permit space, in addition to complying with all other applicable requirements of 29 CFR 1926, subpart AA, Confined Spaces in Construction. If we decide that employees of Jenco Construction will enter a permit space, we must have a written permit. space program that complies with §1926.1204, see below, implemented at the construction site. Our written permit space program must be made available prior to and during entry operations for inspection. by our employees and their authorized representatives. We may use the alternate procedures, see below, for entering a permit space only under the conditions. below: Note: If employees of Jenco Construction enter a permit space using alternate procedures, we do not have to comply with the requirements of: §§1926.1204 Permit‐required confined space program. §§1926.1205 Permitting process. §§1926.1206 Entry permit. §§1926.1208 Duties of authorized entrants. §§1926.1209 Duties of attendants. §§1926.1210 Duties of entry supervisors. §§1926.1211 Rescue and emergency services.





CONDITIONS REQUIRED TO USE ALTERNATE PROCEDURE

a. We can demonstrate that all physical hazards in the space are eliminated or isolated through

engineering controls so that the only hazard posed by the permit space is an actual or potential

hazardous atmosphere;

b. We can demonstrate that continuous forced air ventilation alone is sufficient to maintain that permit

space safe for entry, and that, in the event the ventilation system stops working, entrants can exit the

space safely;

c. We develop monitoring and inspection data that supports the demonstrations required by

preceding two paragraphs (a & b);

d. If an initial entry of the permit space is necessary to obtain the data required by paragraph preceding

paragraph above (3), the entry will be performed in compliance with:

§§1926.1204 Permit‐required confined space program.

§§1926.1205 Permitting process.

§§1926.1206 Entry permit.

§§1926.1207 Training.

§§1926.1208 Duties of authorized entrants.

§§1926.1209 Duties of attendants.

§§1926.1210 Duties of entry supervisors.

§§1926.1211 Rescue and emergency services.

e. The above determinations and supporting data required by the above paragraphs are documented and

are made available to each employee who enters the permit space under the terms of the alternate

procedures or to that employee's authorized representative; and

f. Entry into the permit space using the alternate procedures must be performed following the

requirements of 29 CFR 1926.1203(e)(2).





When there are changes in the use or configuration of a non‐permit confined space that might increase the

hazards to entrants, or some indication that the initial evaluation of the space may not have been adequate, as an

entry employer, we must have a competent person reevaluate that space and, if necessary, reclassify it as a

permit‐required confined space.

A space that we have classified as a permit‐required confined space may only be reclassified as a non‐permit

confined space when a competent person determines that all of the below applicable requirements have been

met:

a. If the permit space poses no actual or potential atmospheric hazards and if all hazards within the space

are eliminated or isolated without entry into the space (unless we can demonstrate that doing so without entry is

infeasible), the permit space may be reclassified as a non‐permit confined space for as long as the

non‐atmospheric hazards remain eliminated or isolated;

b. As the entry employer, we eliminate or isolate the hazards without entering the space, unless it can

demonstrate that this is infeasible. If it is necessary to enter the permit space to eliminate or isolate hazards, the

entry will be performed in compliance with:

§§1926.1204 Permit‐required confined space program.

§§1926.1205 Permitting process.

§§1926.1206 Entry permit.

§§1926.1207 Training.

§§1926.1208 Duties of authorized entrants.

§§1926.1209 Duties of attendants.

§§1926.1210 Duties of entry supervisors.

§§1926.1211 Rescue and emergency service

If testing and inspection during that entry demonstrate that the hazards within the permit space have been

eliminated or isolated, the permit space may be reclassified as a non‐permit confined space for as long as the

hazards remain eliminated or isolated;

Note: Control of atmospheric hazards through forced air ventilation does not constitute elimination or isolation of the

hazards. These alternate procedures cover permit space entry where it can be demonstrated that forced air

ventilation alone will control all hazards in the space.

c. As the entry employer, we must document the basis for determining that all hazards in a permit space

have been eliminated or isolated, through a certification that contains the date, the location of the space, and the

signature of the person making the determination. The certification must be made available to each employee

entering the space or to that employee's authorized representative; and

d. If hazards arise within a permit space that has been reclassified as a non‐permit, each employee in the

space must exit the space. As the entry employer, we must then reevaluate the space and reclassify it as a permit

space as appropriate in accordance with all other applicable provisions of Confined Spaces in Construction

standard.

CLASSIFICATION / RECLASSIFICATION OF A SPACE





PERMIT‐REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE PROGRAM:

As an entry employer, we must:

a. Implement the measures necessary to prevent unauthorized entry; b. Identify and evaluate the hazards of permit spaces before employees enter them; c. Develop and implement the means, procedures, and practices necessary for safe permit space entry operations, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Specifying acceptable entry conditions; 2. Providing each authorized entrant or that employee's authorized representative with the opportunity to observe any monitoring or testing of permit spaces; 3. Isolating the permit space and physical hazard(s) within the space; 4. Purging, inerting, flushing, or ventilating the permit space as necessary to eliminate or control atmospheric hazards; Note: When we are unable to reduce the atmosphere below 10 percent LFL, we may only enter if we inert the space so

as to render the entire atmosphere in the space non‐ combustible, and we use PPE to address any other atmospheric hazards (such as oxygen deficiency), and we eliminate or isolate all physical hazards in the space.

5. Determining that, in the event the ventilation system stops working, the monitoring procedures will detect

an increase in atmospheric hazard levels in sufficient time for the entrants to safely exit the permit space;

6. Providing pedestrian, vehicle, or other barriers as necessary to protect entrants from external hazards;

7. Verifying that conditions in the permit space are acceptable for entry throughout the duration of an

authorized entry, and ensuring that employees are not allowed to enter into, or remain in, a permit space

with a hazardous atmosphere unless we can demonstrate that personal protective equipment (PPE) will

provide effective protection for each employee in the permit space and provides the appropriate PPE to

each employee; and

8. Eliminating any conditions (for example, high pressure) that could make it unsafe to remove an entrance

cover.

d. Provide the following equipment at no cost to each employee, maintain that equipment properly, and

ensure that each employee uses that equipment properly:

1. Testing and monitoring equipment needed to comply with paragraph (e) of this section;

2. Ventilating equipment needed to obtain acceptable entry conditions;

3. Communications equipment including any necessary electronic communication equipment for attendants

assessing entrants' status in multiple spaces;

4. Personal protective equipment insofar as feasible engineering and work‐practice controls do not

adequately protect employees;

Note: The requirements of subpart E [Personal Protective and Life Saving Equipment] and other PPE

requirements continue to apply to the use of PPE in a permit space. For example, if





employees of Jenco Construction use respirators, then the respirator requirements in §1926.103

(Respiratory Protection) must be met.

5. Lighting equipment that meets the minimum illumination requirements in §1926.56, Lighting must be

approved to be used around ignitable or combustible properties of the specific gas, vapor, dust, or fiber

that will be present, and that is sufficient to enable employees to see well enough to work safely and to

exit the space quickly in an emergency;

6. Barriers and shields for isolation of the space;

7. Equipment, such as ladders, needed for safe ingress and egress by authorized entrants;

8. Rescue and emergency equipment needed to comply with paragraph (9) of this section, except to the

extent that the equipment is provided by rescue services; and

9. Any other equipment necessary for safe entry into, safe exit from, and rescue from, permit spaces.

e. When entry operations are conducted, we must evaluate the permit space conditions both before and

during operation as follows:

1. Test conditions in the permit space to determine if acceptable entry conditions exist before changes to the

space's natural ventilation are made, and before entry is authorized to begin, except that, if we

demonstrate that isolation of the space is infeasible because the space is large or is part of a continuous

system (such as a sewer), we must:

i. Perform pre‐entry testing to the extent feasible before entry is authorized; and,

ii. If entry is authorized, continuously monitor entry conditions in the areas where authorized

entrants are working, except that we may use periodic monitoring for monitoring an atmospheric

hazard if we can demonstrate that equipment for continuously monitoring that hazard is not

commercially available;

iii. Provide an early‐warning system that continuously monitors for non‐isolated engulfment hazards.

The system must alert authorized entrants and attendants in sufficient time for the authorized

entrants to safely exit the space.

1. Continuously monitor atmospheric hazards unless we can demonstrate that the equipment for

continuously monitoring a hazard is not commercially available or that periodic monitoring is of sufficient

frequency to ensure that the atmospheric hazard is being controlled at safe levels. If continuous

monitoring is not used, periodic monitoring is required with sufficient frequency to ensure that acceptable

entry conditions are being maintained during the course of entry operations ;

2. When testing for atmospheric hazards, test first for oxygen, then for combustible gases and vapors, and

then for toxic gases and vapors.

3. Provide each authorized entrant or that employee's authorized representative an opportunity to observe

the pre‐entry and any subsequent testing or monitoring of permit spaces;

4. Reevaluate the permit space in the presence of any authorized entrant or that employee's authorized

representative who requests that we conduct such reevaluation because there is some indication that the

evaluation of that space may not have been adequate; and

5. Immediately provide each authorized entrant or that employee's authorized representative with the results

of any testing conducted in accordance with this section.

f. Provide at least one attendant outside the permit space into which entry is authorized for the duration of

entry operations:





1. Attendants may be assigned to more than one permit space provided all the duties of the attendant, see

Duties of Attendants, below, can be effectively performed for each permit space.

2. Attendants may be stationed at any location outside the permit space as long as the duties can be

effectively performed for each permit space to which the attendant is assigned.

g. Designate each person who is to have an active role (such as, for example, authorized entrants,

attendants, entry supervisors, or persons who test or monitor the atmosphere in a permit space) in entry

operations, identify the duties of each such employee, and provide each such employee with the required

training. See Training, below.

h. Develop and implement procedures for summoning rescue and emergency services (including

procedures for summoning emergency assistance in the event of a failed non‐entry rescue), for rescuing

entrants from permit spaces, for providing necessary emergency services to rescued employees, and for

preventing unauthorized personnel from attempting a rescue;

i. Develop and implement a system for the preparation, issuance, use, and cancellation of entry permits as

required by this standard, including the safe termination of entry operations under both planned and

emergency conditions.

j. Develop and implement procedures to coordinate entry operations, in consultation with the controlling

contractor, when employees of more than one employer are working simultaneously in a permit space or

elsewhere on the worksite where their activities could, either alone or in conjunction with the activities

within a permit space, foreseeably result in a hazard within the confined space, so that employees of one

employer do not endanger the employees of any other employer.

k. Develop and implement procedures (such as closing off a permit space and canceling the permit)

necessary for concluding the entry after entry operations have been completed.

l. Review entry operations when the measures taken under the permit space program may not protect

employees and revise the program to correct deficiencies found to exist before subsequent entries are

authorized; and

Note: Examples of circumstances requiring the review of the permit space program include, but are not

limited to: Any unauthorized entry of a permit space, the detection of a permit space hazard not covered

by the permit, the detection of a condition prohibited by the permit, the occurrence of an injury or

near‐miss during entry, a change in the use or configuration of a permit space, and employee complaints

about the effectiveness of the program.

m. Review the permit space program using the canceled permits we retain for at least 1 year after each entry

and revise the program as necessary to ensure that employees participating in entry operations are

protected from permit space hazards.

Note: We may perform a single annual review covering all entries performed during a 12‐month period. If

no entry is performed during a 12‐month period, no review is necessary.





PERMITTING PROCESS

Before entry is authorized, as an entry employer, we must document the completion of measures required

by paragraph 3 of our Permit‐required confined space program, above, by preparing an entry permit.

Before entry begins, the entry supervisor identified on the permit must sign the entry permit to authorize

entry.

The completed permit must be made available at the time of entry to all authorized entrants or their

authorized representatives, by posting it at the entry portal or by any other equally effective means, so that

the entrants can confirm that pre‐entry preparations have been completed.

The duration of the permit may not exceed the time required to complete the assigned task or job identified

on the permit.

The entry supervisor must terminate entry and take the following action when any of the following apply:

a. Cancel the entry permit when the entry operations covered by the entry permit have been

completed; or

b. Suspend or cancel the entry permit and fully reassess the space before allowing reentry when a

condition that is not allowed under the entry permit arises in or near the permit space and that

condition is temporary in nature and does not change the configuration of the space or create any

new hazards within it; and

c. Cancel the entry permit when a condition that is not allowed or covered under the entry permit

arises in or near the permit space.

The entry employer must retain each canceled entry permit for at least one (1) year to facilitate the required

(within 1 year after each entry) review of the permit‐required confined space program. Any problems

encountered during an entry operation must be noted on the pertinent permit so that appropriate revisions to

the permit space program can be made.





ENTRY PERMIT

The entry permit that documents our compliance requirements and authorizes entry to a permit

space must identify:

a. The permit space to be entered.

b. The purpose of the entry.

c. The date and the authorized duration of the entry permit.

d. The authorized entrants within the permit space, by name or by such other means (for example,

through the use of rosters or tracking systems) as will enable the attendant to determine quickly and

accurately, for the duration of the permit, which authorized entrants are inside the permit space;

Note: This requirement may be met by inserting a reference on the entry permit as to the means used, such

as a roster or tracking system, to keep track of the authorized entrants within the permit space.

e. Means of detecting an increase in atmospheric hazard levels in the event the ventilation system

stops working.

f. Each person, by name, currently serving as an attendant.

g. The individual, by name, currently serving as entry supervisor, and the signature or initials of each

entry supervisor who authorizes entry.

h. The hazards of the permit space to be entered.

i. The measures used to isolate the permit space and to eliminate or control permit space hazards before

entry.

Note: Those measures can include, but are not limited to, the lockout or tagging of equipment and

procedures for purging, inerting, ventilating, and flushing permit spaces.

j. The acceptable entry conditions.

k. The results of tests and monitoring performed under the provisions of our Permit‐required confined space

program, above, accompanied by the names or initials of the testers and by an indication of when the

tests were performed.

l. The rescue and emergency services that can be summoned and the means (such as the equipment to use

and the numbers to call) for summoning those services.

m. The communication procedures used by authorized entrants and attendants to maintain contact during

the entry.

n. Equipment, such as personal protective equipment, testing equipment, communications equipment, alarm

systems, and rescue equipment, to be provided for compliance with this standard.

o. Any other information necessary, given the circumstances of the confined space, to ensure employee

safety; and

p. Any additional permits, such as for hot work, that have been issued to authorize work in the permit space.

Below is a snapshot of the confined space forms. The forms to print out and complete are available in the company

files.

































This Page Is Left Intentionally Blank





We will provide training to each employee whose work is regulated by Subpart AA‐Confined Spaces in

Construction, at no cost to the employee, and ensure that the employee possesses the understanding,

knowledge, and skills necessary for the safe performance of the duties assigned under this standard. This training

must result in an understanding of the hazards in the permit space and the methods used to isolate, control or in

other ways protect employees from these hazards, and for those employees not authorized to perform entry

rescues, in the dangers of attempting such rescues.

Training required must be provided to each affected employee:

a. In both a language and vocabulary that the employee can understand.

b. Before the employee is first assigned duties under this standard.

c. Before there is a change in assigned duties.

d. Whenever there is a change in permit space entry operations that presents a hazard

about which an employee has not previously been trained; and

e. Whenever there is any evidence of a deviation from the permit space entry procedures

required permit‐ required confined space program or there are inadequacies in the

employee's knowledge or use of these procedures.

The training must establish employee proficiency in the duties required by this standard and must introduce new

or revised procedures, as necessary, for compliance with this standard.

We will maintain training records to show that the training required above has been accomplished. The training

records must contain each employee's name, the name of the trainers, and the dates of training. The

documentation must be available for inspection by employees and their authorized representatives, for the period

of time the employee is employed by that employer

.

TRAINING





As the entry employer, we must ensure that all authorized entrants:

a. Are familiar with and understand the hazards that may be faced during entry, including

information on the mode, signs or symptoms, and consequences of the exposure.

b. Properly use equipment as required by permit‐required confined space program, above.

c. Communicate with the attendant as necessary to enable the attendant to assess entrant status

and to enable the attendant to alert entrants of the need to evacuate the space as required duties

of attendants, below.

d. Alert the attendant whenever:

1. There is any warning sign or symptom of exposure to a dangerous situation; or

2. The entrant detects a prohibited condition; and

e. Exit from the permit space as quickly as possible whenever:

1. An order to evacuate is given by the attendant or the entry supervisor.

2. There is any warning sign or symptom of exposure to a dangerous situation.

3. The entrant detects a prohibited condition; or

4. An evacuation alarm is activated.

DUTIES OF AUTHORIZED ENTRANTS





As the entry employer, we must ensure that each attendant:

a. Is familiar with and understands the hazards that may be faced during entry, including

information on the mode, signs or symptoms, and consequences of the exposure.

b. Is aware of possible behavioral effects of hazard exposure in authorized entrants.

c. Continuously maintains an accurate count of authorized entrants in the permit space and ensures

that the means used to identify authorized entrants under entry permit accurately identifies who is

in the permit space.

d. Remains outside the permit space during entry operations until relieved by another attendant;

Note: Once an attendant has been relieved by another attendant, the relieved attendant may

enter a permit space to attempt a rescue when our permit space program allows attendant entry

for rescue and the attendant has been trained and equipped for rescue operations as required

by our rescue and emergency services procedures, below.

e. Communicates with authorized entrants as necessary to assess entrant status and to alert

entrants of the need to evacuate the space as quickly as possible.

f. Assesses activities and conditions inside and outside the space to determine if it is safe for

entrants to remain in the space and orders the authorized entrants to evacuate the permit space

immediately under any of the following conditions:

1. If there is a prohibited condition.

2. If the behavioral effects of hazard exposure are apparent in an authorized entrant;

3. If there is a situation outside the space that could endanger the authorized entrants; or

4. If the attendant cannot effectively and safely perform all the duties required under this

section;

g. Summons rescue and other emergency services as soon as the attendant determines that

authorized entrants may need assistance to escape from permit space hazards;

h. Takes the following actions when unauthorized persons approach or enter a permit space while

entry is underway:

1. Warns the unauthorized persons that they must stay away from the permit space;

2. Advises the unauthorized persons that they must exit immediately if they have entered

the permit space; and

3. Informs the authorized entrants and the entry supervisor if unauthorized persons have

entered the permit space;

i. Performs non‐entry rescues as specified by our rescue procedure; and

j. Performs no duties that might interfere with the attendant's primary duty to assess and

protect the authorized entrants.

DUTIES OF ATTENDANTS





DUTIES OF ENTRY SUPERVISORS

As the entry employer, we must ensure that each entry supervisor:

a. Is familiar with and understands the hazards that may be faced during entry, including information on the

mode, signs or symptoms, and consequences of the exposure;

b. Verifies, by checking that the appropriate entries have been made on the permit, that all tests specified

by the permit have been conducted and that all procedures and equipment specified by the permit are in place

before endorsing the permit and allowing entry to begin;

c. Terminates the entry and cancels or suspends the permit as required by our permitting process;

d. Verifies that rescue services are available and that the means for summoning them are operable, and

that we will be notified as soon as the services become unavailable;

e. Removes unauthorized individuals who enter or who attempt to enter the permit space during entry

operations and

f. Determines, whenever responsibility for a permit space entry operation is transferred, and at intervals

dictated by the hazards and operations performed within the space, that entry operations remain consistent with

terms of the entry permit and that acceptable entry conditions are maintained

RESCUE AND EMERGENCY SERVICES

When designating our rescue and emergency services per our permit‐required confined space

program, we must:

a. Evaluate a prospective rescuer's ability to respond to a rescue summons in a timely

manner, considering the hazard(s) identified;

Note: What will be considered timely will vary according to the specific hazards involved

in each entry. For example, §1926.103 (Respiratory protection) requires that employers

provide a standby person or persons capable of immediate action to rescue employee(s)

wearing respiratory protection while in work areas defined as IDLH atmospheres.

b. Evaluate a prospective rescue service's ability, in terms of proficiency with rescue‐related

tasks and equipment, to function appropriately while rescuing entrants from the particular permit

space or types of permit spaces identified;

c. Select a rescue team or service from those evaluated that:

1. Has the capability to reach the victim(s) within a time frame that is appropriate for the

permit space hazard(s) identified;

2. Is equipped for, and proficient in, performing the needed rescue services;

3. Agrees to notify us immediately in the event that the rescue service becomes

unavailable;

4. Inform each rescue team or service of the hazards they may confront when called on

to perform rescue at the site; and

5. Provide the rescue team or service selected with access to all permit spaces from

which rescue may be necessary so that the rescue team or service can develop

appropriate rescue plans and practice rescue operations





.If the employees of Jenco Construction have been designated to provide permit space rescue and/or

emergency services, we must take the following measures and provide all equipment and training at no

cost to those employees:

a. Provide each affected employee with the personal protective equipment (PPE) needed to

conduct permit space rescues safely and train each affected employee so the employee is

proficient in the use of that PPE;

b. Train each affected employee to perform assigned rescue duties. We must ensure that such

employees successfully complete the training required and establish proficiency as authorized

entrants;

c. Train each affected employee in basic first aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). We

must ensure that at least one member of the rescue team or service holding a current

certification in basic first aid and CPR is available; and

d. Ensure that affected employees practice making permit space rescues before attempting an

actual rescue, and at least once every 12 months, by means of simulated rescue operations in

which they remove dummies, manikins, or actual persons from the actual permit spaces or

from representative permit spaces, except practice rescue is not required where the affected

employees properly performed a rescue operation during the last 12 months in the same

permit space the authorized entrant will enter, or in a similar permit space. Representative

permit spaces must, with respect to opening size, configuration, and accessibility, simulate the

types of permit spaces from which rescue is to be performed.

Non‐entry rescue is required unless the retrieval equipment would increase the overall risk of

entry or would not contribute to the rescue of the entrant. We must designate an entry rescue

service whenever non‐entry rescue is not selected. Whenever non‐entry rescue is selected,

the entry employer must ensure that retrieval systems or methods are used whenever an

authorized entrant enters a permit space, and must confirm, prior to entry, that emergency

assistance would be available in the event that non‐entry rescue fails. Retrieval systems must

meet the following requirements:

a. Each authorized entrant must use a chest or full body harness, with a retrieval line attached at

the center of the entrant's back near shoulder level, above the entrant's head, or at another

point which we can establish presents a profile small enough for the successful removal of the

entrant. Wristlets or anklets may be used in lieu of the chest or full body harness if we can

demonstrate that the use of a chest or full body harness is infeasible or creates a greater

hazard and that the use of wristlets or anklets is the safest and most effective alternative.

b. The other end of the retrieval line must be attached to a mechanical device or fixed point

outside the permit space in such a manner that rescue can begin as soon as the rescuer

becomes aware that rescue is necessary. A mechanical device must be available to retrieve

personnel from vertical type permit spaces more than 5 feet (1.52 meters) deep.

c. Equipment that is unsuitable for retrieval must not be used, including, but not limited to,

retrieval lines that have a reasonable probability of becoming entangled with the retrieval lines

used by other authorized entrants, or retrieval lines that will not work due to the internal

configuration of the permit space.

If an injured entrant is exposed to a substance for which a Safety Data Sheet (SDS) or other

similar written information is required to be kept at the worksite, that SDS or written

information must be made available to the medical facility treating the exposed entrant.





EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION

We will consult with affected employees and their authorized representatives on the development and

implementation of all aspects of our permit space program.

We will make available to each affected employee and his/her authorized representatives all information

required to be developed by the Confined Spaces in Construction standard.

PROVISION OF DOCUMENTS TO SECRETARY

For each document required to be retained in the Confined Spaces in Construction standard, as the retaining

employer, we must make the document available on request to the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary's designee.



is 6 ‐ FALL PROTECTION OSHA 1925.500 SUBPART M All information contained in this document


SCOPE AND APPLICATION

The subpart sets forth the requirements and criteria for fall protection in construction workplaces covered under 29 CFR 1926. Excluded from the provisions of this subpart are employees who are inspecting, investigation or assessment of workplace conditions prior to the actual start of construction work or after all construction work have been completed.

➢ Employees working on scaffolds are to follow the fall protection provisions in subpart L of 29 CFR 1926.

➢ Employees working on certain cranes and derricks are to follow the fall protection provisions of subpart N

of 29 CFR 1926.

➢ Employees performing steel erection work in buildings are to follow the fall protection provisions of

subpart R of 29 CFR 1926.

➢ Employees working on certain types of equipment used in tunneling operations are to follow the fall

protection provisions of subpart S of 29 CFR 1926.

➢ Employees working on the construction of electric transmission and distribution lines and equipment are

to follow the fall protection provisions of subpart V of 29 CFR 1926.

➢ Employees working on stairways and ladders are to follow the fall protection provisions of subpart X of 29

CFR 1926.

➢ The performance requirements for guardrail systems used on scaffolds and falling object protection for

scaffolds are continued in subpart L of 29 CFR 1926.

➢ The performance requirements for stairways, stair rail systems, and handrails are contained in subpart X

of 29 CFR 1926.

➢ There are additional performance requirements for personal climbing equipment, lineman’s body belts,

safety straps and lanyards in subpart V of 29 CFR 1926.

➢

DEFINITIONS Anchorage ‐ means a secure point of attachment for fall protection devices. Body belt (safety belt) ‐ means a strap with means both for securing it around the waist and for attaching it to a lanyard, lifeline, or deceleration device. Body harness ‐ means straps which may be secured about the employee in a manner that will distribute the shock of falling to at least the thighs, pelvis, waist, chest and shoulders with means for attaching it to the other components of a personal fall arrest system. Buckle ‐ means any device for holding the body belt or body harness closed around the employee’s body. Connector ‐ means a device which is used to connect parts of the personal fall arrest system and positioning device systems together.

6 ‐ FALL PROTECTION OSHA 1925.500 SUBPART M





Controlled access zone (CAZ) ‐ means an area in which certain work (e.g., overhand bricklaying) may takeplace without the use of guardrail systems, personal fall arrest systems, or safety net systems and access to the zone is controlled. Dangerous equipment ‐ means equipment (such as pickling or galvanizing tanks, degreasing units, machinery, electrical equipment, and other units) which, as a result of form or function, may be hazardous to employees who fall onto or into such equipment. Deceleration device ‐ means any mechanism, such as a rope grab, rip‐stitch lanyard, specially‐woven lanyard, tearing or deforming lanyards, automatic self‐retracting lifelines/lanyards, etc., which serves to dissipate a substantial amount of energy during a fall arrest, or otherwise limit the amount of shock to an employee during a fall. Deceleration distance ‐ means from the point where the deceleration device activates to the point where the employee comes to a full stop. Equivalent ‐ means alternative designs, materials, or methods to protect against a hazard which the employer can demonstrate will provide an equal or greater degree of safety for employees than the methods, materials or designs specified in the standard. Failure ‐ means load refusal, breakage, or separation of component parts. Load refusal is the point where the ultimate strength is exceeded. Free fall ‐ means the act of falling before a personal fall arrest system begins to apply force to arrest the fall. Free fall distance ‐ means the distance the employee travels before the deceleration device activates to slow the rate of falling. Guardrail system ‐ means a barrier erected to prevent employees from falling to lower levels. Hole ‐ means a gap or void of 2 inches or more in the smallest dimension, in a floor, roof, or other walking/working surface. Infeasible ‐ means that it is impossible to perform the construction work using a conventional fall protection (i.e., guardrail system, safety net system, or personal fall arrest system) or that is technologically impossible to use any one of these systems to provide fall protection. Lanyard ‐ means a flexible line of rope, wire rope, or strap which generally has a connector at each end for connecting the body belt or body harness to a deceleration device, lifeline, or anchorage. Leading edge ‐ means the edge of a floor, roof, or formwork for a floor or other walking/working surface (such as the deck) which changes location as additional floor, roof, decking, or formwork sections are placed, formed or constructed. A leading edge is considered to be an “unprotected side and edge” during periods when it is not actively and continuously under construction.





Lifeline ‐ means a component consisting of a flexible line for connection to an anchorage at one end to hang vertically or for connection to anchorages at both ends to stretch horizontally, and which serves as a means for connecting other components of a personal fall arrest system to the anchorage. Low‐slope roof ‐ means a roof having a slope less than or equal to 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal). Lower levels ‐ mean those areas or surfaces to which an employee can fall. Mechanical equipment ‐ means all motor or human propelled wheeled equipment used for roofing work, except wheelbarrows and mop carts. Opening ‐ means a gap 30” or higher and 18” or more wide, in a wall or partition, through which employees can fall to a lower level. Overhand bricklaying work ‐ means the process of laying bricks and masonry units such that the surface of the wall to be jointed is on the opposite side of the wall from the mason, requiring the mason to lean over the wall to complete the work. Personal fall arrest system ‐ means a system used to arrest an employee in a fall from a working level. It consists of an anchorage, connectors, a body belt or body harness and may include a lanyard, deceleration device, lifeline, or suitable combinations of these. As of January 1, 1998, the use of a body belt for fall arrest is prohibited. Positioning device ‐ system means a body belt or body harness system rigged to allow an employee to be supported on an elevated vertical surface, such as a wall, and work with both hands free while leaning. Rope grab ‐ means a deceleration device which travels on a lifeline and automatically, by friction, engages the lifeline and locks so as to arrest the fall of an employee. Roof ‐ means the exterior surface on the top of a building. This does not include floors or formworks which, because a building has not been completed, temporarily become the top surface of a building. Roofing work ‐ means the hoisting, storage, application, and removal of roofing materials and equipment, including related insulation, sheet metal, and vapor barrier work, but not including the construction of the roof deck. Safety‐monitoring system ‐ means a safety system in which a competent person is responsible for recognizing and warning employees of fall hazards. Self‐retracting lifeline/lanyard ‐ means a deceleration device containing a drum‐wound line which can be slowly extracted from, or retracted onto, the drum under slight tension during normal employee movement, and which, after onset of a fall, automatically locks the drum and arrests the fall. Snap hook ‐ means a connector comprised of a hook‐shaped member with a normally closed keeper, or similar arrangement, which may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object. Snap hooks are generally one of two types: 1. The locking type with a self‐closing keeper which remains closed and locked until unlocked and pressed open for connection or disconnection; or





2. The non‐locking type with a self‐closing keeper which remains closed until pressed open for connection

or disconnection. As of January 1, 1998, the use of a non‐locking snap hook as part of personal fall arrest systems and positioning device systems is prohibited.

Steep roof ‐ means a roof having a slope greater than 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

Toe board ‐ means a low protective barrier that will prevent the fall of materials and equipment to lower levels and provide protection from falls for personnel.

Unprotected sides and edges ‐ mean any side or edge (except at entrances to points of access) of a walking/working surface, e.g., floor, roof, ramp, or runway where there is no wall or guardrail system at least 39 inches high.

Walking/working surface ‐ means any surface, whether horizontal or vertical on which an employee walks or works, including, but not limited to, floors, roofs, ramps, bridges, runways, formwork and concrete reinforcing steel but not including ladders, vehicles, or trailers, on which employees must be located in order to perform their job duties.

Warning line system ‐ means a barrier erected on a roof to warn employees that they are approaching an unprotected roof side or edge, and which designates the area in which roofing work may take place without the use of guardrail, body belt, or safety net systems to protect employees in the area.

Work area ‐ means that portion of a walking/working surface where job duties are being performed.

DUTY TO HAVE FALL PROTECTION

1. The employer has the duty to determine if the walking/working surfaces on which his employees are to work has the strength and structural integrity to support employees safely. Employees will not be allowed to work on surfaces that do not have adequate strength and structural integrity.

2. Each employee working adjacent to an unprotected edge which is 6 feet or more above a lower level shall be protected from falling using a guardrail system, safety net system, or personal fall arrest system.

3. Employees working on a leading edge which is 6 feet or more above a lower level shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems. Exception: When the employer can demonstrate that it is infeasible or creates a greater hazard to use these systems, the employer shall develop and implement a fall protection plan which meets the requirements of 4.0 (K).

4. An employee working in a hoist area shall be protected from falling 6 feet or more to lower levels by guardrail systems or personal fall arrest systems. If a guardrail system is used, and is removed to facilitate hoisting, then the employee must be protected by a personal fall arrest system.

5. Each employee shall be protected from falling through holes (including skylights) more than 6 feet above lower levels, by personal fall arrest systems, covers, or guardrail systems erected around such holes. Protection shall be provided to prevent the employee from tripping in or stepping into or through holes or from being struck by objects falling through holes by covers.

6. Employees working on formwork or reinforcing steel shall be protected from falling 6 feet or more to lover levels by personal fall arrest systems, safety net systems, or positioning device systems.





7. Employees working on ramps or runways, and other walkways shall be protected from falling 6 feet or more to lower levels by guardrail systems.

8. Employees working at the edge of an excavation 6 feet or more in depth shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, fences, or barricades when the excavations are not readily seen because of plant growth or other visual barrier. Each employee at the edge of a well, pit, shaft, and similar excavation 6 feet or more in depth shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, fences, barricades, or covers.

9. Employees working 6 feet or less above dangerous equipment shall be protected from falling into or onto the dangerous equipment by guardrail systems or by equipment guards. Employees working 6 feet or more above dangerous equipment shall be protected from fall hazards by guardrail systems, personal fall arrest systems, or safety net systems.

10. Employees performing overhand bricklaying and related work 6 feet or more above lower levels, shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, safety net systems, personal fall arrest systems, or shall work in a controlled access zone. Each employee who must reach more than 10 inches below the level of the walking/working surface on which they are working, shall be protected from falling by a guardrail system, safety net system, or a personal fall arrest system.

5. Employees engaged in roofing activities on low‐slope roofs, with unprotected sides and edges 6 feet or more above lower levels shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, safety net systems, personal fall arrest systems, or a combination of warning line system and guardrail system, or warning line system and safety net system, or warning line system and personal fall arrest systems, or warning line system and safety monitoring system. Or, on roofs 50‐feet or less in width, the use of a safety monitoring system alone (i.e. without the warning line system) is permitted.

6. Employees engaged in roofing activities on steep roofs with unprotected sides and edges 6 feet or more above lower levels shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems with toe boards, safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems.

7. Employees engaged in the erection of pre‐cast concrete members and related operations such as grouting of pre‐cast concrete members, who is 6 feet or more above lower levels shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems. Exception: When the employer can demonstrate that it is infeasible or creates a greater hazard to use these systems, the employer shall develop and implement a fall protection plan which meets the requirements of 4.0(K).

8. Employees engaged in residential construction whose activities are 6 feet or more above lower levels shall be protected by guardrail systems, safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems. Exception: When the employer can demonstrate that it is infeasible or creates a greater hazard to use these systems, the employer shall develop and implement a fall protection plan which meets the requirements of 4.0(K).

9. Each employee working on, at, above, or near wall openings including those with chutes attached) where the outside bottom edge of the wall opening is 6 feet or more above lower levels and the inside bottom edge of the wall opening is less than 39 inches above the walking/working surface, shall be protected from falling by the use of a guardrail system, a safety net system, or a personal fall arrest systems.

10. For walking/working surfaces not otherwise addressed above, each employee on a walking/working surface 6 feet or more above a lower level shall be protected from falling by a guardrail system, safety net system, or personal fall arrest system.

11. When an employee is exposed to falling objects, the employer shall have each employee wear a hardhat and shall implement one of the following measures:





➢ Erect to boards, screens, or guardrail systems to prevent objects from falling from higher levels; or, ➢ Erect a canopy structure and keep potential fall objects far enough from the edge of the higher level so

that those objects will not fall if they are accidentally moved; or, ➢ Barricade the area where object could fall, prohibit employees from entering the barricaded area, and

keep objects that may fall far enough from the edge of the higher level so that they will not fall if they are accidentally moved.

FALL PROTECTION SYSTEMS CRITERIA AND PRACTICES

GENERAL: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------ All employers shall provide and install all fall protection systems required by the standard before employees begin the work that necessitates the fall protections. GUARDRAIL SYSTEMS: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------- Guardrail systems and their use shall comply with the following provisions: 1. The top edge of the top rail shall be 42 inches above the walking/working level. When employees are

using stilts, the top edge height shall be increased an amount equal to the height of the stilts.

2. Mid rails, screens, mesh, intermediate vertical members, or equivalent intermediate structural members

shall be installed between the top edge of the guardrail system and the walking/working surface when there is no

wall at least 21 inches high.

➢ The mid rails shall be installed at a height midway between the top edge of the guardrail and the

walking/working level.

➢ Screens and mesh shall extend from the top rail to the walking/working level and along the entire opening

between the top rail supports.

➢ Intermediate members and other structural members (such as additional mid rails and architectural

panels) shall be not more than 19 inches apart.

3. Guardrail systems shall be capable of withstanding, without failure, a force of at least 200 pounds applied

within 2 inches of the top edge, in any outward or downward direction, at any point along the top edge.

4. When the 200 pound test load is applied in a downward direction, the top edge of the guard rail shall not

deflect to a height less than 39 inches.

5. Mid rails, screens, mesh, intermediate vertical members, solid panels, and equivalent structural members

shall be capable of withstanding, without failure, a force of at least 150 pounds applied in any downward

or outward direction at any point along the mid rails or other member.

6. Guardrail systems shall be so surfaced to prevent injury from punctures or lacerations, and to prevent

snagging of clothing.

7. The ends of all top rails and mid rails shall not overhang the terminal posts, except where the overhang

does not constitute a projection hazard.

8. Steel and plastic banding shall not be used as top rails or mid rails.





9. Top rails and mid rails shall be at least one‐quarter inch nominal diameter or thickness to

prevent cuts and lacerations. If wire rope is used for top rails, flagging at not more than 6‐foot

intervals, with high‐visibility material, shall be used.

10. When guardrail systems are used at hoisting areas, a chain, gate or removable guardrail section shall be placed across the access opening between guardrail sections when hoisting operations are not taking place.

11. When guardrail systems are used at holes, they shall be erected on all unprotected sides or edges of the hole.

12. When guardrail systems are used around holes used for passage of material, the holes shall have not more than two sides provided with removable guardrail sections to allow the passage of material. When not in use, the hole shall be covered, or a guardrail system shall be provided on all unprotected sides or edges.

13. When guardrail systems are used around holes which are used as points of access (such as ladder ways), they shall be provided with a gate, or be so offset that a person cannot walk directly into the hole.

14. Guardrail systems used on ramps and runways shall be erected along each unprotected side or edge.

15. Manila, plastic or synthetic rope being used for top rails or midrails shall be inspected as frequently as necessary to ensure that it continues to meet the strength requirements of item 3 above.

SAFETY NET SYSTEMS ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------- 1. Safety nets shall be installed as close as practical under the walking/working surface,

but in no case more than 30 feet below such level. When nets are used on bridges, the

potential fall area from the walking/working surface to the net shall be unobstructed.

2. Safety nets shall extend outward from the outermost projection of the work surface as follows:

Vertical distance from working

level to horizontal plane of net

Minimum required overhang of net

beyond the edge of the working

Up to 5 feet

8 feet

More than 5 feet up to 10 feet

10 feet

More than 10 feet

13 feet

3. Safety nets shall be installed with sufficient clearance under them to prevent contact with the surface or structure below when subjected to an impact force equal to the drop test. 4. Safety nets and their installations shall be capable of absorbing an impact force equal to that produced by the drop test. 5. Drop Test: Except when the employer can demonstrate that it is unreasonable to perform the drop‐test, all safety nets and safety net installations shall be drop‐tested at the jobsite after initial installation and before being used as a fall protection system. The drop test shall also be performed whenever the net is relocated, after major repair, and at 6-month intervals if left in one place.





The drop‐test shall consist of a 400‐pound bag of sand 30 ± 2 inches in diameter dropped into the net from the

highest walking/working surface at which employees are exposed to fall hazards, but not from less than 42 inches

above the net.

➢ Requirements for not performing the drop‐test:

➢ The employer shall certify that the net and net installation is in compliance with this section by preparation

a certification record prior to the net being used as a fall protection system.

➢ The certification record must include:

➢ Identification of the net and net installation for which the certification record is being prepared.

➢ The date that it was determined that the identified net and net installation were in compliance with section

C (3) herein.

➢ The signature of the person making the determination and certification.

➢ The most recent certification shall be available at the jobsite for inspection.

2. Defective nets shall not be used and shall be removed from service immediately upon determination of

defect. Safety net shall be inspected at least once a week for wear, damage, and other deterioration.

3. Materials, scrap pieces, equipment, and tools which have fallen into the net shall be removed as soon as

possible, but not later than the beginning of the next work shift.

4. The maximum size of each safety net mesh opening shall not exceed 36 square inches nor can be longer

than 6 inches on any side. The opening, measured center‐to‐center of mesh ropes or webbing shall not be

longer than 6 inches. All mesh crossings shall be secured to prevent enlargement.

5. Each safety net shall have a border rope for webbing with a minimum breaking strength of 5,000 pounds.

6. Connections between safety net panels shall be as strong as integral net components and shall be

spaced not more than 6 inches.

PERSONAL FALL ARREST SYSTEMS

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------

Personal fall arrest systems and their use shall comply with the provisions set forth below. Effective January 1,

1998, body belts are not acceptable as part of a personal fall arrest system. Note: The use of a body belt in a

positioning device system, is acceptable and is regulated under paragraph E of this section.

1. Connectors shall be drop forged, pressed or formed steel, or made of equivalent materials.

2. Connectors shall have a corrosion‐resistant finish, and all surfaces and edges shall be smooth to prevent

damage to interfacing parts of the system.

3. Dee‐rings and snap hooks shall have a minimum tensile strength of 5,000 pounds. They are to be proof‐

tested to a minimum tensile load of 3,600 pounds without cracking, breaking, or taking permanent deformation.

4. Snap hooks shall be sized to be compatible with the member to which they are connected to prevent

unintentional disengagement of the snap hook by depression of the snap hook keeper by the connected member,

or shall be a locking type snap hook designed and used to prevent disengagement of the snap hook by the

contact of the snap hook keeper by the connected

member. Effective January 1, 1998, only locking type snap hooks shall be used.

Unless the snap hook is a locking type and designed for the following connections, snap hooks shall not be

engaged:





➢ Directly to webbing, rope or wire rope.

➢ To each other.

➢ To a d‐ring to which another snap hook or other connector is attached.

➢ To a horizontal lifeline.

➢ To any object which is incompatibly shaped or dimensioned in relation to the snap hooks such that

unintentional disengagement could occur by the connected object being able to depress the snap hook

keeper and release itself.

2. On suspended scaffolds or similar work platforms with horizontal lifelines which may become vertical

lifelines, the devices used to connect to a horizontal lifeline shall be capable of locking in both direction on

the lifeline.

3. Horizontal lifelines shall be designed, installed, and used, under the supervision of a qualified person, as

part of a complete personal fall arrest system, which maintains a safety factor of at least two.

4. Lanyards and vertical lifelines shall have a minimum breaking strength of 5,000 pounds.

5. Employees must each be attached to a separate lifeline except as follows: During the construction of

elevator shafts, two employees may be attached to the same lifeline in the hoist way, provided both

employees are working atop a false car that is equipped with guardrails, the strength of the lifeline is

10,000 pounds and all other criteria for lifelines are met.

6. Lifelines shall be protected against being cut or abraded.

7. Self‐retracting lifelines and lanyards which automatically limit free fall distance to 2 feet or less shall be

capable of sustaining a minimum tensile load of 3,000 pounds applied to the device with the lifeline or

lanyard in the fully extended position.

8. Self‐retracting lifelines and lanyards which do not limit free fall distance to 2 feet or less, rip stitch

lanyards, and tearing and deforming lanyards shall be capable of sustaining a minimum tensile load of

5,000 pounds applied to the device with the lifeline or lanyard in the fully extended position.

9. Ropes and straps used in lanyards, lifelines, and strength component of body belts and body harnesses

shall be made from synthetic fibers.

10. Anchorages used for attachment of personal fall arrest equipment shall be independent of any anchorage

being used to support or suspend platforms and capable of supporting at least 5,000 pounds per

employee attached, or shall be designed, installed and used as follows:

➢ As part of a complete personal fall arrest system with a safety factor of two, and

➢ Under the supervision of a qualified person.

11. Personal fall arrest systems, when stopping a fall, shall:

➢ limit maximum arresting force on an employee to 900 pounds when used with a body belt,

➢ maximum arresting force on an employee to 1,800 pounds when used with a body harness,

➢ be rigged such that an employee can neither free fall more than 6 feet, nor contact any lower level, bring

an employee to a complete stop and limit maximum deceleration distance an employee travels to 3.5 feet;

and,

➢ Have sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy of an employee freefall distance of

6 feet, or the free fall distance permitted by the system.

12. The attachment point of the body belt shall be located in the center of the wearer’s back. The attachment

point of the body harness shall be located in the center of the wearer’s back near shoulder level, or above

the wearer’s head.

13. Body belts, harnesses, and components shall be used only for employee protection and not to hoist

materials.





1. Personal fall arrest systems and components subjected to impact loading shall be immediately removed

from service and shall not be used again for employee protection until inspected and determined by a

competent person to be undamaged and suitable for reuse.

2. The employer shall provide for prompt rescue of employees in the event of a fall or shall assure that

employees are able to rescue themselves.

3. Personal fall arrest systems shall be inspected prior to each use for wear, damage and other

deterioration, and defective components shall be removed from service.

4. Body belts shall be at least one and five‐eighths inches wide.

5. Personal fall arrest systems shall not be attached to guardrail systems, nor shall they be attached to

hoists except as specified in other subparts of this procedure.

6. When a personal fall arrest system is used at hoist areas, it shall be rigged to allow the movement of the

employee only as far as the edge of the walking/working surface.

POSITIONING DEVICE SYSTEMS

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------

Positioning device systems and their use shall conform to the following provisions:

1. Positioning devices shall be rigged such that an employee cannot free fall more than 2 feet.

2. Positioning devices shall be secured to an anchorage capable of supporting at least twice the potential

impact load of an employee’s fall or 3,000 pounds, whichever is greater.

3. Connectors shall be drop forged, pressed or formed steel, or made of equivalent materials.

4. Connectors shall have a corrosion‐resistant finish, and all surfaces and edges shall be smooth to prevent

damage to interfacing parts of this system.

5. Connecting assemblies shall have a minimum tensile strength of 5,000 pounds.

6. Dee‐rings and snap hooks shall be proof‐tested to a minimum tensile load of 3,600 pounds without

cracking, breaking, or taking permanent deformation.

7. Snap hooks shall be sized to be compatible with the member to which they are connected to prevent

unintentional disengagement of the snap hook by depression of the snap hook keeper by the connected

member, or shall be a locking type snap hook designed and used to prevent disengagement of the snap

hook by the contact of the snap hook keeper by the connected member. As of January 1, 1998, only

locking type snap hooks shall be used.

8. Unless the snap hook is a locking type and designed for the following connections, snap hooks shall not

be engaged:

➢ Directly to webbing, rope or wire rope.

➢ To each other.

➢ To a d‐ring to which another snap hook or other connector is attached.

➢ To a horizontal lifeline.

➢ To any object which is incompatibly shaped or dimensioned in relation to the snap hooks such that

unintentional disengagement could occur by the connected object being able to depress the snap hook

keeper and release itself.

9. Positioning device systems shall be inspected prior to each use for wear, damage, and other deterioration

and defective components shall be removed from service.

10. Body belts, harnesses, and components shall be used only for employee protection and not to hoist

materials.





WARNING LINE SYSTEMS

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------

1. The warning line shall be erected around all sides of the roof work area.

➢ When mechanical equipment is not being used, the warning line shall be erected not less than 6 feet from

the roof edge.

➢ When mechanical equipment is being used, the warning line shall be erected not less than 6 feet from the

roof edge which is parallel to the direction of mechanical equipment operation, and not less than 10 feet

from the roof edge which is perpendicular to the direction of mechanical equipment operation.

➢ Points of access, materials handling areas, storage areas, and hoisting areas shall be connected to the

work area by an access path formed by two warning lines.

➢ When the path to a point of access is not in use, a rope, wire, chain or other barricade shall be placed

across the path at the point where the path intersects the warning line, or the path shall be offset such

that a person cannot walk directly into the work area.

2. Warning lines shall consist of ropes, wires, or chains and supporting stanchions erected as follows:

➢ The rope wire or chain shall be flagged at not more than 6‐foot intervals with a high‐visibility material.

➢ The rope, wire, or chain shall be rigged and supported in such a way that its lowest point is no less than

34 inches from the walking/working surface and its highest point is no more than 39 inches.

➢ After being erected, with the rope, wire, or chain attached, stanchions shall be capable of resisting,

without tipping over, a force of at least 16 pounds applied horizontally against the stanchion, 30 inches

above the walking/working surface, perpendicular to the warning line, and in the direction of the floor,

roof, or platform edge.

➢ The rope, wire, or chain shall have a minimum tensile strength of 500 pounds, and after being attached to

the stanchions, shall be capable of supporting, without breaking, the loads applied to the stanchions

described above.

➢ The line shall be attached at each stanchion in such a way that pulling on one section of the line between

stanchions will not result in slack being taken up in adjacent sections before the stanchion tips over.

No employee shall be allowed in the area between a roof edge and a warning line unless the employee is

performing roofing work in that area.

3. Mechanical equipment on roofs shall be used or stored only in areas where employees are protected by a

warning line system, guardrail system or personal fall arrest system.





CONTROLLED ACCESS ZONES

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------

1. When used to control access to areas where leading edge and other operations are taking place the

controlled access zone shall be defined by a control line or by any other means that restricts access.

➢ When control lines are used, they shall be erected not less than 6 feet nor more than 25 feet from the

unprotected or leading edge, except when erecting pre‐cast concrete members.

➢ When erecting pre‐cast concrete members, the control line shall be erected not less than 6 feet nor

more than 60 feet or half the length of the member being erected, whichever is less, from the leading

edge.

➢ The control line shall extend along the entire length of the unprotected or leading edge and shall be

approximately parallel to the unprotected or leading edge.

➢ The control line shall be connected on each side to a guardrail system, or wall.

2. When used to control access to areas where overhand bricklaying and related work are taking place:

➢ The controlled access zone shall be defined by a control line erected not less than 10 feet nor more

than 15 feet from the working edge.

➢ The control line shall extend for a distance sufficient from the controlled access zone to enclose all

employees performing overhand bricklaying and related work and shall be approximately parallel to

the working edge.

➢ Addition control lines shall be erected at each end to enclose the controlled access zone.

➢ Only employees engaged in overhand bricklaying or related work shall be permitted in the controlled

access zone.

3. Control lines shall consist of ropes, wires, tapes, or equivalent materials, and supporting stanchions as

follows:

➢ Each line shall be flagged or otherwise clearly marked at not more than 6‐foot intervals with high‐

visibility material.

➢ Each line shall be rigged and supported in such a way that its lowest point is not less than 39 inches

from the walking/working surface and its highest point is not more than 45 inches [50 inches when

overhand bricklaying operations are being performed] from the walking/working surface.

➢ Each line shall have a minimum breaking strength of 200 pounds.

4. On floors and roofs where guardrail systems are not in place prior to the beginning of overhand

bricklaying operations, controlled access zones shall be enlarged, as necessary, to enclose all points of

access, material handling and, storage areas.

5. On floors and roofs where guardrail systems are in place, but need to be removed to allow overhand

bricklaying work or leading edge work to take place, only that portion of the guardrail necessary to

accomplish that day’s work shall be removed.





SAFETY MONITORING SYSTEMS

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------

1. The employer shall designate a competent person to monitor the safety of other employees and the

employer shall ensure that the safety monitor complies with the following requirements:

➢ The safety monitor shall be competent to recognize fall hazards.

➢ The safety monitor shall warn the employee when it appears that the employee is unaware of a

fall hazard or is acting in an unsafe manner.

➢ The safety monitor shall be on the same walking/working surface and within visual sighting

distance of the employee being monitored.

➢ The safety monitor shall be close enough to communicate orally with the employee.

➢ The safety monitor shall not have other responsibilities which could take the monitor’s attention

away from the monitoring function.

3. Mechanical equipment shall not be used or stored in areas where safety monitoring systems are being

used to monitor employees engaged in roofing operations on low‐slope roofs.

4. No employee, other than an employee engaged in roofing work [on low‐ sloped roofs] or an employee

covered by a fall protection plan, shall be allowed in an area where an employee is being protected by a

safety monitoring system.

5. Each employee working in a controlled access zone shall be directed to comply promptly with fall hazard

warnings from safety monitors.

COVERS

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------

1. Covers located in roadways and vehicular aisles shall be capable of supporting, without failure, at least

twice the maximum axle load of the largest vehicle expected to cross over the cover.

2. All other covers shall be capable of supporting, without failure, at least twice the weight of employees,

equipment, and materials, which may be imposed on the cover at any one time.

3. All covers shall be secured when installed so as to prevent accidental displacement by the wind,

equipment, or employees.

4. All covers shall be color coded or they shall be marked with the word “HOLE” or “COVER” to provide

warning of the hazard.





PROTECTION FROM FALLING OBJECTS

1. Toe boards, when used as falling object protection, shall be erected along the edge of the overhead

walking/working surface for a distance sufficient to protect employees below.

2. Toe boards shall be capable of withstanding, without failure, a force of at least 50 pounds applied in any

downward or outward direction at any point along the toe board.

3. Toe boards shall be a minimum of 3 1/2 inches in vertical height from their top edge to the level of the

walking/working surface. They shall have no more than 1/4‐inch clearance above the walking/working

surface. They shall be solid or have openings no more than 1 inch in the greatest dimension.

4. Where tools, equipment, or materials are piled higher than the top of the edge of a toe board, paneling or

screening shall erected from the walking/working surface or toe board to the top of a guardrail system’s

top rail or mid‐rails, for a distance sufficient to protect employees below.

5. Guard rail systems, when used as falling object protection, shall have all openings small enough to

prevent passage of potential falling objects.

6. During the performance of overhand bricklaying and related work:

➢ No materials or equipment except masonry and mortar shall be stored within 4 feet of the working

edge.

➢ Excess mortar, broken or scattered masonry units, and all other materials and debris shall be kept

clear from the work area by removal at regular intervals.

7. During the performance of roofing work:

➢ Materials and equipment shall not be stored within 6 feet of a roof edge unless guardrails are erected

at the edge.

➢ Materials which are piled, grouped, or stacked near a roof edge shall be stable and self‐ supporting.

8. Canopies, when used as falling object protection, shall be strong enough to prevent collapse and to

prevent penetration by any objects which may fall onto the canopy





FALL PROTECTION PLAN

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------

This option is available only to employees engaged in leading edge work, pre‐cast concrete erection work, or

residential construction work who can demonstrate that it is infeasible or it creates a greater hazard to use

conventional fall protection equipment.

The fall protection plan must conform to the following provisions:

1. The fall protection plan shall be prepared by a qualified person and developed specifically for the site

where the leading edge work, pre‐cast concrete work, or residential construction work is being

performed and the plan must be maintained up to date.

2. Any changes to the fall protection plan shall be approved by a qualified person.

3. A copy of the fall protection plan with all approved changes shall be maintained at the job site.

4. The implementation of the fall protection plan shall be under the supervision of a competent person.

5. The fall protection plan shall document the reasons why the use of conventional fall protection systems

guardrail systems, personal fall arrest systems, or safety nets systems] is infeasible or why their use

would create a greater hazard.

6. The fall protection plan shall include a written discussion of other measures that will be taken to reduce or

eliminate the fall hazard for workers who cannot be provided with protection from the conventional fall

protection systems. For example, the employer shall discuss the extent to which scaffolds, ladders, or

vehicle mounted work platforms can be used to provide a safe working surface and thereby reduce the

hazard of falling.

7 The fall protection plan shall identify each location where conventional fall protection methods can not be

used. These locations shall then be classified as controlled access zones and the employer shall comply

with the criteria of that section.

8. Where no other alternative measure has been implemented, the employer shall implement a safety

monitoring system in compliance with 4.0 (H) “Safety Monitoring Systems”.

9. The fall protection plan must include a statement which provides the name or other method of

identification for each employee who is designated to work in controlled access zones. No other

employees may enter controlled access zones.

10. In the event an employee falls, or some other related, serious incident occurs, (e.g., a near miss) the

employer shall investigate the circumstances of the fall or other incident to determine if the fall protection

plan needs to be changed and shall implement those changes to prevent similar types of falls or

incidents.





TRAINING PROGRAM ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- The employer shall provide a training program for each employee who might be exposed to fall hazards. The program shall enable each employee to recognize the hazards of falling and shall train each employee in the procedures to be followed to minimize these hazards. The employer shall assure that each employee has been trained, as necessary, by a competent person qualified in the following areas:

➢ The nature of fall hazards in the work area. ➢ The correct procedures for erecting, maintaining, disassembling, and inspecting the fall protection

systems to be used. ➢ The use and operation of guardrail systems, personal fall arrest systems, safety net systems, warning line

systems, safety monitoring systems, controlled access zones, and other protection to be used. ➢ The role of each employee in the safety monitoring system when this system is used. ➢ The limitations on the use of mechanical equipment during performance of roofing work or on low‐ sloped

roofs. ➢ The correct procedures for the handling and storage of equipment and materials and the erection of

overhead protection. ➢ The role of employees in fall protection plans. ➢ The standards concerning fall protection

RETRAINING ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- When the employer has reason to believe that any affected employee who has already been trained does not have the understanding and skill required the employer shall retrain each such employee. Circumstances where retraining is required include, but are not limited to, situations where:

➢ Changes in the workplace render previous training obsolete; or, ➢ Changes in the types of all protection systems or equipment to be used render previous training obsolete

TRAINING REQUIREMENTS



is 7 ‐ RESPIRATORY PROTECTION All information contained in this document


PURPOSE

The purpose of this Program is to provide a safe working environment for our personnel, in compliance with the applicable regulations, when the use of respiratory protection equipment is indicated.

SCOPE

The scope of this Program shall apply to all personnel who will work in those operations where respiratory

protection is required and those involved with the training and implementation of this Program.

POLICY

Permissible Practice – in the control of those occupational diseases caused by breathing air contaminated with

harmful dusts, fumes, sprays, mists, fogs, smokes, vapors, or gases, the primary objective shall be to prevent atmospheric contamination. This shall be accomplished as far as feasible by accepted engineering control

measures (for example, enclosure or confinement of the operation, general and local ventilation, and substitution of less toxic materials). When effective engineering controls are not feasible, or while they are being instituted or evaluated, appropriate respirators shall be used pursuant to the following requirements.

EMPLOYER RESPONSIBILITY

1. Respirators shall be provided by the employer when such equipment is necessary to protect the health

of the employee.

2. The employer shall provide the respirators which are applicable and suitable for the purpose intended.

3. The employer shall be responsible for the establishment and maintenance of this respiratory protection

program contained herein.

EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITY

1. The employee shall use the provided respiratory protection in accordance with the instruction and training

received.

2. The employee shall guard against damage to the respirator.

3 The employee shall report any malfunction of the respirator to a responsible person designated by this program.

DEFINITIONS

Abrasive‐blasting respirator – see respirator – a respirator designed to protect the wearer against inhalation of abrasive material and against impact and abrasion from rebounding abrasive material. Aerosol – a system consisting of particles, solid or liquid, suspended in air. Air‐line respirator – see respirator

Air‐purifying

7 ‐ RESPIRATORY PROTECTION





respirator – see respirator Air‐regulating valve‐ an adjustable valve used to regulate, but which cannot completely shut off, the air flow to

the face piece, helmet, hood or suit of an air‐line respirator. Air‐supply device – a hand or motor‐operated blower for the hose mask, or a compressor or other source of

respirable air for the air‐line respirator Approved – tested and listed as satisfactory by the Bureau of Mines (BM) of the US. Department of Interior, or jointly by the Mining Enforcement and Safety Administration (MESA) of the US Department of Interior and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) of the US. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, or jointly by the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) of the US Department of Labor and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and health (NIOSH) of the US. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare Bioassay – a determination of the concentration of a substance in a human body by an analysis of urine, feces, blood, bone or tissue. Breathing Tube – a tube through which air or oxygen flows to the face piece, mouthpiece, helmet, hood or suit. Canister (air‐purifying) – a container with a filter, sorbent, or catalyst, or any combination thereof, which removes specific contaminants from the air drawn through it Canister (oxygen‐generating) – a container filled with a chemical which generates oxygen by chemical reaction. Carcinogen – a substance known to cause cancer. Cartridge (air‐purifying) – a small canister Catalyst – in respirator use, a substance which converts a toxic gas (or vapor) into a less‐toxic gas (or vapor) Ceiling concentration – the concentration of an airborne substance that shall not be exceeded. Chemical‐cartridge respirator – see respirator Confined space – an enclosure – such as a storage tank, process vessel, boiler, silo, tank car, pipeline, tube, duct, sewer, underground utility vault, tunnel, or pit – having limited means of egress and poor natural ventilation and which may contain hazardous contaminants or be oxygen deficient. Contaminant – a harmful, irritating, or nuisance material that is foreign to the normal atmosphere. Corrective lens – a lens ground to the wearer’s individual corrective prescription to permit normal visual acuity. Demand‐type respirator – produces a negative pressure in the face piece on inhalation, whereas

continuous‐flow and pressure‐demand types maintain a positive pressure in the respiratory‐inlet covering and are less apt to permit inward leakage of contaminants. Detachable coupling – a device which permits the respirator wearer, without using hand tools, to detach the air‐ supply line from that part of the respirator worn on the person. Dust – a solid, mechanically produced particle with sizes varying from submicroscopic to visible.





Emergency respirator use – wearing a respirator when a hazardous atmosphere suddenly occurs that requires immediate use of a respirator either for escape from the hazardous atmosphere or for entry into the hazardous atmosphere to carry out maintenance or some other task. Exhalation valve – a device that allows exhaled air to leave a respirator and prevents outside air from entering through the valve. Eyepiece – a gas‐tight, transparent window(s) in a full-face piece, hood, or suit, through which the wearer may see. Face piece – that portion of a respirator that covers the wearer’s nose and mouth in a quarter‐mask (above the

chin) or half‐mask (under the chin) face piece or that covers the nose, mouth, and eyes in a full face piece. It is

designed to make a gas‐tight or particle‐tight fit with the face and includes the headbands, exhalation valve(s),

and connections for an air‐purifying device or respirable gas source, or both. Face shield – a device worn in front of the eyes and a portion of, or all of, the face, whose predominant function is protection of the eyes and the face. Fibrosis‐producing dust – a dust which, when inhaled, deposited, and retained in the lungs, may produce findings of fibrotic growth that may cause pulmonary disease Filter – a media component used in respirators to remove solid or liquid particles from the inspired air. Fog – a mist of sufficient concentration to perceptibly obscure vision Fume – a solid condensation particle of extremely small particle size, generally less than one micrometer in diameter. Gas – an aeriform fluid which is in the gaseous state at ordinary temperature and pressure. Gas mask – see respirator Goggle – a device, with contour‐shaped eyecups with glass or plastic lenses, worn over the eyes and held in place by a headband or other suitable means for the protection of the eyes and eye sockets. Hazardous atmosphere – any atmosphere, either immediately or not immediately dangerous to life or health, which is oxygen deficient or which contains a toxic or disease‐producing containment exceeding the legally established permissible exposure limit (PEL) or, where applicable, the Threshold Limit Value (TLV) established by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). Head harness – that part of a face piece assembly which secures the face piece to the wearer. Helmet – that portion of a respirator which shields the eyes, face, neck, and other parts of the head. High‐efficiency Filter (HEPA) ‐ a filter which removes from air 99.97% or more of monodisperse dioctylphthalate (DOP) particles having a mean particle diameter of 0.3 micrometer. Hood – that portion of a respirator which completely covers the head, neck and portions of the shoulders.





Immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH) – any atmosphere that poses an immediate hazard to life or produces immediate irreversible debilitating effects on health. Inhalation valve – a device that allows respirable air to enter a respirator and prevents exhaled air from leaving the respirator through the valve. Irrespirable – unfit for breathing. Maximum use limit of filter, cartridge, or canister – the maximum concentration of a contaminant for which an air‐purifying filter, cartridge, or canister is approved for use. Mist – a liquid condensation particle with sizes ranging from submicroscopic to visible. Mouthpiece – that portion of a respirator which is held in the wearer’s mouth and is connected to an air‐purifying

device or respirable gas source, or both. It is designed to make a gas‐tight or particle‐tight fit with the mouth. MPCa – (Maximum Permissible Airborne Concentration) these concentrations are set by the National committee on Radiation Protection. They are recommended maximum average concentrations of radio nuclides to which a worker may be exposed, assuming that he works 8 hours a day, 5 days a week, and 50 weeks a year. Negative pressure respirator – a respirator in which the air pressure inside the respiratory‐inlet covering is positive during exhalation in relation to the air pressure of the outside atmosphere and negative during inhalation in relation to the air pressure of the outside atmosphere. Non‐routine respirator use – wearing a respirator when carrying out a special task that occurs infrequently. Nose clamp – a device used with a respirator equipped with a mouthpiece that closes the nostrils of the wearer (sometimes called a nose clip). Not immediately dangerous to life or health – any hazardous atmosphere which may produce physical discomfort immediately, chronic poisoning after repeated exposure, or acute adverse physiological symptoms after prolonged exposure. Odor threshold limit – the lowest concentration of a contaminant in air that can be detected by the olfactory sense (the sense of smell). Oxygen deficiency – immediately dangerous to life or health – an atmosphere which causes an oxygen partial pressure of 100 millimeters of mercury column or less in the freshly inspired air in the upper portion of the lungs which is saturated with water vapor (approximately 14% oxygen volume at sea level). Oxygen deficiency – not immediately dangerous to life or health – an atmosphere having an oxygen concentration below the minimum legal requirement (see Table 3), but above that which is immediately dangerous to life or health. Sufficient oxygen range is 19.5% ‐ 23.5%. Particulate matter – a suspension of fine solid or liquid particles in air, such as: dust, fog, fume, mist, smoke or spray. Particulate matter suspended in air is commonly known as an aerosol. Permissible exposure limit (PEL) – the legally established time‐weighted average (TWA) concentration or ceiling





concentration of a contaminant that shall not be exceeded.

Pneumoconiosis‐producing dust – dust which, when inhaled, deposited, and retained in the lungs, may

produce signs, symptoms, and findings of pulmonary disease

Positive‐pressure respirator – a respirator in which the air pressure inside the respiratory‐inlet covering is

positive in relation to the air pressure of the outside atmosphere during exhalation and inhalation

Powered air‐purifying respirator (PAPR) – an air‐purifying respirator that uses a blower to force the ambient air

through air‐purifying elements to the inlet covering

Pressure‐demand – an air‐line respirator where the air flow is controlled by the inhalation of the wearer.

Protection factor – the ratio of the ambient concentration of an airborne substance to the concentration of the

substance inside the respirator at the breathing zone of the wearer. The protection factor is a measure of the

degree of protection provided by a respirator to the wearer. See Appendix A.2.4.

Rescue respirator use – wearing a respirator for entry into a hazardous atmosphere to rescue a person(s) in the

hazardous atmosphere.

Resistance – opposition to the flow of air, as through a canister, cartridge, particulate filter, orifice, valve, or hose.

Respirable – suitable for breathing

Respirator – a device designed to protect the wearer from the inhalation of harmful atmospheres. Respirators fall

into the following general classifications, according to mode of operation: Atmosphere‐supplying respirators,

air‐purifying respirators and combination atmosphere‐supplying and air‐purifying respirators.

Respiratory‐inlet covering – that portion of a respirator which connects the wearer’s respiratory tract to an

air‐purifying device or respirable gas source, or both It may be a face piece, helmet, hood, suit or

mouth‐piece/nose clamp.

Routine respirator use – wearing a respirator as a normal procedure when carrying out a regular and frequently

repeated task.

Sanitization – the removal of dirt and the inhibiting of the action of agents that cause infection or disease.

Self‐contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) – an atmosphere supplying respirator for which the breathing air

source is designed to be carried by the user.

Service life – the period that a respirator provides adequate protection to the wearer – for example, the period

that an air‐purifying device is effective for removing a harmful substance from inspired air

Smoke – a system which includes the products of combustion, pyrolysis, or chemical reaction of substances in

the form of visible and invisible solid and liquid particles and gaseous products in air. Smoke is usually of

sufficient concentration to perceptibly obscure vision.

Sorbent – a material which is contained in a cartridge or canister and which removes toxic gases and vapors

from inhaled air.





Spray – a liquid, mechanically produced particle with sizes generally in the visible range.

Supplied‐air respirator (SAR) – an atmosphere‐supplying respirator for which the source of breathing air is not designed to be carried by the user.

Supplied ‐air suit – a suit that is impermeable to most particulate and gaseous contaminants and that is provided with an adequate supply of respirable air.

Time‐weighted average (TWA) – the average concentration of a contaminant in air during a specific time period

Valve (air or oxygen) – a device which controls the pressure, direction, or rate of flow of air or oxygen

Vapor – the gaseous state of a substance that is solid or liquid at ordinary temperature and pressure.

Window indicator – a device on a cartridge or canister that visually denotes the service life of the cartridge or canister.

PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION

The administration of this Program shall be the responsibility of the President of the Company, or his

designee. The Program Administrator shall have sufficient knowledge of respiratory protection to

properly supervise the Respiratory Protection Program.

PHYSICAL CONSIDERATIONS

1. All employees whose duties require the use of respiratory protection shall be tested to determine that they

are physically able to wear the respiratory protection.

2. Each employee shall be given, at least annually (or sooner if there is a physical change which affects the

ability to wear a respirator), a Pulmonary Function Screening by a licensed respiratory therapist or

physician to determine that the employee is physically able to wear a respirator during the performance of

his/her duties.

3. An employee who has hair (stubble, mustache, sideburns, beard, low hairline, bangs, etc.) which passes

between the face and the sealing surface of the face piece of the respirator shall not be permitted to wear

such a respirator.

4. An employee who has scars, hollow temples, excessively protruding cheekbones, and deep creases in

facial skin, the absence of teeth or dentures, or unusual facial configurations which prevent a seal of a

respirator face piece to the wearer’s face, shall not be permitted to wear the respirator.

5. An employee who has hair (mustache or beard) which interferes with the function of a respirator valve(s)

shall not be permitted to wear the respirator.

6. If missing teeth or dentures prevent a seal of a respirator mouthpiece in a person’s mouth, the person

shall not be allowed to wear a respirator equipped with a mouthpiece.

7. If a person has a nose of a shape or size which prevents the closing of the nose by the nose clamp or a

mouthpiece/nose‐clamp type of respirator, the person shall not be permitted to wear this type of

respirator.





Only approved respirators shall be used. Respirators approved by the Bureau of Mines (BM) under provisions of

BM schedules were listed periodically through the years in BM information circulars. The last BM information

circular listing approved respirators is IC‐8559, “Respirators Approved by the Bureau of Mines as of May 24,

1972. Respirators approved jointly by NIOSH and MSHA under provisions of Title 30, CFR, Part 11 are listed in

“NIOSH Certified Personal Protective Equipment.” Supplements are issued periodically.

Copies are available from:

Publications Dissemination, DTS

National Institute for Occupational Safety & Health US. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare

4676 Columbia Parkway

Cincinnati, OH 45226

1. General Considerations – the selection of a proper respirator for any given situation shall require

consideration of the following factors.

➢ The nature of the hazard (see 7.3, 7.4, 7.9.1, 7.9.2 and 7.9.3)

➢ The characteristics of the hazardous operation or process (see 7.5)

➢ The location of the hazardous area with respect to a safe area having respirable air (see 7.6)

➢ The period of time for which respiratory protection may be provided (see 7.7)

➢ The activity of workers in the hazardous area (see 7.8)

➢ The physical characteristics, functional capabilities, and limitations of respirators of various types (see

7.9)

➢ The respirator‐protection factors and respirator fit (see 7.10, 7.11, 7.12, 7.13, 7.14 and 7.15)

2. The Nature of the Hazard – the following factors concerning the nature of the hazard requiring the use of

respirators shall be considered in respirator selection:

➢ Type of Hazard

o Oxygen Deficiency

o Contaminant

➢ Physical Properties

➢ Chemical Properties

➢ Physiological effects on the body

➢ Actual concentration of a toxic material or air‐borne radioactivity level.

o Average

o Peak

➢ Established permissible time‐weighted average or peak concentration of a toxic material, or both, or

established maximum permissible airborne radioactivity level for radioactive substances.

➢ Whether the hazard is an immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH) concentration of a toxic material.

RESPIRATOR SELECTION





➢ Warning properties

See Table 3 for classification of respiratory hazards

3. Initial Monitoring of Respiratory Hazard – recognition and evaluation of the respiratory hazard [oxygen

deficiency or contaminants (s)] shall be an essential part of selecting a respirator except in emergency or rescue

operations. Initial monitoring of the respiratory hazard shall be carried out to obtain data needed for the selection

of proper respiratory protection. This data should include:

➢ Identification of the type of respiratory hazard

o Oxygen deficiency

o Specific contaminant

➢ Nature of contaminant(s)

o Particulate matter

o Vapor(s) or gas (es)

➢ Concentration of respiratory hazard

➢

See Appendix A.4 for a discussion of the monitoring of respiratory hazards

4. Characteristics of Hazardous Operations – the following factors concerning the hazardous operations

shall be taken into account in selecting the proper respirator.

➢ Operation characteristics

➢ Work area characteristics

➢ Materials, including raw materials, end products, and by‐products (actual and potential)

➢ Worker activities

Modification in the operation or process shall be considered since this may change the hazard and

require the selection of a different respirator.

5. Location of Hazardous Area – the location of the hazardous area with respect to a safe area having

respirable air shall be considered in selecting a respirator, since this will permit planning for the escape of

workers if an emergency occurs, for the entry of workers to perform maintenance duties, and for rescue

operations.

6. Respirator Use Time Period – the period that a respirator must be worn is an important factor that

shall be taken into account in selecting a respirator. Consideration shall be given to the type of

respirator application, such as for routine, non‐routine, emergency, or rescue use. It would not be

desirable, for example, to select respirators that are heavy or that offer high resistance to breathing for

routine wearing for many hours each day.

7. Worker Activity – worker activities and worker locations in hazardous areas shall be considered in

selecting the proper respirator (for example, whether the worker is in the hazardous area continuously or

intermittently during the work shift and whether the work rate is light, medium or heavy).

8. Respirator Characteristics, Capabilities, and Limitations ‐ the physical characteristics, the functional

capabilities, and the performance limitations of the various types of respirators shall be





considered in selecting a respirator (see Section7).

➢ Respirators for Oxygen‐Deficient Atmosphere – only respirators that

provide an independent, respirable atmosphere shall be used in an oxygen‐deficient atmosphere.

Respirators for use in atmospheres that are oxygen deficient and immediately dangerous to life or health

(see definitions) and respirators for use in atmospheres that are oxygen deficient but not immediately

dangerous to life or health (see definitions) are listed in Tables 1 & 2.

➢ Respirators for Atmospheres Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health‐ respirators for use in atmospheres

that contain adequate oxygen but are immediately dangerous to life or health because of the presence of

toxic contaminants are listed in Tables 1 & 2.

➢ Respirators for Atmospheres Not Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health‐ all types of respirators listed in

Tables 1 & 2 may be used in contaminated atmospheres that contain adequate oxygen and are not

immediately dangerous to life or health.

9. Respirator Protection Factor (PF) – respirators shall be selected according to the characteristics of the

hazards involved, the capabilities and limitations of the respirators, and the ability of each respirator

wearer to obtain a satisfactory fit with a respirator. Taking into account the capabilities and limitations of

respirators and the results of respirator‐fitting tests, a table of respirator protection factors has been

prepared (see Table 2).

A respirator protection factor is a measure of the degree of protection provided by a respirator to a

wearer. Multiplying either (1) the permissible time‐weighted average concentration or the permissible

ceiling concentration, whichever is applicable, for a toxic substance, or (2) the maximum permissible

airborne concentration for a radionuclide by a protection factor assigned to a respirator gives the

maximum concentration of the hazardous substance in which the respirator can be used. Limitation of

filters, cartridges, and canisters also shall be considered (see Table 2).

10. Respirable Air and Oxygen for Self‐Contained Breathing Apparatus and Supplied‐Air Respirators –

Compressed gaseous air, compressed gaseous oxygen, liquid air, and liquid oxygen used for respiration

shall be of high purity.

➢ Compressed gaseous or liquid oxygen shall meet the requirements of the US Pharmacopoeia for medical

or breathing oxygen.

➢ Compressed gaseous air shall meet at least the requirements for Type I – Grade D breathing air, and

liquid air shall meet at least the requirements for Type II – Grade B breathing air as described in ANSI

Z86.1‐1973.

➢ Breathing air couplings shall be incompatible with outlets for non‐respirable plant air or other gas systems

to prevent inadvertent servicing of air‐line respirators with non‐respirable gases.

➢ Compressors supplying respirable air shall be constructed and situated so as to avoid entry of

contaminated air (exhaust gases for example) into the air supply system and shall be equipped with a

suitable in‐line air‐purifying sorbent bed and filter to further assure breathing air quality. If an oil‐

lubricated compressor is used, it shall be equipped with a high‐temperature alarm or a carbon‐ monoxide

alarm, or both. If only a high temperature alarm is used, frequent testing of the supplied air is required.





TRAINING

Each respirator wearer shall be given training which shall include explanations and discussions of the

following topics:

➢ The respiratory hazard and what happens if the respirator is not used properly.

➢ The engineering and administrative controls being used and the need for respirators to provide protection.

➢ The reason for selecting a particular type of respirator.

➢ The function, capabilities, and limitations of the selected respirator.

➢ The method of donning the respirator and checking its fit and operation.

➢ The proper wearing of the respirator.

➢ Respirator maintenance.

➢ Recognizing and handling emergency situations.

1. Training – the supervisor, the person issuing respirators, and the respirator wearers shall be given

adequate training by a qualified person(s) to ensure the proper use of respirators. Written records shall be

kept of the names of persons trained and the dates when training occurred.

2. Training of Supervisor – a supervisor, that is, a person who has the responsibility of overseeing the

work activities of one or more persons who must wear respirators – shall be given adequate training to

ensure the proper use of respirators.

Supervisor training shall include but shall not necessarily be limited to the following subjects:

➢ The basic respiratory protection practices (see Section 3.0).

➢ The nature and extent of respiratory hazards to which persons under his supervision maybe exposed

(see 7.4 and 8.5).

➢ The principles and criteria of selecting respirators (see Section 7.0).

➢ The training of respirator wearers (see 8.2.3).

➢ The issuance of respirators (see 8.2.2 and 8.3).

➢ The inspection of respirators (see 8.4 and 10.2).

➢ The use of respirators, including monitoring of use (see 6.0, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 9.9 and 11.0).

➢ The maintenance and storage of respirators (see Section 10).

➢ The regulations concerning respirator use.

3. Training of Person Issuing Respirators – a person assigned the task of issuing respirators to persons who

must wear respirators for protection against harmful atmospheres shall be given adequate training to

ensure that the correct respirator is issued for each application in accordance with written standard

operating procedure, (see 83)

4. Training of Respirator Wearer – to ensure the proper and safe use of a respirator, the minimum training of

each respirator wearer shall include the following elements:





➢ The reasons for the need of respiratory protection (see 3.1).

➢ The nature, extent, and effects of respiratory hazards to which the person may be exposed (see 7.4 and

8.5).

➢ An explanation of why engineering controls are not being applied or are not adequate and of what effort is

being made to reduce or eliminate the need for respirators (see 3.1).

➢ An explanation of why a particular type of respirator has been selected for a specific respiratory hazard

(see Section 7.0).

➢ An explanation of the operation, and the capabilities and limitations, of the respirator selected (see 7.5

and 7.6).

➢ Instruction in inspecting, donning, checking the fit of, and wearing the respirator (see 8.2.4.1, 8.2.4.2, 8.4

and 9.9).

➢ An opportunity for each respirator wearer to handle the respirator, learn how to don and wear it properly

check its seals, wear it in a safe atmosphere, and wear it in a test atmosphere (see 8.2.4.1, 8.2.4.2, 8.4

and 9.9).

➢ An explanation of how maintenance and storage of the respirator is carried out (see Section 10).

➢ Instructions in how to recognize and cope with emergency situations.

➢ Instructions as needed for special respirator use (see Section 11).

➢ Regulations concerning respirator use.

2. Wearing Instructions and Training – wearing instructions and training, including practice

demonstrations, shall be given each respirator wearer and shall cover:

➢ Donning, wearing, and removing the respirator

➢ Adjusting the respirator so that its respiratory‐inlet covering is properly fitted on the wearer and so that the

respirator causes a minimum of discomfort to the wearer.

➢ Allowing the respirator wearer to wear the respirator in a safe atmosphere for an adequate period of time

to ensure that the wearer is familiar with the operational characteristics of the respirator.

➢ Providing the respirator wearer an opportunity to wear the respirator in a test atmosphere to demonstrate

that the respirator provides protection to the –wearer. A test atmosphere is any atmosphere in which the

wearer can carry out activities simulating work movements and respirator leakage, or respirator

malfunction can be detected by the wearer.

3. Retraining – each respirator wearer shall be retrained at least annually.

4. Issuance of Respirators – the proper respirator shall be specified for each application and shall be listed

on the Respirator Utilization Form. If a respirator is marked for the worker to whom it is assigned or for

other identification purposes, the markings shall not affect the respirator performance in anyway.

5. Respirator Inspection Prior to Use – each person issued a respirator for routine, non‐routine,

emergency, or rescue use shall inspect the respirator prior to its use to ensure that it is in good operating

condition.

6. Monitoring Respirator Use – the use of respirators on a routine or non‐routine basis shall be monitored

to ensure that the correct respirators are being used, that the respirators are being worn properly and that

the respirators being used are in good working condition.





1. Monitoring Respiratory Hazard During Use – the level of the respiratory hazard in the workplace to which a person wearing a respirator is exposed shall be monitored periodically. The time‐weighted average concentration of the respiratory hazard shall be determined to ensure that the proper type of respirator is being utilized (see Appendix A.4). 2. Leaving a Hazardous Area – a respirator wearer shall be permitted to leave the hazardous area for any respirator‐related cause. Reasons which may cause a respirator wearer to leave a hazardous area include, but are not limited to, the following:

➢ Failure of the respirator to provide adequate protection ➢ Malfunction of the respirator ➢ Detection of leakage of air contaminant into the respirator ➢ Increase in resistance of respirator to breathing

➢ Severe discomfort in wearing the respirator ➢ Illness of respirator wearer, including: dizziness, nausea, weakness, breathing difficulty, coughing,

sneezing, vomiting, fever, and chills

RESPIRATOR FITTING TEST

1. Respirator‐Fitting Test – a qualitative or quantitative respirator‐fitting test shall be used to determine the

ability of each individual respirator wearer to obtain a satisfactory fit with a negative‐pressure respirator.

(The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health recommends that only a program of

qualitative‐fit testing can provide adequate worker protection.) The results of qualitative or quantitative

respirator‐fitting tests shall be used to select specific types, makes, and models of negative‐pressure

respirators for use by individual respirator wearers. A respirator‐fitting test shall be carried out for each

wearer of negative‐pressure respirator at least annually. Respirator‐ fitting tests shall not be required for

positive‐pressure respirators.

2. Qualitative Respirator‐Fitting Test – a person wearing a respirator is exposed to an irritant smoke, an

odorous vapor, or other suitable test agent. An air‐purifying respirator must be equipped with an air

purifying element (s) which effectively removes the test agent from the inspired air. If the respirator wearer

is unable to detect penetration of the test agent into the respirator, the respirator wearer has achieved a

satisfactory fit with the respirator. (See Appendix A.1)

3. Quantitative Respirator‐Fitting Test – a person wears a respirator in a test atmosphere containing a test

agent in the form of an aerosol, vapor, or gas. Instrumentation, which

samples the test atmosphere and the air inside the respiratory‐ inlet covering of the respirator, is used to

measure quantitatively the penetration of the test agent into the respiratory‐inlet covering, (see Appendix

A.2)

4. Test Procedures

➢ When carrying out a qualitative or quantitative respirator‐fitting test, the respirator wearer shall carry

out a series of exercises which simulate work movements. (See Appendix A.1 and A.2)





➢ When carrying out respirator‐fitting tests, it shall be acceptable procedure to make the following

modifications to respirators provided that such modifications do not affect the seal of the respirators

to wearers.

o When carrying out a qualitative or quantitative respirator‐fitting test which uses a vapor or gas

as the test agent, it shall be acceptable procedure to equip an air‐purifying respirator with an

appropriate cartridge or canister which removes the vapor or gas from the air.

o When carrying out a qualitative or quantitative respirator – fitting test which uses an aerosol as

the test agent, it shall be acceptable procedure to equip an air‐purifying respirator with a high‐

efficiency filter (HEPA).

o When carrying out a quantitative respirator‐fitting test, it shall be acceptable procedure to

attach a sampling probe to the respirator which is connected by flexible tubing to an instrument

which measures the penetration of the test agent into the respirator.

➢ When carrying out quantitative respirator‐fitting tests, it shall be an acceptable procedure to carry

out a single test for each available make and model of respirator to select a respirator for

use by a person. However, three additional quantitative respirator‐fitting tests involving the wearing

of the selected make and model of respirator by the person shall be carried out to determine a

protection factor for that respirator and person combination. The lowest protection

factor determined by these three tests shall be assigned to a particular person wearing a specific

make and model of respirator.

➢ If a qualitative respirator‐fitting test has been used in respirator selection, a person shall be allowed

to use only the specific make(s) and model(s) of respirator(s) for which the person obtained a

satisfactory fit, and the respirator protection factor listed under “qualitative test” in Table 2 shall

apply. Under no circumstances shall a person be allowed to use any respirator if the results of the

qualitative respirator‐fitting test indicate that the person is unable to obtain a satisfactory fit.

➢ If a quantitative respirator‐fitting test has been used in selecting a respirator, the test results shall be

used to assign a respirator protection factor to each person for each specific make and model of

respirator tested. The assigned respirator protection factor shall be applied when the person wears

the specific respirator in a hazardous atmosphere, but it shall not exceed the respirator protection

factor listed under “quantitative test” in Table 2 for the respirator.

5. Respirator‐Fitting Test Records – records of respirator‐fitting tests shall be kept for at least the

duration of employment. These records shall include the following information:

➢ Type of respirator‐fitting test used (qualitative or quantitative)

➢ Specific make and model of respirator tested

➢ Name of person tested

➢ Name of test operator

➢ Date of test

➢ Results of respirator‐fitting tests

o Success or failure of person to obtain satisfactory fit – if qualitative respirator‐fitting test was

used;

o Respirator protection factor based upon test results – if a quantitative respirator‐fitting test was

used





6. Respirator Protection Factor Assignment – when a group of persons wear respirators in a given work

area, a single respirator protection factor shall be assigned to all respirator wearers in the group. When

negative‐ pressure respirators are being used, this respirator protection factor shall correspond to the

lowest value established by qualitative or quantitative respirator‐fitting tests for any person of the group

with the specific make and model of respirator which that person will wear in the given work area.

7. Face Dimensions and Face piece Sizes – the wide range of face dimensions requires more than a

single size of respirator face pieces to provide a proper fit to all respirator users. Therefore, respirator

face pieces of more than one size shall be available in any respirator‐selection program involving

respirators equipped with face pieces.

8. Employee Acceptance – employee acceptance of a particular respirator model within a class shall be

considered in selecting a respirator since this may determine whether he wears the respirator

properly. Acceptance factors to be considered include discomfort, breathing resistance, weight and

interference with vision or the work to be performed. If the results of respirator‐fitting tests show that the

person can obtain an acceptable fit with two or more respirator models of the selected class of respirator,

then the person should be permitted to use the respirator model which he or she prefers.

9. Respirator Sealing Tests – to ensure proper protection, the wearer of a respirator equipped with a face

piece shall check the seal of the face piece prior to each entry into a hazardous atmosphere. This may be

done using procedures recommended by respirator manufacturers or by any of the field tests described in

Appendix A.3.





RESPIRATOR CARE

1. Cleaning and Sanitizing – each respirator shall be cleaned and sanitized, by the user, to ensure that the

respirator is always clean and sanitized. A respirator issued for other than continuous personal use by a

particular worker, such as with routine, non‐routine, emergency, or rescue use, shall be cleaned and

sanitized after each use.

2. Inspection – each respirator shall be inspected routinely before and after use. A respirator shall be

inspected by the user immediately prior to each use to ensure that it is in proper working condition.

➢ After cleaning and sanitizing, each respirator shall be inspected to determine if it is in proper

working condition, if it needs replacement of parts or repairs, or if it should be discarded. Each

respirator

stored for emergency or rescue use shall be inspected at least monthly. Respirator inspection

shall include a check for tightness of connections; for the condition of the respiratory‐inlet

covering, head harness, valves, connecting tubes, harness assemblies, filters, cartridges,

canisters, end‐of‐service life indicator, and shelf life date(s); and for the proper function of

regulators, alarms, and other warning systems.

➢ Each rubber or other elastomeric part shall be inspected for pliability and signs of deterioration.

Each air and oxygen cylinder shall be inspected to ensure that it is fully charged according to the

manufacturer’s instructions.

➢ A record of inspection dates, findings, and remedial actions shall be kept for each respirator

maintained for emergency or rescue use.

3. Part Replacement and Repair – replacement of parts or repairs shall be done only by persons trained in

proper respirator assembly and correction of possible respirator malfunctions and defects. Replacement

parts shall be only those designed for the specific respirator being repaired. Reducing or admission

valves, regulators, and alarms shall be returned to the manufacturer or to a trained technician for repair or

adjustment. Instrumentation for valve, regulator, and alarm adjustments and tests must be approved by

the valve, regulator, or alarm manufacturer.

4. Storage – respirators shall be stored in a manner that will protect them against dust, sunlight, heat,

extreme cold, excessive moisture, or damaging chemicals. Respirators shall be stored to prevent

distortion of rubber or other elastomeric parts. Respirators shall not be stored in such places as lockers

and toolboxes unless they are protected from contamination, distortion, and damage. Emergency and

rescue‐use respirators that are placed in work areas shall always be quickly accessible, and the storage

cabinet or container in which they are stored shall be clearly marked.





SPECIAL PROBLEMS

1. Vision – when a respirator user must wear corrective lenses, a protective spectacle or goggle, a face

shield, a welding helmet, or other eye and face protective device, the item shall be fitted to provide good

vision and shall be worn in such a manner as not to interfere with the seal of the respirator to the wearer.

➢ The wearing of contact lenses by persons who must wear a respirator equipped with a full- f a c e piece,

helmet, hood, or suit shall not be permitted.

2. Communications – speech transmission while wearing a respirator is often necessary to perform specific

tasks. Although a respirator face piece distorts the human voice to some extent, the respirator’s

exhalation valve usually provides a pathway for some speech transmission over short distances in

relatively quiet areas. However, talking while wearing a respirator equipped with a face piece may

adversely affect the seal of the face piece, especially a quarter‐mask or half‐mask face piece, to the

wearer’s face.

➢ Various mechanical or electronic speech‐transmission devices are available to assist in communications

between wearers. The use of these devices must be coordinated according to the hazard in which the

respirator is being worn (for example – electrical components may create a spark hazard in areas of

highly flammable fumes).

3. Use of Respirators for Entry into Atmospheres Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health – when

respirators are required for entry into atmospheres immediately dangerous to life or health, at least one

standby person shall be present in a safe area. The standby person shall have the proper equipment

available to assist the respirator wearers in case of emergency. Communications (visual, voice,

signal‐line, telephone, radio, or other suitable means) shall be maintained between the standby person

and the respirator wearers. Respirator wearers in atmospheres immediately dangerous to life or health

shall be equipped with safety harnesses and safety lines to permit them to be removed from the

dangerous atmospheres to safe areas, if necessary, otherwise, equivalent provisions for the rescue of the

respirator wearers from the dangerous atmospheres shall be used.

4. Respirator Use in Confined Spaces – all confined spaces shall be considered to be immediately

dangerous to life or health unless proven otherwise. Before a person is allowed to enter a confined space,

tests shall be carried out to determine the concentration of any known or expected flammable or toxic

contaminant present and to determine the concentration of oxygen. A person shall not be allowed to enter

a confined space without wearing the proper type of respirator. Even if the concentrations of air

contaminants in a confined space are found to be below the established limits and sufficient oxygen is

present (19.5% minimum), the safest procedure is to continuously ventilate the enclosed space and to

continuously monitor the concentration of air contaminants and the oxygen level, if persons are to work in

the confined space.

➢ When respirators are used in a confined space, the provisions for a standby person given in #3 shall be

carried out.





PROGRAM EVALUATION

1. General – periodic evaluation of the effectiveness of the respirator program is essential to ensure that

persons are being provided with adequate respiratory protection. Improvement of the program and

elimination of any deficiencies in the program cannot be carried out unless the program is appraised for

effectiveness at periodic intervals. The effectiveness off the respirator program shall be evaluated at least

annually and corrective action shall be taken to correct defects found in the program.

2. Wearer Acceptance – wearer acceptance of respirators is an important matter to consider in evaluating

the effectiveness of the respirator program. Respirator wearers shall be consulted periodically about their

acceptance of wearing respirators. Numerous factors affect the acceptance of respirators. These factors

include: comfort, resistance to breathing, fatigue, interference with vision, interference with

communications, restriction of movement, interference with job performance, and confidence in the

effectiveness of the respirator to provide adequate protection.

3. Inspection of Respirator Program Operation – frequent inspection of the operation of the respirator

program shall be conducted to ensure that proper types of respirators are selected, that respirator

wearers are trained properly, that the correct respirators are issued and used, that respirators are worn

properly, that respirators being used are in good operating condition, that respirators are inspected and

maintained properly, that respirator storage is satisfactory, that respiratory hazards are monitored, and

that medical and, when necessary, bioassay surveillance or respirator wearers is carried out.

4. Appraisal of Protection Afforded – medical and, when necessary, bioassay

surveillance of respirator wearers shall be conducted periodically to determine if respirator wearers are

being provided with adequate respiratory protection. These data, when considered with the results of

monitoring respiratory hazards, can serve as an indication of the degree of protection provided by the

respirators and the effectiveness of the respirator program.

5. Evaluation – the results of investigating wearer acceptance of respirators, inspecting respirator program

operation, and appraising protection provided by respirators shall be utilized to evaluate the effectiveness

of the respirator program. Evidence of excessive exposure of respirator wearers to respiratory hazards

shall be followed up by investigation to determine why inadequate respiratory protection was provided.

Actions shall be taken to correct any defects found in the respirator program. The findings of the

respirator program evaluation shall be documented, and this documentation shall list plans to correct

faults in the program and target dates for the implementation of the plan.





APPENDIX

SUGGESTED PROCEDURES FOR CARRYING OUT QUALITATIVE RESPIRATOR – FITTING TESTS

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------

1.IRRITANT SMOKE TEST

The irritant smoke test can be used for both air‐purifying respirators and atmosphere supplying respirators.

When an air‐purifying respirator is tested, it should be equipped with a high‐efficiency filter. The irritant smoke is

produced by air flowing through a commercially available smoke tube normally used to check the performance of

ventilation systems. Ventilation should be provided when carrying out a test to prevent contaminating the room

where the test is carried out with smoke. The respirator wearer should keep his eyes closed during the test, even

if the respirator offers eye protection. If the respirator wearer detects the penetration of the smoke into the

respirator during the test, the wearer should be permitted to readjust the seal of the respirator. The test operator

operates the smoke tube to direct smoke over the respirator, keeping the smoke tube about two feet from the

respirator, and watches the reactions of the respirator wearer. If the respirator wearer does not detect penetration

of smoke into the respirator, the test operator moves the smoke tube closer to the respirator and observes the

reactions of the respirator wearer. When the smoke tube has been moved to within six inches of the respirator

and the respirator wearer still has not detected penetration of smoke into the respirator, the smoke may be

directed at potential points of leakage in the seal of the respirator to the wearer. If the respirator wearer still does

not detect penetration of the smoke into the respirator, the wearer should carry out a series of exercises such as

deep breathing, turning head from side to side, nodding head up and down, and talking while smoke is directed at

the respirator. If the respirator wearer is unable to detect the penetration of smoke into the respirator, the wearer

has achieved a satisfactory fit with the respirator.

2.ODOROUS VAPOR TEST

The odorous vapor test can be used for both air‐purifying respirators and atmosphere‐supplying respirators.

When an air‐purifying respirator is tested, it should be equipped with a cartridge or canister which removes the

test vapor from the air. An odorous material commonly used in the test is isoamyl acetate (commonly called

banana oil). If isoamyl acetate is employed as the test agent, an air‐purifying respirator should be equipped with

an organic vapor cartridge or canister. The simplest means of carrying out the test is to saturate a piece of fabric

or sponge with liquid isoamyl acetate or to fill a stencil brush with liquid isoamyl acetate and then move the fabric,

sponge, or stencil brush around the respirator worn by a person. The fabric, sponge, or stencil brush should be

passed close to the potential points of leakage in the seal of the respirator while the wearer carries about

exercises such as normal breathing, deep breathing, turning head from side to side, nodding head up and down,

and talking. If the respirator wearer detects the odor of isoamyl acetate vapor during the test, the wearer should

be permitted to readjust the seal of the respirator. If the respirator wearer is unable to detect the odor of isoamyl

acetate vapor, the wearer has achieved a satisfactory fit with the respirator.

An improved qualitative respirator‐fitting test using isoamyl acetate vapor as the test agent may be carried out

using a hood, chamber, or room containing a known concentration of isoamyl acetate in the air. The concentration

of isoamyl acetate vapor in air commonly used is 100 parts per million, by volume. The respirator wearer enters

the





enclosure containing the test atmosphere and carries out a series of exercises such deep breathing, turning head

from side to side, nodding head up and down, and talking. If the respirator wearer detects the odor of .isoamyl acetate vapor during the test, the wearer should be permitted to readjust the seal of the respirator. If the respirator wearer is unable to detect the odor of isoamyl acetate vapor, the wearer has achieved a satisfactory fit with the respirator.

The use of isoamyl acetate vapor as a test agent has the following two major drawbacks: the odor threshold varies widely among persons, although most persons can detect by odor a concentration of isoamyl acetate vapor in air as low as 0.1 parts per million, by volume; and olfactory fatigue may cause a person to fail to detect the odor of a low concentration of isoamyl acetate vapor in air. Before performing this test, all persons should be tested to determine their ability to sense the odor of isoamyl acetate vapor in air. Since the odorous vapor test is subjective, the validity of the tests result depends on honest indication by the respirator wearer as to whether or not an odor was detected during the test.

3. OTHER QUALITATIVE RESPIRATOR‐FITTING TESTS

A stream of coal dust or talcum powder may be directed at the interface of a respirator face piece with the wearer’s face while the wearer carries out a series of exercises such as deep breathing, turning head from side to side, nodding head up and down, and talking. After removing the respirator face piece from the wearer’s face, any observation of coal dust or talcum powder on area s of the wearer’s face which has been covered by the face piece will indicate that the wearer did not obtain a satisfactory fit with the face piece. A spray of fluorescein liquid particles maybe directed at the interface of a respirator face piece with the wearer’s face with the wearer carries out a series of exercise such as deep breathing, turning head from side to side, nodding head up and down, and talking. After removing the respirator face piece from the wearer’s face, and with the wearer’s eyes closed, ultraviolet light is directed at the wearer’s face; any observation of fluorescein on areas of the wearer’s face which has been covered by the face piece will indicate that the wearer did not obtain a satisfactory fit with the face piece. Negative‐pressure and positive‐ pressure respirator sealing tests are not considered to be qualitative‐type

respirator‐fitting tests, and these sealing tests should not be used for selecting specific makes and models of respirators for use by respirator wearers.

SUGGESTED PROCEDURE FOR CARRYING OUT QUANTITATIVE RESPIRATOR – FITTING TESTS

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------

All quantitative respirator‐fitting tests involve exposing the respirator wearer to a test atmosphere containing an easily detectable, relatively nontoxic aerosol, vapor, or gas as the test agent and then measuring the penetration of the test agent into the respirator. While wearing the respirator in the test atmosphere, the respirator wearer carries out a series of exercises simulating work movements. The respirator is equipped with a sampling probe which is connected by means of flexible tubing to an instrument which measures the penetration of the test agent into the respirator. Quantitative respirator‐fitting tests can be used for both air‐purifying respirators and

atmosphere‐ supplying respirators. When carrying out a quantitative respirator‐fitting test which uses an aerosol

as the test agent, it is an acceptable procedure to equip an air‐purifying respirator with ahigh‐efficiency filter. When carrying out a quantitative respirator‐fitting test which uses a vapor or gas as the test agent, it is an

acceptable procedure to equip an air‐purifying respirator with an appropriate cartridge or canister which removes the vapor or gas from the air.





1. EXERCISES CARRIED OUT BY RESPIRATOR WEARERS

A respirator wearer should carry out a series of exercises which simulate work movements. The kinds of exercises carried out depend on the type of respirators. Each exercise should be carried out for at least two minutes.

The series of exercises for testing a respirator equipped with a face piece should include, but not be limited to the following:

➢ Normal breathing

➢ Deep breathing

➢ Turning head from side to side

➢ Nodding head up and down

➢ Talking

The series of exercises for testing a respirator equipped with a helmet, hood, or suit should include, but not be limited to the following:

➢ Standing still, arms hanging downward along sides of body, normal breathing

➢ Bending forward and touching toes

➢ Raising arms above head and looking upward

➢ Bending knees and squatting

➢ Standing while holding a rod about three feet in length with hands approximately one foot apart, twisting torso from side to side in an 180° arc, and slowly raising the arms from a downward direction to an upward direction having an angle of 45° with the horizontal plane

➢ Running in place

2. TEST ATMOSPHERES

Test atmospheres containing the test agents specified in Table A.1 are suitable for carrying out quantitative respirator – fitting tests.

Table A.1 Test Agents Suitable for Carrying Out Quantitative Respirator‐Fitting Tests

Test Agent

Concentration of Test Agent in

Particle Size if Test Agent is an

Polydisperse sodium chloride

aerosol

10‐20 milligrams particulate

matter per cubic meter of air

Mass median aerodynamic

diameter of 0.5 to0.7

micrometer with standard

Polydisperse OOP

(dioctylphthalate aerosol)

20‐30 milligrams particulate

matter per cubic meter of air

Mass median aerodynamic

diameter of 0.5 to0.7 micrometer with standard

Dichlorodifluoromethane

250‐1000 parts per million by

Not applicable





1. TEST CHAMBERS

It is recommended that test chambers used to carry out quantitative respirator‐fitting tests have the following characteristics:

➢ The design of the chamber and equipment used to generate the test atmosphere should ensure that the concentration of the test agent in the test atmosphere inside the chamber does not vary more than ±5% during a test.

➢ The design of the chamber and equipment used to disperse the test atmosphere in the chamber should ensure that the test agent is uniformly distributed in the test atmosphere throughout the chamber

➢ The size of the chamber must permit a respirator wearer to carry out all of the designated exercises.

➢ The chamber should contain provisions to permit the test operator to visually observe the respirator wearer inside the chamber.

2. PROTECTION FACTOR DETERMINATION

The instrument which measures the penetration of the test agent into the respirator worn by a person in the test atmosphere should be connected to a fast‐response recorder which records the penetration values. The average of the peaks of the penetration of the test agent into the respirator for each type of exercise carried out by the respirator wearer should be determined. The protection factor for a given make and model of respirator worn by a person in a test should be calculated by using the following equation:

Protection Factor = (100/S/N)

Where S = the sum of average peak penetration for all exercises (%)

N = the number of exercises

RECOMMENDED PROCEDURES FOR FIELD TESTING THE SEAL OF THE

RESPIRATOR TO THE WEARER

The seal of a respirator to a wearer can be tested in the field by procedures recommended by respirator manufacturers or by any of the following tests: 1. Irritant or Odorous Test Agent – the person wearing a respirator is exposed to an irritant smoke, odorous isoamyl acetate vapor (banana oil), or other suitable test agent easily detectable by irritation, odor, or taste (an air purifying respirator must be equipped with the appropriate air‐purifying element). If the respirator wearer is unable to detect the penetration of the test agent into the respirator, it can be reasonably assured that the seal of the respirator to the wearer is satisfactory. 2. Negative‐Pressure Sealing Test – a negative‐air‐pressure respirator sealing test can be used on air‐





purifying respirators equipped with tight‐fitting respiratory‐inlet coverings and on atmosphere‐supplying respirators

equipped with tight‐fitting respiratory‐inlet coverings and breathing tubes which can be squeezed or blocked at the

inlet to prevent the passage of air. This test may be difficult or impossible to carry out on valve less respirators.

The inlet opening of the respirator is covered with the palm of the hand(s) or by squeezing off the breathing tube.

The wearer then gently inhales and holds for at least 10 seconds. If the face piece collapses slightly and no

inward leakage of air into the face piece is detected, it can be reasonably assured that the fit of the respirator to

the wearer is satisfactory.

1. Positive‐Pressure Sealing Test – a positive‐air‐pressure test can be used on respirators equipped with

tight‐fitting respiratory‐inlet coverings which contain both inhalation and exhalation valves. This test may be

difficult or impossible to carry out on valve less respirators. The exhalation valve or breathing tubeis closed off

and then the wearer exhales gently. The fit of a respirator equipped with a face piece is considered to be

satisfactory if a slight positive pressure can be built up inside the face piece without the detection of any outward

leakage of air. The fit of a respirator equipped with a mouthpiece and nose clamp is considered satisfactory if the

respirator wearer senses a buildup of positive pressure and is unable to detect any outward leakage of air.

MONITORING OF RESPIRATORY HAZARDS

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------

The intensity of potential exposures and actual exposure of respirator wearers to respiratory hazards is

determined by using instruments to measure concentrations of air contaminants or oxygen in the breathing zone

of the respirator wearers. Adequate air sampling and analysis or appropriate calculations should be carried out to

determine both the time‐weighted average concentration and the peak concentration of the respiratory hazard to

which a respirator wearer may be potentially exposed or is actually exposed.

Concentrations of a substance causing a respiratory hazard should be determined during the work shift in order to

accurately define both the time‐weighted average. concentration and the peak concentration of the substance.

The concentrations of a substance in air may be affected by changes in the operation, air movement, time of day,

temperature and changes in seasons, all of which must be taken into account in carrying out a program of

monitoring respiratory hazards.

It is essential that the volume of air sampled be of sufficient quantity to accurately determine the concentration of

the substance in the workplace atmosphere. The required volume will be dependent upon:

➢ Estimated concentration of the substance in air

➢ Sensitivity of the sampling instrument and sampling procedures

➢ Established permitted time‐weighted average concentration and established permitted peak concentration

for the substance in air

Consideration should be given to the use of a continuously operating air monitor and alarm to alert respirator

wearers when a high concentration of a hazardous substance suddenly occurs





RECOMMENDED PROCEDURES FOR CLEANING AND SANITIZING RESPIRATORS

Strong cleaning and sanitizing agents and many solvents can damage rubber or elastomeric respirator parts.

These materials must be used with caution. Also, respirators may become contaminated with toxic materials. If

the contamination is light, normal cleaning procedures should provide satisfactory decontamination; otherwise

separate decontamination steps may be required before cleaning.

1. Remove, when necessary, the following components of respiratory‐inlet covering assemblies before

cleaning and sanitizing:

➢ Filters, cartridges, canisters

➢ Speaking diaphragms

➢ Demand and pressure‐demand valve assemblies

➢ Any other components recommended by the manufacturer

2. Wash respiratory‐inlet covering assemblies in warm (120°F maximum)

cleaner‐sanitizer solution. A stiff bristle brush may be used to facilitate removal of dirt or other foreign

material.

3. Rinse respiratory‐inlet covering assemblies in clean, warm (120°F maximum) water.

4. Drain all water and air‐dry the respiratory‐inlet covering assemblies.

5. Clean and sanitize all parts removed from respiratory‐inlet covering as recommended by the

manufacturers.

6. Hand wipe all parts, and all gasket and valve sealing surfaces with a damp, lint‐free cloth as needed to

remove any water and all foreign materials.

7. Inspect and replace all worn or defective parts.

8. Reassemble all removed parts.

9. Attach new filters, cartridges, and canisters to respiratory‐inlet coverings.

10. Place assembled respirator in appropriate container for storage.

Strong cleaning and sanitizing agents and many solvents can damage rubber or elastomeric respirator parts.

These materials must be used with caution. Also, respirators may become contaminated with toxic materials. If

the contamination is light, normal cleaning procedures should provide satisfactory decontamination; otherwise

separate decontamination steps may be required before cleaning





Hazard Respirator (See Notes)

Oxygen Deficiency Less than 19.5% oxygen

Self‐contained breathing apparatus. Combination air‐line

respirator with auxiliary self‐contained air supply or an

air‐storage receiver with alarm.

Gas and vapor contaminants immediately dangerous to

life and health

Self‐contained breathing apparatus. Combination air‐

line respirator with auxiliary self‐contained air supply or

an air storage receiver with alarm.

Gas and vapor contaminants not immediately dangerous to

life or health.

Air‐line respirator, hose mask without blower. Air‐

purifying full face piece respirator with appropriate filter.

Particulate contaminants immediately dangerous to life

or health.

Combination air‐line respirator with auxiliary self‐

contained air supply or an air storage receiver with

alarm. Self‐contained breathing apparatus. Hose

mask with blower. Air purifying, full face piece

respirator with appropriate filter.

Particulates contaminants not immediately dangerous

to life and health.

Air‐purifying, half‐mask or mouth piece respirator with

filter pad or cartridge. Air‐line respirator. Air‐line

abrasive‐blasting respirator. Hose‐mask without blower.

Combination gas, vapor, and particulate

contaminants immediately dangerous to life and

health.

Self‐contained breathing apparatus. Combination air‐line

respirator with auxiliary self‐contained air supply or an

air‐storage receiver with alarm.

Combination gas, vapor, and particulate contaminants

not immediately dangerous to life and health.

Air‐line respirator. Hose mask without blower. Air‐

purifying, half‐mask or mouth piece respirator with

chemical cartridge and appropriate filter.





NOTE: For the purpose of this table, “immediately dangerous to life and health” is defined as a condition that either poses an immediate threat to life and health or an immediate threat of severe exposure to contaminants, such as radioactive materials, which are likely to have adverse delayed effects on health.

TABEL 2 RESPIRATOR PROTECTION FACTORS

Type of Respirator

Permitted for

use in

Oxygen

Deficient

Atmosphere?

Permitted for use

in IDLH

Atmosphere?

Respirator

Protection Factor

Qualitative Test

Respirator Protection Factor

Quantitative Test

Particulate‐filter,

quarter mask or half

mask face piece

No

No

10

As measured on each person

with a maximum of 100

Vapor or Gas

removing, quarter

mask or half

mask face piece

No

No

10, or maximum

use limit of

cartridge,

whichever is lower


with a maximum of 100, or max,

use limit of cartridge

Combination

particulate‐filter and

vapor or gas

removing, Quarter

mask or half mask

face piece

No

No

10, or maximum

use limit of

cartridge,

whichever is lower



use limit of cartridge

Particulate‐filter, full

face piece

No

No

100


with a maximum of 100, if dust,

fume or mist filter is used, or max,

of1000 if high‐efficiency filer is

used





Vapor or Gas

removing, full face

No

No 100, or maximum

use limit of



use

piece cartridge,

whichever is lower

limit of cartridge

Combination

No

No

100, or maximum

As measured on each person with

particulate‐filter and use limit of a maximum of 100, if dust, fume or

vapor or gas cartridge, mist filter is used, or max, of 1000

removing, full face whichever is lower if high‐efficiency filer is used

piece

Powered vapor or gas

No

No

N/A‐No tests

N/A‐No tests required due to

removing, any required due to positive‐pressure operation

respiratory inlet positive‐pressure

covering operation

Powered combination

No

No

N/A‐No tests


particulate‐filter and required due to positive pressure operation

vapor or gas positive pressure

removing, any operation

respiratory‐inlet

covering

Air‐line, demand,

Yes

No

10

As measured on each person, but

quarter mask or half limited to the use of the respirator

mask face piece, with in concentrations of contaminants

or without escape below the IDLH values.

provisions

Air‐line, demand, full

Yes

No

100


face piece, with or limited to the use of the respirator

without escape in concentrations of contaminants

provisions below the IDLH values.





Air‐line, continuous

Yes

No

N/A‐No tests


flow or pressure required due to positive pressure operation

demand type, any positive pressure

face piece without operation

escape provisions


Yes

Yes

N/A‐No tests


flow or pressure required due to positive pressure operation

demand type, any positive pressure

face piece with escape operation

provisions


Yes

No

N/A‐No tests


flow, helmet, hood, or required due to positive pressure operation

suit, without escape positive pressure

provisions operation


Yes

Yes

N/A‐No tests


flow, helmet, hood, or required due to positive pressure operation

suit, with escape positive pressure

provisions operation

Hose mask, with or

Yes

No

10


without blower, full limited to the use of the respirator

face piece in concentrations of contaminants

below the IDLH values.

Self‐contained

Yes

No

10


breathing apparatus, limited to the use of the respirator

demand type open in concentrations of contaminants

circuit or negative below the IDLH values.

pressure type closed

circuit, quarter mask

or half mask face

piece





Self‐contained

breathing apparatus,

demand type open

circuit or negative


circuit, full face piece

or mouth piece/nose

clamp

Yes

No

100

As measured on each person,

but limited to the use of the

respirator in concentrations of

contaminants below the IDLH

values.

Self‐contained

Yes

Yes

N/A‐No tests


breathing apparatus, required due to positive pressure operation

demand type open positive pressure

circuit or negative operation


circuit, quarter mask

or half mask face

piece, full face piece,

or mouth piece/nose

clamp





TABLE 3 CLASSIFICATION OF RESPIRATORY HAZARDS ACCORDING

TO THEIR BIOLOGICAL EFFECT

OXYGEN DEFICIENCY

GAS AND VAPOR CONTAMINANTS

PARTICULATE

CONTAMINANTS

(Dust, fog, fume, mist, smoke,

and spray)

Minimum legal requirements: 19.5% by

volume for respirable air at sea‐level

conditions

Asphyxiants: Interfere with utilization of

oxygen in the body.

Relatively Inert: May cause

discomfort f and minor

irritation, but generally

without injury at reasonable

concentrations (example:

marble, gypsum).

Occurrence: Confined or unventilated cellars,

wells, mines, ship holds, tanks burning

buildings, and enclosures containing

inert atmosphere:

Simple Asphyxiants: Physiologically inert

substances that dilute oxygen in the air

(example: nitrogen, hydrogen, helium,

methane).

Pulmonary‐fibrosis‐

Atmospheric oxygen content (percent

by volume) versus expected

conditions:

20.9%: Oxygen content of normal air at sea‐

level conditions.

Chemical Asphyxiants: Low

concentrations interfere with supply or

utilization of oxygen in the body

(example: carbon monoxide, hydrogen

cyanide, cyanogens, and nitriles).

Sensitizers: Cause increased probability

of physiological reactions (example:

isocyanates, epoxy resin systems).

producing: Produce

nodulation and fibrosis in the

lung, possibly leading to

complications (example:

quartz, asbestos).

Carcinogens: Produce cancer

in some individuals after

latent period (example:

asbestos, chromates,

radioactive particulates).





Oxygen Volume

Percent at Sea Level‐Physiological Effects

16%‐12% Loss of peripheral vision increased

breathing volume, accelerated heartbeat,

impaired attention and thinking, impaired

coordination.

12%‐10% Very faulty judgment, very poor

muscular exertion causes fatigue that may

cause permanent heart damage, intermittent

respiration.

10%‐6% Nausea, vomiting, inability

to perform vigorous movement,

unconsciousness followed by

death.

Less than 6% Spasmatic breathing,

convulsive movements, death in

minutes.

Irritants: Corrosive in action. May cause

irritation and inflammation of parts of

the respiratory system (also skin and

eyes) and pulmonary edema (ex:

ammonia hydrogen chloride,

formaldehyde, sulfur dioxide, chlorine,

ozone, nitrogen dioxide, phosgene, and

arsenic trichloride).

Aesthetics: Cause loss of feeling and

sensation with unconsciousness and

death possible (ex: nitrous oxide,

hydrocarbons and ethers). Some injure

body organs (ex: carbon tetrachloride

(liver and kidneys), chloroform (liver and

heart), benzene (bone marrow) and

carbon disulfide (nervous system)).

Carcinogens: Produce cancer in some

individuals after a latent period (ex: vinyl

chloride, benzene).

Chemical Irritants: Produce

irritation, inflammation, and

ulceration in upper

respiratory tract (ex: acidic

mists, alkalis).

Systemic Poisons:

Produce pathologic

reactions in various

systems of the body (ex:

lead, manganese,

cadmium).

Allergy‐producing: Produce

reactions such as itching,

sneezing, and asthma (ex

pollens, spices, and animal

fur).

Febrile‐reaction‐producing:

Produce chills followed by

fever (ex: fumes of zinc and

copper_.

Combination of Gas, Vapor, and Particulate Contaminants

Combination of contaminants may occur simultaneously in the atmosphere. Contaminants may be entirely

different substances (dusts and gases from blasting) or the particulate and vapor forms of the same substance.





Synergistic effects (joint action of two or more agents that results in an effect which is greater than the

sum of their individual effects) may occur. Such effects may require extraordinary protective measures.



is 8 ‐ LEAD EXPOSURE All information contained in this document


SAFE WORKING PROCEDURE

PURPOSE

The purpose of this procedure is to provide a safe working environment for our personnel in compliance with the applicable regulations, when an occupational exposure to lead may occur.

POLICY

The Lead Exposure Control Policy has been developed to control employee exposure to fumes and/or dust from

lead‐ containing products in compliance with the OSHA Construction Industry Standard (29 CFR 1926.62) and the General Industry Standard (29 CFR 1910.1025). Air monitoring has shown that some employees may be exposed

to airborne lead fumes/dust during routine and non‐routine operations.

SCOPE

The scope of this Procedure shall apply to all personnel who will work in those operations in which lead may be encountered.

REVIEW

This Procedure shall be reviewed at least annually and, if necessary, revised to reflect the current status of the occupational exposure to lead regulations.

DEFINITIONS

Action Level – means employee exposure, without regard to the use of respirators, to an airborne concentration of

lead of 30 micrograms per cubic meter of air (30 ug/m3) calculated as an 8‐hour time‐weighted average (TWA).

Lead – means metallic lead, all inorganic lead compounds, and organic lead soaps. Excluded from this definition

are all other organic lead compounds.

Lead‐Based Paints (LBP) ‐ Paints that contain greater than 0.5% lead by laboratory paint chip analysis, or greater

than 1 mg per square centimeter by portable X‐ray fluorescence (XRF) meter analysis.

Lead‐Containing Paints (LBP) ‐ Paints with any detectable lead content below 0.5% lead by laboratory paint chip

analysis, or less than 1 mg per square centimeter by portable X‐ray fluorescence (XRF) meter analysis.

Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) – the legally established time‐weighted average (TWA) concentration or ceiling

concentration of a contaminant that shall not be exceeded. No employee shall be exposed to lead at

8 ‐ LEAD EXPOSURE





concentrations greater than fifty micrograms per cubic meter of air (50 ug/m3) averaged over an 8‐hour period. If an employee is exposed to lead for more than 8 hours in any workday the employee’s allowable exposure, as a time weighted average (TWA) for that day, shall be reduced according to the following formula:

Maximum allowable employee exposure in (micrograms/m3) = 400 divided by hours worked per day.

When respirators are used to supplement engineering and work practice controls to comply with the PEL and all the requirements of respiratory protection have been met, employee exposure, for the purpose of determining whether the company has complied with the PEL, may be considered to be at a level provided by the protection factor of the respirator for those periods the respirator is worn (see Table I). Those periods may be averaged with exposure levels during periods when respirators are not worn to determine the employee’s daily TWA exposure.

Competent Person – means one who can identify existing and predictable lead hazards in the surroundings or working conditions and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.

EXPOSURE MONITORING AND CONTROL

1. INITIAL DETERMINATION OF LEAD EXPOSURE

A determination must be made whether or not the original coatings or materials contain lead. This may be done

by:

➢ Submitting paint chips or pieces of the material to an outside laboratory for analysis. Be certain that the

paint sample contains all layers of paint.

➢ Examining any engineering specifications or SDS that may indicate what types

➢ of coatings or materials were used. If a clear determination cannot be made from this method, samples

shall be taken.

➢ Using Lead Check® swabs, which give an immediate indication of lead content. This method is only

appropriate for making a positive determination of lead. If

➢ Lead Check® results are negative, the material shall be sent to an outside laboratory for analysis.

Materials containing 0.5% lead or more will be considered lead‐containing for the purposes of this policy. For

materials with less than 0.5% lead, contact an industrial hygienist or other Safety and Health professional for

assistance in determining what portions of this policy apply for the planned work.

See Appendix B for equipment and materials potentially containing lead.

Initial exposure determinations shall be based on exposure monitoring and such information as calculations or

observations indicating lead exposure, previous monitoring results, and employee complaints of symptoms of lead

exposure. Exposure monitoring, representative of the current project, conducted within the past 12 months or

appropriate objective data that demonstrates that there is no chance for overexposure may be used to satisfy the

initial exposure determination requirement. Contact an Industrial Hygienist or other Safety and Health professional

to determine if previous monitoring or existing data meets these requirements





2. EXPOSURE MONITORING Exposure Limits

OSHA has set the Permissible Exposure Limit for lead at fifty micrograms per cubic meter of air (50 ug/m3) as an eight‐hour time‐weighted average (TWA). If an employee is exposed for more than eight hours in any workday, the employee's allowable exposure, as a TWA for that day, shall be reduced according to the following formula:

o Allowable employee exposure (in ug/m3) = 400

Hours Worked

OSHA has set the Action Level (AL) for lead at 30 ug/m3 as an eight‐hour TWA.

3. AIR MONITORING

The facility competent person and/or Industrial Hygienist or other Safety and Health professional will conduct air monitoring to determine the employee exposure to airborne lead. Monitoring frequency will be based on the following:

➢ Air monitoring is performed at the beginning of each project (and type of work in each project) where exposure to airborne lead is possible to initially determine if employees may be exposed to lead at or above the AL. Employees engaged in work falling under the OSHA General Industry Standard, such as soldering or work with molten lead, shall also follow these air monitoring requirements. It is important that air monitoring be representative of each task that will be conducted (i.e., monitoring conducted while setting up the work area cannot be used to represent exposures during hot work).

➢ If sampling indicates that the exposures are below the AL, the sampling may be discontinued.

➢ If the exposures are between the AL and the PEL, sampling must be repeated at least every six months or until two samples collected at least seven days apart show the exposures to be less than the AL.

➢ If the exposure is above the PEL, sampling must be repeated quarterly or until two samples collected at least seven days apart show the exposures to be less than the PEL. If results are above the AL, sampling must continue at least every six months.

➢ If sampling is discontinued and procedures, equipment, or materials involving lead‐related activities change in such a way as to possibly increase the lead exposure, then sampling will be reinstated.

If a negative initial determination is made showing no employees are exposed above the AL, a written record shall be maintained which include:

➢ Date of the determination

➢ Location within the worksite

➢ Name and social security number of each employee monitored





4. INTERIM PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS

➢ The OSHA Construction Standard for lead at 29 CFR 1926.62(d)(2) spells out specific assumptions that must be made when performing certain tasks involving lead. Until an exposure assessment (initial determination of exposure) is conducted to determine exposure levels, lead exposure at the concentration indicated must be assumed for the tasks below. Appropriate respiratory protection, personal protective equipment, and hygiene facilities must be provided based on the assumed exposure level.

➢ Exposure levels between the PEL and 10 times the PEL (500 ug/m3) are assumed for manual demolition, dry scraping, dry sanding, heat gun applications, power tool cleaning with dust collection systems, and spray‐ painting with lead paint.

➢ Exposure levels between 10 times the PEL (500 ug/m3) and 50 times the PEL (2500 ug/m3) are assumed for power tool cleaning without dust collection systems, abrasive blast clean‐up or enclosure movement, rivet busting where lead is present, lead burning, or using lead containing mortar.

➢ Exposure levels above 50 times the PEL (2500 ug/m3) are assumed for abrasive blasting, welding, cutting, and torch burning.

5. PROJECT SPECIFIC WRITTEN PLAN A project specific written plan shall be implemented on each project where a positive initial determination is made. The plan shall include :

➢ A description of each activity in which lead is emitted, listing equipment used, material(s) involved, controls that are in place, crew size, employee job responsibilities, operating procedures and maintenance practices.

➢ A description of the specific means that will be employed to achieve compliance and where engineering controls are required, engineering plans and studies used to determine which methods were selected for controlling exposure to lead.

➢ A report of the technology considered in reducing the lead exposure to the Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL).

➢ Air monitoring data which documents the source of lead emissions. ➢ A detailed schedule for implementation of the plan, including documentation such as copies of

purchase orders for equipment, monitoring and testing services, etc. ➢ A work practice program which includes the requirements of this Procedure. ➢ Where administrative controls (rotation of employees on the project to reduce duration of

exposure to lead) are used to reduce exposure, a job rotation schedule shall be established which includes the following. Name or identification number of each affected employee, duration and exposure levels at each job or work station where each affected employee is located.

➢ On multi‐contractor sites, a description of the arrangements made among all contractors to inform





affected employees of the potential exposure to lead and each contractor’s responsibility for compliance.

➢ The written project plan shall provide for frequent and regular inspections by a competent person of the

project conditions, materials and equipment used.

➢ The written project plan shall be made available, upon request, to any affected employee or authorized

employee representative and to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary of Labor for

Occupational Safety and Health, U. S. Department of Labor.

➢ The written project plan shall be reviewed and revised as necessary.

6. ENGINEERING AND WORK PRACTICE CONTROLS

Engineering and work practice controls to minimize the potential for generating airborne lead are essential for

controlling employee exposure.

The following procedures are used to control airborne lead dust:

➢ Local exhaust ventilation (vacuum systems, hoods, paint spray booths, etc.) may be used to control lead

exposure. The system shall be evaluated as necessary to ensure that effectiveness is maintained.

Equipment used to collect lead‐containing dust will be equipped with a High Efficiency Particulate Air

(HEPA) filtered exhaust.

➢ Several methods are available for bulk paint removal such as wet sandblasting, vacuum blasting Local

Environmental

➢ representatives shall be consulted when selecting the appropriate method Use wet methods when

manually sanding or scraping painted surfaces. Chemical strippers may be used, but strippers that

contain methylene chloride should be avoided because of methylene chloride's low PEL and potential

cancer‐causing effects. When methylene chloride products are

➢ used, representative exposure monitoring results should be below the PEL to justify the continued use of

the product (refer to the AEP Methylene Chloride Policy for further detail). When removing a section of

lead paint prior to cutting or other hot work, sufficient paint shall be removed to prevent remaining paint

from bubbling or vaporizing when hot work is performed.

➢ Vacuum work surfaces with a HEPA vacuum as needed during the work shift and at the end of the day to

remove lead dust that may have accumulated. Shoveling, wet and dry sweeping, and brushing may only

be used where HEPA vacuuming has been found to be ineffective.

➢ Compressed air may not be used to remove lead dust from surfaces, equipment, or containers.

➢ Areas in which lead‐related work is being performed shall be marked off with barriers or barricades,

accident prevention signs, etc., as appropriate, to minimize access and potential exposure. The signs

shall read:









Self‐contained breathing apparatus with a full face piece operated in the pressure‐demand

or other positive‐pressure mode

> 2000 x PEL or

unknown

When working with lead, respirators will be required for the following:

1. When exposures exceed the PEL; 2. When engineering or administrative controls do not reduce exposure below the PEL; 3. When an employee requests a respirator; and 4. As interim protection during exposure assessments or during installation of controls.

Respirator selection must be made based on the following chart:

Airborne

Required Respirator Type

10 x PEL orless

Half‐face air‐purifying respirator with P‐100/HEPA filters.

25 x PEL or less

Powered air‐purifying respirator (PAPR) with loose fitting hood or helmet equipped with P‐

100/HEPA filters, or supplied‐air respirator with a loose‐fitting hood or helmet facepiece

operated in the continuous flow mode (Five abrasive blasting respirators, Bullard Models 77

and 88, Clemco Apollo 20 and 60, and 3M Model 8100, have been tested and are

considered by OSHA to have a protection factor of 1000 while working with lead even

50 x PEL or less

Full facepiece air‐purifying respirator equipped with P‐100/HEPA filters, tight‐fitting PAPR with

P‐100/HEPA filters, or a supplied‐air respirator with a tight‐fitting half mask or full

1000x PEL or less

Supplied‐air respirator with half mask or full facepiece operated in the pressure‐demand or other

positive‐pressure mode

2000 x PEL or less

Full facepiece supplied air respirator operated in pressure demand or other positive pressure

mode, e.g. Type CE abrasive blasting helmet operated in a positive pressure mode

Respirator selection may be based on previous air monitoring data. The OSHA Construction Standard for lead, 29 CFR 1926.62(d)(2), assumes exposure levels for certain tasks when air monitoring data is not available. If respirator requirements are not clear, an Industrial Hygienist or other Safety and Health professional can provide the necessary guidance.

*All respirator use shall be in accordance with the Jenco Respiratory Protection Policy.

RESPIRATORY PROTECTION





When employee exposures to lead exceed exposure limits, without regard to the use of respirators, personal

protective equipment must be issued and worn. Personal protective equipment (PPE) used for exposure to lead

includes:

1. Coveralls or similar full‐body work clothing.

2. Head covers.

3. Foot covers.

4. Gloves.

5. Eye / Face protection.

When working on ladders, during hot work, or when they otherwise create a greater hazard, the use of shoe

coverlets may be discontinued provided that the employees' footwear is decontaminated when exiting the work

area by HEPA vacuum and/or wet washing. Employees are encouraged to change their shoes before leaving

work even if their shoes have been decontaminated.

PPE supplied may be disposable or reusable. Reusable PPE would include cloth coveralls, shoes or boots worn

only at work, cloth or leather gloves, and cloth hoods. Disposable clothing includes paper or synthetic clothing,

shoe covers, and head covers. Cloth coveralls shall be used when performing hot work. Disposable coveralls are

not suitable for hot work.

Protective clothing and equipment shall be cleaned, laundered, repaired, or replaced as necessary to maintain

their effectiveness. Disposable clothing may be used more than once as long as the integrity of the clothing is not

impaired. Clean clothing must be provided at least weekly, and must be provided daily when exposure levels are

> 200

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT





Every effort shall be made to prevent employees from spreading contamination to other areas of the work place,

and from spreading contamination to their homes. The following facilities and practices shall be provided and

used:

1. CHANGE ROOMS

When feasible, clean change rooms should be provided for storing personal clothing and other personal items.

Provisions shall be available in change rooms for separately storing clean and contaminated clothing. If a change

room is not feasible, non‐contaminated personal clothing may be stored in containers, vehicles, or other areas

outside of the regulated area. Personal protective equipment shall be donned before entering the work area.

When leaving the work area during the work shift, all personal protective equipment shall be HEPA vacuumed,

removed, and left outside of the entrance to the regulated area (in the change room if available.) Employees shall

wash their hands and face before eating, drinking, or smoking.

2. SHOWERS

All employees working in areas where exposure is above the PELs shall shower at the end of the work shift. If

the shower facility is not immediately outside of the regulated area, HEPA vacuums or wet washing shall be used

to clean protective clothing prior to removal. After removing protective clothing, employees shall proceed to the

shower facility, and shower and wash their hair.

When working in remote locations without shower facilities, protective equipment shall be HEPA vacuumed or wet

washed before removal. Employees should wash their hands and face before entering vehicles to prevent

contamination. Employees shall shower and wash their hair at their reporting locations as soon as possible.

3. GENERAL

Protective gear, respirators, and tools shall be decontaminated according to standard procedures:

➢ There shall be no eating, drinking, smoking, chewing gum, or applying cosmetics when working with lead.

➢ Compressed air may not be used as a decontamination method.

➢ Contaminated clothing must be stored in appropriate containers labeled with the proper warning labels.

HYGIENE FACILITIES AND PRACTICES





1. MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS The company shall make available medical examinations and consultations to each employee covered under this Procedure, as follows:

➢ Employees who are exposed to lead on any one day will be given an initial medical examination which consists only of blood sampling and analysis for lead and zinc protoporphyrin level.

➢ Employees who are or may be exposed above the action level for more than 30 days in any consecutive twelve (12) months.

➢ Employees who during the preceding 12 months indicated a blood lead level at or above 40 (micrograms/dl) of blood.

➢ Prior to assignment for each employee being assigned for the first time to an area in which airborne concentrations of lead are at or above the action level.

➢ As soon as possible, upon notification by an employee that the employee has developed signs or symptoms commonly associated with lead intoxication, that the employee desires medical advice concerning the effects of current or past exposure to lead and the ability to procreate a healthy child or that the employee is pregnant.

➢ When the employee has demonstrated difficulty in breathing during a respirator fitting test or during use. ➢ As medically appropriate for each employee either removed from exposure to lead due to a risk of

sustaining material impairment to health, or otherwise limited pursuant to a final medical determination. 2. MEDICAL EXAMINATION CONTENT The medical examinations shall include the following elements:

➢ A detailed work history and a medical history, with particular attention to past lead exposure (occupational and non‐occupational), personal habits (smoking, hygiene, drug and alcohol usage), and past gastrointestinal, hematological, renal, cardiovascular, reproductive and neurological problems.

➢ A thorough physical examination, with particular attention to teeth, gums, ➢ hematological, gastrointestinal, renal, cardiovascular, and neurological systems. Pulmonary status should

be evaluated if respiratory protection will be used. ➢ A blood pressure measurement. ➢ A blood sample and analysis which determines: ➢ Blood lead level. ➢ Zinc Protoporphyrin (ZPP). ➢ A routine urinalysis with microscopic examination. ➢ Any laboratory or other test which the examining physician deems necessary by sound medical practice.

If requested by employee, the examination shall include a pregnancy test or laboratory evaluation of male fertility. 3. BIOLOGICAL MONITORING

Blood Lead and ZPP (zinc protoporphyrin) Level Sampling and Analysis. The Company, through an accredited

testing laboratory, shall make available biological monitoring in the form of blood sampling and analysis for lead

and zinc protoporphyrin levels to each employee covered, on the following schedule:

MEDICAL CONSIDERATIONS





➢ Before assignment for each employee being assigned for the first time to an area in which airborne

concentrations of lead are at or above the action level.

➢ At least every 2 months during the first 6 months to each employee covered and after that, every 6

months.

➢ At least every 2 months for each employee whose last blood lead sampling and analysis indicated a

blood level at or above 40 (microgram/dl) of whole blood. This frequency shall continue until two

consecutive blood sampling and analysis indicate a blood level below 40 microgram/dl of whole blood.

➢ At least monthly during the removal period of each employee removed from exposure to lead due to an

elevated blood lead level.

➢ At the termination of employment.

➢ Follow‐up Blood Sampling Tests.

Whenever the results of a blood lead level test indicate that an employee’s blood lead level exceeds the

numerical criterion for medical removal, a second (follow‐up) blood sampling test shall be conducted. This

follow‐up sampling shall be within 2 weeks from the date the company receives the results of the first blood

sampling.

Accuracy of Blood Lead level Sampling and Analysis

The blood lead level sampling and analysis provided shall have an accuracy (to a confidence level of 95%) within

plus or minus 15% or 6 (microgram/dl), whichever is greater, and shall be conducted by a laboratory licensed by

the Center for Disease Control (CDC), United States Department of Health and Human Services, or which has

received a satisfactory grade in blood lead proficiency testing from CDC in the prior 12 months.

Employee Notification

Must be made within 5 working days after receipt of biological monitoring results, the employee shall be notified in

writing of their blood lead level.

The company shall notify each employee whose blood lead level exceeds 40 (microgram/dl) that the Procedure

requires temporary medical removal with Medical Removal Protection benefits when an employee’s blood lead

level exceeds the numerical criterion for medical removal as described in Section 10.0.

Multiple Physician Review Procedures

If the company selects the initial physician who conducts any medical examination, the employee may designate

a second physician to review any findings, determinations or recommendations of the initial physician. The

second physician may conduct such examinations and laboratory tests he deems necessary to facilitate his

review.

The company shall promptly notify an employee of the right to seek a second medical opinion after each occasion

that an initial physician conducts a medical examination or consultation. The company may condition it

participation in, and payment for, the multiple physician review mechanism upon the employee doing the following

within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the notification, or receipt of the initial physician’s written opinion,





whichever is later:

➢ The employee informing the company that he or she intends to seek a second medical opinion and the

employee initiates steps to make an appointment with the second physician.

➢ If the findings, determinations, or recommendations of the second physician differ from those of the initial

physician, then the company and the employee shall assure that efforts are made for the two physicians

to resolve any disagreement.

➢ If the two physicians have been unable to quickly resolve their disagreement, then the company and the

employee through their respective physicians shall designate a third physician to review any findings,

determinations or recommendation of the prior physicians and to conduct such examinations,

consultations, laboratory tests and discussions with the prior physicians as the third physician deems

necessary to resolve the disagreement.

➢ The company shall act consistent with the findings, determinations, and recommendations of the third

physician, unless the company and the employee reach an agreement which is otherwise consistent with

the recommendations of at least one of the three physicians.

➢ The company shall provide the initial physician a copy of the regulations, including all Appendices, a

description of the employee’s duties as they relate to the employee’s exposure. The employee’s exposure

level(s), a description of the personal protective equipment used (if any), prior blood lead determinations

and all prior written medical opinions concerning the employee shall also be given to the initial physician.

This information shall also be given to the second or third physician conducting a medical examination or

consultation for the employee.

4. WRITTEN MEDICAL OPINION

The company shall obtain and furnish to the employee a copy of a written medical opinion for each examining or

consulting physician which contains only the following information

➢ The physician’s opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical condition which would

place the employee at increased risk of material impairment of the employee’s health from exposure to

lead.

➢ Any recommended special protective measures to be provided to the employee, or limitations placed

upon the employee’s exposure to lead.

➢ Any recommended limitation upon the employee’s use of respirators, including a determination of whether

the employee can wear a powered air purifying respirator if a physician determines that the employee

cannot wear a negative pressure respirator.

➢ The results of the blood lead determination.

The company shall instruct each examining and consulting physician not to reveal either in the written opinion or

orally, or in any other means of communication with the company, findings, including laboratory results or

diagnoses unrelated to an employee’s occupational exposure to lead. The physician shall advise the employee of

any medical condition, occupational or non‐occupational, which dictates further medical examination or treatment.





The company shall temporarily remove an employee from work having an exposure to lead at or above the action level on each occasion that a periodic and a follow‐up blood sampling test conducted pursuant this procedure indicate that the employee’s blood lead level is at or above 50 (micrograms/dl). The company shall temporarily remove an employee from work having an exposure to lead at or above the action level on each occasion that a final medical determination results in a medical finding, determination, or opinion that the employee has a detected medical condition which places the employee at increased risk of material impairment to health from exposure to lead. When a final medical determination results in any recommended special protective measures for an employee, or limitations on an employee’s exposure to lead, the company shall implement and act consistent with the recommendation. The company shall return an employee to his or her former job status:

➢ For an employee removed due to a blood lead level at or above 50 (microgram/dl), when two consecutive blood sampling tests indicate that the employee’s blood lead level is at or below 40 (microgram/dl).

➢ When an employee removed due to a final medical determination has a subsequent final medical determination resulting in a medical finding, determination, or opinion that the employee no longer has a detected medical condition which places the employee at increased risk of material impairment to health from exposure to lead.

The requirement that the company return an employee to his or her former job status is not intended to expand upon or restrict any rights an employee has or would have had, absent temporary medical removal, to a specific job classification or position under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement. The company shall provide an employee up to eighteen (18) months of medical removal protection benefits on each occasion that an employee is removed from exposure to lead or otherwise limited pursuant to this section. For the purposes of this procedure, medical removal protection means that, as long as the job the employee was removed from continues, the company shall maintain the total normal earnings, seniority and other employment rights and benefits of an employee, including the employee’s right to his or her former job status as though the employee had not been medically removed from the employee’s job or otherwise medically limited. The continuation of medical removal protection benefits is conditioned on the affected employee’s continued participation in follow‐up medical surveillance, monitoring and project reassignment.

If the employee files and receives a worker’s compensation award due to lead‐ related disability, the company’s medical removal protection obligation shall be reduced by the amount of the worker’s compensation award. The company’s medical removal protection obligation shall be further reduced by any compensation the employee receives from a publicly or company‐funded compensation program, or by compensation the employee earns from employment with another company made possible by virtue of the employee’s removal. The company shall have the right to reassign employees who have been medically removed from lead exposure, to other duties within the company where no lead exposure exists

.

MEDICAL REMOVAL PROTECTION





EMPLOYEE INFORMANTION AND TRAINING

1. TRAINING PROGRAM:

All employees who are subject to lead exposure at or above the action level or for when the possibility of skin or

eye irritation exists due to lead exposure shall attend an initial training course. The training program shall be

repeated annually for each employee and will consist of:

➢ The contents of 29 CFR 1910.1025,29 CFR 1926.62 and their appendices.

➢ The specific nature of the operation which could result in exposure to lead above the action level.

➢ The purpose, proper selection, fitting, use and limitation of respirators.

➢ The purpose and a description of the medical surveillance program, and the medical removal protection

program including information concerning the adverse health effects associated with excessive exposure

to lead (with particular attention to the adverse reproduction effects on both males and females)

➢ The engineering controls and work practices associated with the employee’s job assignment.

➢ Instructions to employees that chelating agents should not routinely be used to remove lead from their

bodies and should not be used at all except under the direction of a licensed physician.

2. ACCESS TO INFORMATION AND TRAINING MATERIALS

The Company Safety Director shall make readily available to all affected employees a copy of 29 CFR 1910.1025,

29 CFR 1926.62 and all other pertinent information upon request.

1. Exposure Monitoring Records

2. Lead exposure monitoring records must be kept for the duration of employment plus thirty years.

3. Medical Surveillance Records

4. Lead medical surveillance records, including biological monitoring records, must be kept for the duration

of employment plus thirty years.

5. Training Records

6. OSHA requires that training records shall be kept at least until the next refresher is completed. Using

electronic record storage (i.e., On‐Track) effectively retains these records forever. Individual locations

may want to save paper records such as sign‐in sheets for 5 years or longer.

7. Negative Exposure Assessment Information

8. Any objective data used to determine exemptions from initial monitoring or any other data used to show

negative exposure assessments must be kept for thirty years.

9. Notification

10. When HR or any other group responsible for notification receives results of air monitoring, biological

monitoring, or medical findings or opinions, the employee shall be notified of the results within 5 working

days.





LEAD COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST

Facility Name Date: Competent Person for Lead:

Project Description (include tasks with potential for lead exposure): _

Prior to Project:

Paint tested for lead? (mark) □Wipe Test □Scraping □Other________________________________

Location(s):

Results:

Surface Preparation Method:

□ High Pressure Water □ Manual Removal □ Power Tool Removal □ BIasting

Respirator: Select according to trigger tasks listed on back of this form.

□ None □ Half Mask APR w/HEPA □ Full Face APR w/HEPA □ Powered APR w/ HEPA

□ Blasting helmet (tight fitting) □ Supplied Air (1/2 mask, continuous) □ Supplied Air (full face, continuous)

Additional PPE: □ none □ safety goggles □ coveralls □ shoe covers □ head covers

□ gloves‐for chemical stripping: □ gloves (must be appropriate for stripper)

Exposure Assessment: For assistance contact your Safety and Health

Professional. During Project:

Air Sampling Pumps: □Charged □ Calibrated (2.0 Ipm) □Filters labeled □ Respirators and HEPA

cartridges available? □Protective Clothing □Change Rooms □Showers □Lunch Area

available?

□Signs with correct wording posted at work area?

Medical Surveillance

Minor jobs (8 hours or less):

Major jobs (more than 8 hours):

Expected lead exposure on any day at or above the action level? □ Yes □ No

If yes, have they: □ had initial blood lead & ZPP tests in the last twelvemonths?

□ been included in the lead medical surveillance program? (exposed above action level for

more than 30 days in 12 months.)

All employees shall receive copies of all testing resulting from the medical surveillance and blood testing programs





TRIGGER TASKS ‐ EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS POTENTIALLY CONTAINING LEAD

.

➢ Valve Assemblies

➢ Above ground piping and supports

➢ Hydro Power House buildings and equipment

➢ Spill gates and spillway decks

➢ Substation structures and equipment

➢ Transmission towers and supportive equipment

➢ Structural components such as l‐Beams

➢ Paint on any buildings or equipment, especially red primer

➢ Metal solders

➢ Welding materials

➢ Underground cable splicing

➢ Leaded bearings

➢ Chlorine Service washers or gasket



is 9 ‐ DRUG‐FREE WORKPLACE POLICY FOR ALL EMPLOYEES All information contained in this document


PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to provide and maintain an alcohol and drug‐free work environment for all Jenco Construction employees. Such an environment is in line with our objective to provide our clients with the highest quality service and our employees with the highest quality work environment.

PURPOSE

The use, presence in the body, distribution, or possession of alcohol or drugs by Jenco Construction employees while working or while on Jenco Construction property or job sites is strictly prohibited. This does not apply to over‐the‐counter or prescription drugs when used according to recommended dosage prescribed by a licensed physician for the named individual’s use. Employees, however, are responsible for being aware of the potential effect such drugs may have on the reactions, judgment, or ability to perform their duties. If impairment is possible, employees must report such use to their supervisors prior to reporting to work. The use of Marijuana is prohibited from being used, consumed or under the influence by Jenco Construction workers that are in safety sensitive positions. Some of our contracts are with Federal facilities and Jenco Construction follows federal guideline on this matter not state. If a worker is found with have Marijuana on them or in their system, it is grounds for immediate termination.

PRE‐EMPLOYMENT DRUG TESTING Each applicant for employment is required, as a condition of employment, to undergo a urine drug screen. If an

applicant tests positive and is determined to be in violation of this policy, the applicant will be ineligible for

employment until:

THE APPLICANT SUBMITS TO A SECOND URINE DRUG SCREEN TEST AFTER A 30‐CALENDAR DAY

WAITING PERIOD WHICH DOES NOT DISCLOSE THAT THE APPLICANT IS IN VIOLATION OF THIS

POLICY.

If an applicant is hired following a subsequent urine drug screen test, he or she must submit to another urine drug

screen test within sixty days following the date of employment and will be subject to unannounced drug testing for

twelve months as a condition of employment. Charges for any positive tests will be the responsibility of the

applicant and re‐testing shall be done at their expense.

9 ‐ DRUG‐FREE WORKPLACE POLICY

FOR ALL EMPLOYEES





INJURY OR ACCIDENT / INCIDENT REQUIRED DRUG SCREEN All employees of Jenco Construction will be required to take a Urine Drug Screen if he or she is involved in an accident /incident or is injured on the job. Drug Screen can take place at same place employees received medical attention, or it can be a facility where Jenco Construction already has an account for Drug Screens. All records will be kept confidential with employee and Jenco Construction personnel in charge of Drug Testing Program.

RANDOM DRUG TESTING

All current employees are subject to undergoing random urine drug screening within thirty days of the effective date of this policy. This is be in effect in areas that are not in violation of a bargaining agreement with local Unions. This random testing will be conducted in the following manner: Manual 1. All letters of the alphabet will be placed in a bowl; 2. , and all employees with last names beginning with the letters drawn will be tested; 3. The letters will be replaced in the pool for the next drawing. Electronic 1. Names of employees are fed into a computer randomizer program 2. During the first month of each quarter, five letters will be drawn *In order to give employees as much protection as possible in the rare event that there might be a false positive test result, the testing clinic will directly notify any employee who tests positive on the first test.. If the employee wishes to contest the results, he or she may contact the clinic within five days after receipt of the notice. If the clinic is not contacted within five days, the clinic will notify Jenco Construction of the initial test results. If the employee is re‐tested and the results of the second test are negative, the results of the first test will be destroyed. Regardless of the outcome, Jenco Construction will be notified of the results of the second test. This procedure applies only to the random testing of current employees.





FOR CAUSE DRUG TESTING

Subsequently, each employee, as a condition of continued employment, is subject to medical or physical

examinations or tests, including urine drug screening, at the determination of the responsible department

manager or project superintendent, and concurrences of the company officer to whom he or she reports under the

following conditions:

1. Employees will be tested “for cause” in the event of: irrational or unusual behavior; injury, accident,

incident, or damage to Company and/or customer personnel or equipment; negligence or carelessness; disregard

for the safety, life, or well‐being of any Company employee or customer; reporting to or remaining at work in an

apparently unfit condition; or any other reason the Company deems sufficient.





POSITVE RESULTS / PROCEDURE SENSITIVITY LEVELS

Drug, Drug Group of Drug

Metabolites

Screening

Threshold, ng / ml

Confirmation

Threshold, ng / ml

Amphetamines

1000

500

Methamphetamines

1000

500

Barbiturates

300

300

Benzodiazepines

300

300

Cocaine Metabolites

300

150

Opiates

2000

2000

Phencyclidines

25

25

Marijuana Metabolites

50

15

*Alcohol Testing Cutoff

0.04%

0.04%

If an employee tests positive and is determined to be in violation of this policy, he or she will be terminated. Any employee terminated for a positive drug test result is eligible for rehire after a 30‐calendar day period. If a Project/Department Manager or VP chooses at their discretion to consider rehiring this employee, the following guidelines shall be established before the employee is eligible for employment:

➢ The employee shall successfully submit a negative drug screen ➢ The employee shall submit to drug screen testing at any time for their duration of employment

with the Company. ➢ Proof of participation in a rehabilitation program may be required, especially in the case of CDL

or safety sensitive positions





An employee who refuses to submit to drug testing as provided for in this policy will be asked to leave the office or

job site immediately and will be discharged immediately.

Any employee engaged in the use, possession, purchase, sale, or transfer of any controlled substance while on

Company property or work sites will be terminated and removed from the work place, and may be subject to

criminal investigation and/or prosecution.

Any attempt to invalidate a test will result in a no offer of employment being extended to an applicant and the

termination of employment for a current employee.

Arriving on Company property or work sites while under the apparent influence of a controlled substance, either of

legal or illegal nature, including alcohol, is prohibited and the employee is subject to disciplinary action, up to and

including termination.

NO PART OF THIS POLICY, NOR ANY OF ITS PROCEDURES, IS INTENDED TO AFFECT THE COMPANY’S

RIGHT TO MANAGE ITS WORKPLACE OR DISCIPLINE ITS EMPLOYEES. THE COMPANY RESERVES THE

RIGHT TO ALTER OR AMEND THE POLICY AND PROCEDURES AT ANY TIME IN ITS SOLEDISCRETION.





PRE‐EMPLOYMENT / EMPLOYEE CONSENT FORM CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE

SCREENING

Jenco Construction has a policy prohibiting possessing, distributing, using, consuming, or being under the influence of alcohol or illegal and unauthorized drugs and other harmful substances in order to provide a safe and healthy work environment for the company’s employees, visitors and other personnel. Therefore,

➢ I acknowledge my employer’s right to develop and implement a drug testing program.

➢ I understand that I may be dropped from consideration for employment with Jenco Construction if the results of my urine drug screen indicate that I tested positive for the presence of illegal drugs.

➢ I understand that such tests are to be done under controlled conditions with the utmost concern for each

employee or person’s privacy.

➢ I have read and understand Jenco Construction Alcohol and Drug‐Free Policy requirements. I accept Jenco Construction conditions for consideration of employment and consent to the requirements of a urine drug screen as an indicator of my ability to perform work safely.

➢ I hereby voluntarily consent to testing by the Laboratory contracted to perform this service by the

company. Specifically, I volunteer to the taking of blood, urine, breath, and any other samples for testing to determine the presence of controlled substances (drugs) and/or alcohol in my system.

➢ I voluntarily authorize the release of the results of my test to Jenco Construction supervisors and

management who will use it to determine if I am in compliance with company work rules and policies on controlled substances (drug) and alcohol.

➢ I also understand that, by refusing to give written consent to drug testing, such refusal is a violation of

company policy and subject me to disciplinary action, up to and including discharge. I also understand that my refusing to provide a blood, urine, breath, or any other sample for drug analysis is a violation of company policy and will subject me to disciplinary action, up to and including discharge.

➢ Finally, I agree to hold Jenco Construction its agents, directors, officers and employees harmless from

any and all liability in connection with the testing for drugs and the use of the results as it pertains to my consideration for employment.

_____________________________ ______________________________ Applicant’s Signature Witness’s Signature _____________________________ ______________________________ Printed Name (Applicant) Printed Name (Witness) Date:________________________



is 10 ‐ BLOODBOURNE PATHOGENS 29 CFR 1910.1030 All information contained in this document


POLICY

The Jenco Construction Bloodborne Pathogen (BBP) Program requires participation by all employees who have occupational exposure to bloodborne pathogens.

PURPOSE

The purpose of this program is to protect human life and reduce potential occupational exposure to bloodborne pathogens, including but not limited to, Hepatitis B virus (HBV) and Human Immune Deficiency Virus (HIV).

DEFINITIONS

Blood ‐ Blood refers to human blood, human blood components, and products made from human blood.

Bloodborne Pathogens ‐ Bloodborne Pathogens are pathogenic microorganisms that are present in human blood

and can cause disease in humans. These pathogens include, but are not limited to, hepatitis B virus (HBV),

hepatitis C virus, and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).

Decontamination ‐ Decontamination is the use of physical or chemical means to remove, inactivate or destroy

bloodborne pathogens on a surface or item to the point where they are no longer capable of transmitting

infectious particles and the surface or item is rendered safe for handling, use, or disposal.

Engineering Controls ‐ Engineering controls are those controls that isolate or remove the bloodborne pathogens

hazard from the workplace. Examples of engineering controls would be safer medical devices, such as sharps

with engineered sharps injury protections and needleless systems.

Exposure Incident ‐ An exposure incident is a specific eye, mouth, other mucous membrane, non‐intact skin, or

parenteral contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials that results from the performance of an

employee's duties

Occupational Exposure ‐ Occupational exposure means reasonably anticipated skin, eye, mucous membrane,

or parenteral contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials that result from the performance of an

employee's duties.

Other Potentially Infectious Materials (OPIM) ‐ Materials other than human blood are potentially infectious for

bloodborne pathogens. These include 1) the following human body fluids: semen, vaginal secretions,

cerebrospinal fluid, synovial fluid, pleural fluid, pericardial fluid, peritoneal fluid, amniotic fluid, saliva in dental

procedures, any body fluid that is visibly contaminated with blood, and all body fluids in situations where it is

difficult or impossible to differentiate between body fluids; 2) any unfixed tissue or organ (other than intact skin)

10 ‐ BLOODBOURNE PATHOGENS 29 CFR 1910.1030





from a human (living or dead); 3) HIV or HBV‐containing cell or tissue cultures, organ cultures, culture medium or other solutions; and 4) blood, organs, or other tissues from experimental animals infected with HIV or HBV. Parenteral ‐ Parenteral means piercing mucous membranes or the skin barrier through such events as needle sticks, human bites, cuts, or abrasions. Personal Protective Equipment ‐ Personal protective equipment is specialized clothing or equipment worn by an employee for protection against a hazard. General work clothes (e.g. uniforms, pants, shirts or blouses) not intended to function as protection against a hazard is not considered to be personal protective equipment. Universal Precautions ‐ Universal Precautions are an approach to infection control. According to the concept of Universal Precautions, all human blood and certain human body fluids are treated as if known to be infectious for HIV, HBV, and other bloodborne pathogens (see policy, pg. 10). Work Practice Controls ‐ Work Practice Controls are those practices that reduce the likelihood of exposure by altering the manner in which a task is performed (e.g., prohibiting recapping of needles).

EXPOSURE DETERMINATION Occupational exposure is defined as "reasonably anticipated skin, eye, mucous membrane, or parenteral contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials (OPIM) that may result from the performance of the employee's duties." Employees in the construction industry that may come into contact with human blood or other potentially infectious materials (OPIM): 1. Anyone on a job site could come in contact with a (BBP) 2. First Aid Responders Tasks and procedures in which occupational exposure occurs and that are performed by employees in the job classifications listed above: 1. Administering first‐aid 2. Accidental exposure during normal work regiment 3. Using restrooms





ENGINEERING AND WORK PRACTICE CONTROLS

Universal Precautions will be observed by all employees in order to prevent contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials. Under circumstances in which differentiation between body fluid types is difficult or impossible, all body fluids shall be considered potentially infectious materials. Engineering and work practice controls will be utilized to eliminate or minimize exposure to employees while working: 1. Hand sinks or an acceptable alternative is located nearby and accessible to all employees who have the potential for exposure. 2. Employees must wash their hands or other skin with soap and water, or flush mucous membranes with water, as soon as possible, following an exposure incident. 3. Employees must wear latex gloves when administering first‐aid and must wash their hands immediately, or as soon as feasible, after removal of gloves or other personal protective equipment. 4. No eating, drinking, smoking, applying cosmetics or lip balm, or handling contact lenses is allowed in a work area where there is reasonable likelihood of occupational exposure. 5. Employees must perform all procedures involving blood or other potentially infectious materials in such a manner as to minimize splashing, spraying, splattering, and generation of droplets of these substances. 6. Regulated waste must be placed in the designated containers.


Where occupational exposure remains after instituting the above controls, personal protective equipment shall also be utilized. All personal protective equipment used at this facility will be provided without cost to the employee. Personal protective equipment will be chosen based on the anticipated exposure to blood or OPIM. The protective equipment will be considered appropriate only if it does not permit blood or OPIM to pass through or reach the employees clothing, skin, eyes, mouth, or other mucous membranes under normal conditions of use. Employees must:

➢ Utilize protective equipment in occupational exposure situations. ➢ Wear gloves when it can be reasonably anticipated that the employee may have hand contact with blood,

OPIM, mucous membranes, and non‐intact skin, when performing vascular access procedures and when handling or touching contaminated items or surfaces.

➢ Remove garments that become penetrated by blood or OPIM immediately or as soon as feasible. ➢ Replace all garments that are torn or punctured, or that lost their ability to function as a barrier to

bloodborne pathogens. ➢ Remove all personal protective equipment before leaving the work area.





HOUSEKEEPING

Maintaining our work areas in a clean and sanitary condition is an important part of Jenco Construction’s

Bloodborne Pathogens Compliance Program.

1. EQUIPMENT AND SURFACES

All equipment, environmental surfaces and work surfaces shall be decontaminated immediately or as soon as

feasible after contamination.

➢ Contaminated work surfaces shall be decontaminated with an appropriate disinfectant immediately or as

soon as possible after any spill of blood or other potentially infectious materials.

➢ Employees will use a solution of one‐part bleach to ten parts water or other appropriate disinfectant for

cleaning and disinfecting. The bleach solution or disinfectant must be left in contact with contaminated

work surfaces, tools, objects, or OPIM for at least 10 minutes before cleaning.

➢ Contaminates shall not be picked up directly with the hands. It shall be cleaned up using mechanical

means, such as a brush and dustpan.

2. LAUNDRY

➢ Laundry contaminated with blood or OPIM will be handled as little as possible with a minimum of

agitation. Contaminated laundry shall be bagged at the location where it was used and shall not be sorted

or rinsed in the area of use.

➢ When contaminated laundry is wet and presents a reasonable likelihood of soak‐through of or leakage

from the bag or container, the laundry shall be placed and transported in bags or containers which

prevent soak‐through and/or leakage of fluids to the exterior.

➢ Any employee who has contact with contaminated laundry must wear protective gloves and other

appropriate personal protective equipment.

3. REGULATED WASTE

Regulated waste means liquid or semi‐liquid blood or other potentially infectious materials; contaminated items

that would release blood or other potentially infectious materials in a liquid or semi‐liquid state if compressed;

items that are caked with dried blood or other potentially infectious materials and are capable of releasing these

materials during handling; contaminated sharps; and pathological and microbiological wastes containing blood or

other potentially infectious materials.

➢ Contaminated sharps must be discarded immediately in containers that are closable, puncture resistant,

leak proof, and labeled or color‐coded.

➢ Other regulated waste shall be placed in labeled or color‐coded containers that are closeable,

constructed to contain all contents and prevent leakage of fluids during handling, storage, transportation,

or shipping.





General The Hepatitis B vaccine and vaccination series will be made available to all employees who have occupational exposure, and post‐exposure evaluation and follow‐up to all employees who have had an exposure incident. 1. HEPATITIS B VACCINATION The Hepatitis B vaccination shall be made available after the employee has received occupational exposure training and within 10 working days of initial assignment to all employees who have occupational exposure unless the employee has previously received the complete Hepatitis B vaccination series, antibody testing has revealed that the employee is immune, or the vaccine is contraindicated for medical reasons. If the employee initially declines Hepatitis B vaccination but at a later date decides to accept the vaccination, the vaccination shall then be made available. All employees who decline the Hepatitis B vaccination offered shall sign the OSHA required waiver indicating their refusal. 2. POST‐EXPOSURE EVALUATION AND FOLLOW‐UP An exposure incident is any contact of blood or OPIM's with non‐intact skin or mucous membranes. When the employee incurs and exposure incident, they must complete an accident report. Following the report of an exposure incident, the employee is entitled to a confidential medical evaluation and follow‐up, including at least the following elements:

➢ Documentation of the route(s) of exposure, and the circumstances under which the exposure incident occurred.

➢ Identification and documentation of the source individual, unless the employer can establish that identification is infeasible or prohibited by state or local law. The source individual’s blood shall be tested as soon as feasible and after

• Consent is obtained in order to determine HBV and HIV infectivity.

• When the source individual is already known to be infected with HBV or HIV, testing for the source individual’s known status need not be repeated.

• Results of the source individual’s testing shall be made available to the exposed employee, and the employee shall be informed of applicable laws and regulations concerning disclosure of the identity and infectious status of the source individual.

➢ Collection and testing of blood for HBV and HIV serological status;

• The exposed employee’s blood shall be collected as soon as feasible and tested after consent is obtained.

➢ Post‐exposure prophylaxis, when medically indicated, as recommended by the U.S. Public Health Service.

3. INFORMATION PROVIDED TO THE HEALTHCARE PROFESSIONAL

HEPATITIS B VACCINATION, POST EVALUATION AND FOLLOW‐UP





The employer shall ensure that the healthcare professional evaluating an employee after an exposure incident is provided the following information:

➢ A copy of this regulation; ➢ A description of the exposed employee’s duties as they relate to the exposure incident; ➢ Documentation of the route(s) of exposure and circumstances under which exposure occurred; ➢ Results of the source individual’s blood testing, if available; and ➢ All medical records relevant to the appropriate treatment of the employee including vaccination

status, which are the employer’s responsibility to maintain.





COMMUNICATION OF HAZARDS TO EMPLOYEES

1. LABELS AND SIGNS

Employees will be warned of biohazard material through the use of red infectious waste bags or through the use of labels attached to waste receptacles. If the red bags are not available, labels used will be orange‐red and marked with the word BIOHAZARD or the biohazard symbol shown below.

BIOHAZARD SYMBOL

1. INFORMATION AND TRAINING

➢ All employees with occupational exposure must participate in a training program which is provided at no

cost to the employee and will be held during working hours.

➢ Training shall be provided as follows:

• At the time of initial assignment to tasks where occupational exposure may occur;

• Within 90 days after the effective date of the standard; and

• At least annually thereafter.

➢ Additional training will be provided when changes such as modification of tasks or procedures or

institution of new tasks or procedures affect the employee’s occupational exposure.

• Training shall be tailored to the education and language level of the employee.

• The training will be interactive and cover the following:

• A discussion of the epidemiology and symptoms of blood borne diseases;

• An explanation of the modes of transmission of blood borne pathogens;

• An explanation of the appropriate methods for recognizing tasks and other activities that may

involve exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials;

• An explanation of the use and limitations of methods to reduce exposure, for example

engineering controls, work practices and personal protective equipment;

• Information on the types, use, location, removal, handling, decontamination, and disposal of

PPE;

• An explanation of the basis of selections of PPE;

• Information on the Hepatitis B vaccination, including efficacy, safety, method of

administration, benefits, and that it will be offered free of charge;





o Information on the appropriate actions to take and persons to contact in an emergency involving blood or OPIM;

o An explanation of the procedures to follow if an exposure incident occurs, including the method or reporting and medical follow‐up;

o Information on the post‐exposure evaluation and follow‐up that the employer is required to provide for the employee following an exposure incident;

o An explanation of the signs, labels, and color‐coding systems.

o An accessible copy of the regulatory text of 29 CFR 1910.1030 and an explanation of its contents.

o An opportunity for interactive questions and answers.

➢ The person conducting the training shall be knowledgeable in the subject matter covered by the elements contained in the training program as it relates to the school.

RECORDKEEPING

MEDICAL RECORDS Jenco Construction shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee with occupational exposure, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20. These records shall be kept confidential, and must be maintained for at least the duration of employment plus 30 years. The record includes: ➢ Name and social security number of the employee; ➢ A copy of the employee’s Hepatitis B vaccination status including the ➢ dates of all the Hepatitis B vaccinations and any medical records relative to the employee’s ability to receive

vaccination as required; ➢ A copy of all results of examinations, medical testing, and follow‐up procedures as required; ➢ A copy of the information provided to the healthcare professional as required.

Training records will be maintained for three years from the date on which the training occurred and will include the following:

➢ The dates of the training ➢ The names and job titles of all persons attending the training.



is is 11 ‐ PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 29 CFR §1910.132‐139 All information contained in this document

is strictly proprietary and confidential. PAGE 143

PURPOSE

Jenco Construction shall furnish to each of its employee’s employment and a place of employment which are free from recognized hazards that are causing or are likely to cause death or serious physical harm to our employees. Each Jenco Construction employee shall comply with occupational safety and health standards and all rules, regulations, and orders pursuant to this program which are applicable to his/her own actions and conduct. Therefore, Jenco Construction shall ensure that personal protective equipment (PPE) for eyes, face, head, and extremities are provided, used, and maintained in a sanitary and reliable condition whenever it is necessary by reason of workplace hazard, which may cause injury or impairment of body function through absorption, inhalation or physical contact. This program defines the safety requirements as they pertain to personal protective equipment. Jenco Construction’s PPE program is written to comply with the OSHA Personal Protective Equipment Standard 29 CFR §1910.132‐139 Subpart I.

SCOPE

This PPE program applies to all Jenco Construction personnel and visitors in applicable Jenco Construction facilities and /or Jenco Construction operations. PPE is designed to protect the employee from health and safety hazards that cannot practically be removed from the work environment. It is the last means of defense. It should be used only when the hazards cannot be eliminated through engineering and/or administrative controls.

DEFINITIONS

EYEWEAR/FACEWEAR Absorptive Lens a filter lens whose physical properties are designed to attenuate the effects of glare, reflective, and stray light. In this program, it refers to shades 1.7 through 3.0 in Table 1 (Section 9.0 Appendix A). Face Shield a device worn in front of the eyes and a portion of, or all of, the face. Its main function is to protect the eyes and face. Ex: grinding, chipping Filter Lens a removable disc in the eyecup of a goggle that absorbs varying proportions of ultraviolet, visible, and infrared rays according to the composition and density of the lens. Filter Plate a removable pane in the window of a helmet, hood, or goggle that absorbs varying proportions of ultraviolet, visible, and infrared rays according to the composition and density of the plate. Goggle a device, with contour‐shaped eyecups or facial contact with glass or plastic lenses, worn over the eyes for the protection of the eyes and eye sockets. Hood a device that completely covers the head, neck, and, portions of the shoulders.

11 ‐ PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 29 CFR

§1910.132‐139 SUBPART





Radiant Energy or Radiation the energy of electromagnetic waves produced by the movement of molecules excited by the heat of an electric arc, or gas flame, or the passage of an electric current. Three kinds of radiant energy are pertinent to this program: (1) ultraviolet (2) visible light, and (3) infrared. Shield a device to be held in the hand, or supported without the aid of the operator, whose predominant function is protection of the eyes and face. Side Shield a device of metal, plastic, or other material hinged or fixed firmly to the frame of the safety glasses to protect the eye from side exposure. HARDHATS/HELMETS Helmet a rigid device that is worn to provide protection for the head, or portions thereof, against impact, flying particles, or electric shock, or any combination thereof; and which is held in place by a suitable suspension. Suspension the internal cradle of the helmet which holds it in place on the head and is made up of the headband and crown straps. GLOVES Abrasion Resistance the ability of the glove material to withstand the scuffing action on the substrate to which it is exposed. Breakthrough Time the elapsed time between initial contact of the chemical on the glove surface and the analytical detection of the chemical on the inside of the glove. Degradation Characteristics when the material of the glove itself begins to breakdown. Laceration Resistance the ability of the glove material to resist cuts from sharp objects. Penetration Resistance the ability of the glove material to resist puncture due to sharp objects. Permeation the process by which a chemical move through a protective clothing material on a molecular level. It involves: (1) absorption of molecules of the chemical into the outside surface of the material; (2) diffusion of the absorbed molecules in the material: and (3) desorption of the molecules from the inside surface of the material into the collecting medium. Tactile Dexterity the property of the glove material which enables its user to feel and allow freedom of movement. GENERAL Employee an employee for the purposes of the PPE program is any person who receives compensation for work performed for Jenco Construction Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) a job hazard analysis is a technique that focuses on job tasks as a way to identify hazards before they occur. It focuses on the relationship between the worker, the task, the tools, and the work environment.





Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) equipment designed to protect individuals from workplace hazards, which may cause injury or impairment of body function through absorption, inhalation, or physical contact (e.g., gloves, eye protection, respirators, safety boots, and head protection).

Personal Protective Equipment Plan a written program developed and implemented which sets forth procedures to provide, use and maintain PPE in a sanitary and reliable condition whenever it is necessary by reason of workplace hazard.

RESPONSIBILITIES

SUPERVISORS

1. Where feasible, Supervisors should work to develop engineering and/or administrative controls to

reduce the dependence on Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).

2. Supervisors and the employee who performs the job shall evaluate anticipated work conditions,

via a job hazard analysis (JHA) in their respective areas to determine what, if any, PPE is required to

protect the worker while performing his/her job duties.

3. The JHA should be a common sense approach based on observation of existing work practices,

hazards, and knowledge of PPE requirements. EHS Staff is available to provide technical assistance.

4. Identification of hazards includes consideration of the following basic hazard categories:

➢ Impact

➢ Penetration

➢ Compression (pinch points)

➢ Chemical

➢ Heat

➢ Harmful dusts

➢ Radiant energy

➢ Infectious Agents/Blood

5. Once work place hazards have been identified and consideration given to the nature of the

hazards and potential for exposure to multiple hazards, the Supervisor shall make a decision concerning

the type of PPE to be selected and purchase PPE accordingly.

o Jenco Construction will not pay for PPE which is personal in nature, such as safety shoes and

non‐specialty safety glasses.

➢ Jobs where exposure conditions have changed shall be re‐evaluated by the Supervisor and the

employee performing the job to determine PPE needs.

➢ Supervisors must train employees in the proper use of PPE. *See Section 6.0 for specific training

requirements. *

➢ Supervisors must ensure that appropriate PPE is worn. The employee must be wearing the PPE

and using it properly.

➢ Supervisors must review how the PPE is issued and keep records to control equipment misuse,

and any equipment deficiencies. Once PPE is found to be deficient, it must be taken out of

service. Before the employee can resume work, he/she must be issued working PPE of

equipment that is





able to provide the minimum safety protection for the employee.

➢ Supervisors will replace, at no charge to the employee, provided PPE which is defective or damaged in use.

2. Supervisors must administer the program and approve temporary deviations. These deviations must be approved, in writing, by the supervisor and the OSHA Coordinator or other competent person. EMPLOYEES 1. Employees will be required to understand and properly wear the provided PPE when work assignment or operations present the risk of exposure to observed or potential hazards. 2. Employees are responsible to inspect the provided PPE each day before the start of their shift. Employees shall notify their Supervisor if, upon inspection, the provided PPE is found to be defective or damaged. Employees shall not perform any work duty that requires PPE until the defective or damaged PPE is replaced with properly working PPE. 3. Employees are responsible for the safekeeping and maintenance of the personal protective equipment. 4. Employees shall inform their supervisor whenever a need arises to use PPE for which the employee has not received training, or when a condition exists, where adequate PPE is not available. DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY (EHS) 1. EHS is responsible for insuring that all job categories at Jenco Construction have been evaluated for PPE requirements. 2. EHS will provide technical consultation and assistance with choosing the proper PPE for work tasks.

3. EHS will manage the PPE program and other campus‐wide EHS programs. 4. EHS will oversee JHA and PPE effort.

PPE SELECTION

Selection of PPE shall be based upon provision of a level of protection greater than the minimum required to protect the exposed employee from the potential or observed hazards. All Jenco Constructon safety signs must be observed EYE AND FACE PROTECTION 1. Where eye and face protection are required the selected protection shall be adequate to protect against machines or operations, which create the risk of eye or face injuries due to physical, chemical and/or radiation agents. Jenco Construction will have signage in shops and facilities designating proper eye protection 2. Hazards associated with the potential for flying objects shall utilize eye protection with side shields.

➢ Detachable side shields are permissible, but must meet ANSI Z87.1‐1989 (R1998).

3. Personnel who are required to wear safety eyewear and need prescription lenses to conduct their work shall be provided with protective eyewear that can be worn over the employee’s prescription lenses. 4. Where radiant energy is a hazard, properly shaded lenses shall be selected for use. Such hazards may include but are not limited to: welding (gas or electric), ultraviolet light, and heat treat furnaces.*See Section 9.0 – Appendix A for help determining proper filter lenses for protection against radiant energy.* 5. Employees desiring eye and face protection and who are not normally assigned to activities that necessitate eye protection, will be provided with suitable eye protection where hazards are present. 6. Eye and face equipment purchased after July 5, 1994 must comply with ANSI Z87.1‐1989 (R1998).





REFLECTIVE CLOTHING / VESTS All Jenco Construction Field employees will wear a lime green or lime orange shirt, sweatshirt, jacket or vest that must be the outer most layer while working.

➢ Any Jenco Construction employee exposed to traffic on any roadway must wear an ANSI Class Type II reflective vest lime green or orange with reflective stripes.

➢ All vests must meet ANSI Class II Reflective vests either orange or lime green ➢ Jenco Construction employees that are provided company uniforms while working at shops or facilities

are exempt. ➢ Any Jenco Construction field employee that does not have a company uniform must wear high visibility

clothing as the outer most layer while working at a shop or facility. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION Refer to the Jenco Construction Respiratory Protection Program. HEAD PROTECTION Employees working in areas where there is the possible danger of head injury from the impact of falling or flying objects, striking against objects, electrical shock and/or burns, or any combination of these hazards will be protected by protective hard hats. 1. All head protection shall comply with the specifications contained in ANSI Z89.1‐1997.

2. ANSI Z89.1‐1997 breaks protective headwear into the following classes: ➢ Class A helmets provide impact, penetration resistance and electrical protection up to 2,200 Volts. ➢ Class B helmets provide impact, penetration resistance and electrical protection up to 20,000 Volts. ➢ Class C helmets provide only impact and penetration resistance.

3. Bump caps are not recognized by ANSI or Jenco Construction for general exposure and are not a valid form of head protection under this program. 4. Hard hats may not be altered in a way that will reduce their efficiency. Typical prohibited alterations include: painting, drilling holes in the shell, application of metal jewelry, etc. Hats with these alterations or excessive scratches will be replaced. 5. Hard hats must be worn in the field on all construction sites at all times.

➢ Hard hats are required in certain locations of facilities and must be worn. FOOT PROTECTION Employees who are exposed to hazards that may cause foot injuries due to falling or rolling objects, objects piercing the sole, extreme cold, wetness, slipping, electrical shock, or any other hazard identified by the JHA, shall be required to use safety footwear.

➢ All protective footwear shall comply with ANSI Z41‐1999. HAND PROTECTION 1. Hand protection must be selected, provided and worn when employees are exposed to hazards such as skin absorption of harmful substances, severe cuts or lacerations, severe abrasions, punctures, chemical burns, thermal burns, harmful temperature extremes, or any other hazard identified by the JHA. If you are touching hand tools, power tools or materials at any time you are required to wear gloves either provided by the company or you can use your own personal gloves providing they provide the same or better protection then what you are using

➢ Glove selection shall include consideration of the following factors: ➢ Whether or not the glove will be reused.





➢ Length of time that the glove may be worn. ➢ The specific chemical or chemicals to which the glove will be exposed.

➢ The ability of the chemical to be skin absorbed. ➢ Permeation characteristics of the glove fabric. ➢ Degradation characteristics of the glove fabric. ➢ Chemical breakthrough times of the glove fabric. ➢ Abrasion resistance. ➢ Penetration resistance.





➢ Laceration resistance. ➢ Tactile dexterity. ➢ Glove fit and ergonomic issues. ➢ Heat resistance. ➢ Vibration damping. ➢ Electrical shock resistance. ➢ Whether or not the gloves need to be sterile or sanitary. ➢ Applicability to work with infectious agents. ➢ Protection during extreme weather/temperatures.

2. In certain cases, it may be necessary to provide two pair of gloves to provide the protective traits, which neither pair possesses by itself. 3. A properly fitted glove is important to the wearer’s comfort. Tight‐fitting gloves can cause fatigue while

loose fitting gloves can be hazardous. *See Section 9.0 ‐ Appendix B for help determining proper glove size. * 4. Supervisors and employees must be cautious of allergic reactions to natural rubber latex in the workplace. Whenever necessary, supervisors should provide employees with non‐latex gloves. If latex

gloves are chosen, supervisors should provide reduced protein, powder‐free latex gloves to reduce

exposure to allergy‐causing proteins. HEARING PROTECTION Refer to the Jenco Construction Noise Control and Hearing Conservation Program.





1. The Supervisor shall provide training/retraining to each employee who is required to use PPE for his/her job function. Each employee shall be trained to know and understand the following:

➢ When is PPE necessary? ➢ What PPE is necessary? ➢ How to don or put on the PPE. ➢ How to doff or remove the PPE. ➢ Limitations of the PPE. ➢ Proper care and maintenance of PPE.

➢ Useful life of PPE. ➢ Proper disposal of PPE.

2. Each employee required to wear PPE shall demonstrate his/her understanding of the training elements listed above, before being allowed to perform work requiring the use of PPE. The Supervisor shall provide training during the following situations:

➢ Upon an employee’s initial assignment to a work area or activity that requires PPE. ➢ When changes in the workplace render previous PPE training obsolete. ➢ When there are changes to the selected types of PPE, which render previous training obsolete. ➢ When Employees no longer demonstrate proficiency with their assigned PPE.

1. The Supervisor or designate shall verify through written certification that all areas under his/her jurisdiction have been assessed for hazards requiring PPE. This certification shall contain the location of the assessment, the date, and the job title of the job assessed. 2. The Supervisor or designate shall verify that each employee, who is required to wear PPE, has received and understood the required training listed in Section 6.0.

➢ Records shall be maintained which indicate that training has been completed and the employee has demonstrated competency in the use of the PPE.

➢ Training Records shall include: o Date of the training session. o A summary of the session’s subject matter. o Name, social security number, and job title of all attendees. o Name and qualifications of persons conducting training.

➢ Training records shall be maintained for at least 3 years by the affected departmet

TRAINING

RECORDKEEPING





APPENDIX

Appendix A – Glove Size Determination

TABLE 1

To determine glove size, use a tape measure to find the circumference of the hand around the palm area. This measurement in inches is closest to the actual glove size.

GLOVE SIZE

XS

S

M

L

XL

HAND SIZE (in.)

6‐7

7‐8

8‐9

9‐10

10‐11

Appendix B – Hazard Control Hierarchy Information obtained from a job hazard analysis is useless unless hazard control measures recommended in the analysis are incorporated into the tasks. Supervisors should recognize that not all hazard controls are equal. Some are more effective than others at reducing risk. The order of precedence and effectiveness of hazard control is the following: 1. Engineering Controls. 2. Administrative Controls. 3. Personal Protective Equipment. Engineering Controls include the following:

➢ Elimination/minimization of the hazard—designing the facility, equipment, or process to remove the hazard, or substituting processes, equipment, materials, or other factors to lessen the hazard;

➢ Enclosure of the hazard using enclosed cabs, enclosures for noisy equipment, or other means; ➢ Isolation of the hazard with interlocks, machine guards, blast shields, welding curtains, or other

means; and ➢ Removal or redirection of the hazard such as with local and exhaust ventilation.

Administrative Controls include the following:

➢ Written operating procedures, work permits, and safe work practices; ➢ Exposure time limitations (used most commonly to control temperature extremes and ergonomic

hazards); ➢ Monitoring the use of highly hazardous material





➢ Alarms, signs, and warnings; ➢ Training.

Personal Protective Equipment—such as respirators, hearing protection, protective clothing, safety glasses, and hardhats—is acceptable as a control method in the following circumstances:

➢ When engineering controls are not feasible or do not totally eliminate the hazard; ➢ While engineering controls are being developed; ➢ When safe work practices do not provide sufficient additional protection; and ➢ During emergencies when engineering controls may not be feasible.

Use of one hazard control method over another higher in the control precedence may be appropriate for providing interim protection until the hazard is abated permanently. In reality, if the hazard cannot be eliminated entirely, the adopted control measures will likely be a combination of all three items instituted simultaneously. Appendix C – Common Hazards & Descriptions Chemical (Toxic) A chemical that exposes a person by absorption through the skin, inhalation, or through the blood stream that causes illness, disease, or death. The amount of chemical exposure is critical in determining hazardous effects. Check Material Safety Data Sheets (SDS), and/or OSHA 1910.1000 for chemical hazard information. Chemical (Flammable) A chemical that, when exposed to a heat ignition source, results in combustion. Typically, the lower a chemical’s flash point and boiling point, the more flammable the chemical. Check SDS for flammability information. Chemical (Corrosive) A chemical that, when it comes into contact with skin, metal, or other materials, damages the materials. Acids and bases are examples of corrosives. Explosion (Over‐Pressurization) Sudden and violent release of a large amount of gas/energy due toa significant pressure difference such as rupture in a boiler or compressed gas cylinder. Electrical (Shock/Short Circuit) Contact with exposed conductors or a device that is incorrectly or inadvertently grounded, such as when a metal ladder comes into contact with power lines. 60Hz alternating current (common house current) is very dangerous because it can stop the heart. Electrical (Fire) Use of electrical power that results in electrical overheating or arcing to the point of combustion or ignition of flammables, or electrical component damage. Electrical (Static/ESD) The moving or rubbing of wool, nylon, other synthetic fibers, and even flowing liquids can generate static electricity. This creates an excess or deficiency of electrons on the surface of material that discharges (spark) to the ground resulting in the ignition of flammables or damage to electronics or the body’s nervous system. Electrical (Loss of Power) Safety‐critical equipment failure as a result of loss of power.





Ergonomics (Strain) Damage of tissue due to overexertion (strains and sprains) or repetitive motion. Ergonomics (Human Error) A system design, procedure, or equipment that is error‐provocative. (A switch goes up to turn something off). Excavation (Collapse) Soil collapse in a trench or excavation as a result of improper or inadequate shoring. Soil type is critical in determining the hazard likelihood. Fall (Slips, Trip) Conditions that result in falls (impacts) from height or traditional walking surfaces (such as slippery floors, poor housekeeping, uneven walking surfaces, exposed ledges, etc.). Fire/Heat Temperatures that can cause burns to the skin or damage to other organs. Fires require a heat source, fuel, and oxygen. Mechanical/Vibration (Chaffing/Fatigue) Vibration that can cause damage to nerve endings, or material fatigue that results in a safety‐critical failure. (Examples are abraded slings and ropes, weakened hoses and belts.) Mechanical Skin, muscle, or body part exposed to crushing, caught‐between, cutting, tearing, shearing items or equipment. Noise Levels (>85 dBA 8 hr. TWA) that result in hearing damage or inability to communicate safety‐critical information. Radiation (Ionizing) Alpha, Beta, Gamma, neutral particles, and X‐rays that cause injury (tissue damage) by ionization of cellular components. Radiation (Non‐Ionizing) Ultraviolet, visible light, infrared, and microwaves that cause injury to tissue by thermal or photochemical means. Struck By (Mass Acceleration) Accelerated mass that strikes the body causing injury or death. (Examples are falling objects and projectiles.) Struck Against Injury to a body part as a result of coming into contact with a surface in which action was initiated by the person. (An example is when a screwdriver slips.) Temperature Extreme (Heat/Cold) Temperatures that result in heat stress, exhaustion, or metabolic slow down such as hypothermia. Visibility Lack of lighting or obstructed vision that results in an error or other hazard.



is is 12 ‐ HEXAVALENT CHROMIUM EXPOSURE PROGRAM All information contained in this document


This policy addresses compliance with the OSHA Hexavalent Chromium standard, 29 CFR 1910.1026, which went in effect on Nov. 26, 2006. It applies to all company operations involving potential exposure to Hexavalent Chromium, which most often occurs in welding / cutting operations involving chromium‐containing alloys. Other potential exposures include work with elevated fly ash levels and work involving paint/coatings containing chromates.

ADMINISTRATION

Hexavalent Chromium Exposure Control Policy has been developed to control employee exposure to hexavalent chromium (Cr+6 or CrVI) in compliance with the OSHA Standard (29 CFR 1910.1026).

Cr+6 is found in chromium‐containing metals, such as stainless steel and high chromium carbon steel, and in chemicals/materials that contain chromate ions (CrO3), such as chromate pigments in paints. Exposure to elevated levels of Cr+6 may cause irritation to the nose, throat and lungs, damage to mucous membranes and lung cancer.

Employee exposure to Cr*6 will be controlled below Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) limits by the use of engineering controls, work practices, or administrative controls.

If controls fail to reduce exposure below the OSHA Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs), or when controls are not feasible, respirators and other personal protective equipment will be provided and required to be used.

A facility competent person (one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable Cr*6 hazards in the surroundings and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them), an Industrial Hygienist, or other Safety and Health professional will determine proper control procedures and/or personal protective equipment for projects involving Cr+6 exposure. Site‐specific or project‐specific information may need to be added to this policy by affected facilities.

EXPOSURE STANDARDS AND MONITORING

EXPOSURE CONTROLS

The OSHA PEL for airborne exposures to hexavalent chromium is 5 µg/m3 (0.005 mg/m3) as an 8‐hourtime‐

weighted average (TWA). The action level (AL) for Cr*6 is 2.5 µg/m3.

AIR MONITORING

AEP has monitored employees performing maintenance and construction work to determine their exposure to

airborne Cr*6. This monitoring has shown that during certain activities the PEL may be exceeded. The primary

activity associated with elevated Cr+6 exposures is hot work (welding, cutting, arc gouging) involving chromium‐

POLICY

12 ‐ HEXAVALENT CHROMIUM EXPOSURE PROGRAM





containing alloys (base metal or welding rod), especially stainless steel. Other activities that may cause exposure

to Cr+6 include slag removal, welding, cutting and other hot work in the presence of fly ash or on boiler tubes

containing Cr+6, exposure to fly ash in bag houses, precipitators or ash loading operations, and stripping or

blasting chromate‐containing coating .

For any job with potential for Cr+6 exposure, an exposure assessment shall be conducted using any combination

of initial air monitoring, historical air monitoring data or objective data to determine the need for personal

protective equipment and /or a regulated area. If historical or objective data is not sufficient (as determined by a

facility competent person) to characterize exposures, initial monitoring must be conducted. A facility competent

person will determine appropriate personal protective equipment that will be required during initial monitoring. Air

monitoring will be based on the following:

Air monitoring shall be performed at the beginning of each project (and type of work in each project) where

exposure to airborne Cr+6 is possible to determine if employees may be exposed to Cr+6 at or above the AL. It is

important that air monitoring be representative of each task that will be conducted (i.e., monitoring conducted

while setting up the work area cannot be used to represent exposures).

➢ If initial, representative, full‐shift (at least 7 hours), personal air sampling indicates exposure below the

AL, sampling may be discontinued and the area may be deregulated. While full‐shift sampling is

preferred, partial shift / task samples are acceptable if work with potential Cr+6 exposure lasts less than

7‐hours.

➢ If initial, representative, full‐shift, personal air sampling indicates exposure between the AL and the PEL,

the area may be deregulated, however, controls should be established in an effort to obtain exposures

below the AL. OSHA requires sampling to be repeated at least every six months when exposures

are above the AL or until two samples collected at least seven days apart show the exposures to

be less than the AL. From a practical standpoint, periodic sampling should continue to assure Cr+6

levels remain below the PEL.

➢ If initial, representative, full‐shift, personal air sampling indicates exposure above the PEL, the area must

be regulated. Engineering controls will be established in an effort to obtain employee exposures below

the PEL. After controls are implemented, personal air sampling must be repeated until two samples

collected at least seven days apart verify exposures below the PEL before the area can be deregulated.

Sampling must be repeated at least quarterly when results remain above the PEL.

➢ If sampling is discontinued and procedures, equipment, or materials involving Cr+6‐related activities

change in such a way as to possibly increase the Cr+6 exposure, then sampling will be reinstated.





ENGINEERING AND WORK PRACTICE CONTROLS

Every location with potential exposure to Cr+6 will prepare and maintain a list of tasks presenting a reasonable

likelihood of employee exposure above the PEL or AL.

Engineering controls are the preferred method for reducing Cr+6 exposures. Ventilation is the most common

engineering control for reducing airborne Cr+6 levels. General ventilation may be achieved by opening entry ways

to cause a natural draft which will introduce fresh air. Local ventilation uses vents, air movers, and/or fume

extraction equipment to move welding fumes or dust away from individual employees.

Any work method that will reduce the levels of dust or hot work fumes will lower employee exposures.

Additionally, employee position and proximity to hot work fumes affects exposure. Work practices that keep

employees out of fumes or dust should be utilized wherever possible.

Water blasting and vacuuming using a HEPA filter may also be effective in reducing workers' potential exposure

to Cr+6. The decision to wash and/or vacuum or to use protective equipment instead shall be left to the facility

manager and be based on industrial hygiene monitoring data, exposure assessments, and/or the scope of work to

be performed. However, due to the corrosive environment created by mixing water and fly ash, washing

precipitator components should be kept to a minimum. Additionally, to ensure that the precipitator is dry after it is

washed, the boiler should be closed and the fans run for a minimum of four hours immediately after completing

the wash down.

Chromate coatings should be removed with a chemical stripper or a power tool, such as a needle gun, with a

HEPA attachment prior to performing hot work or other activities that can create fumes or dust. When removing a

section of chromate coating prior to cutting or other hot work, sufficient coating shall be removed to prevent

bubbling or vaporizing of the remaining coating when hot work is performed.

As a means to reduce potential exposure to Cr+6, the worker shall use protective clothing approved by the

competent person and a respirator during regularly conducted inspections and minor maintenance work in areas

where large amounts of dust could result in exposures above regulatory limits.

REGULATED AREAS

If initial, representative, full‐shift, personal air sampling indicates exposure

above the PEL, the area must be regulated. The regulated area shall be

marked with barricade tape or rope and appropriate signs. Signs shall be

posted at each entrance to the regulated area that read the following:

Access to the regulated area shall be limited to trained and authorized individuals.

The size of a regulated area is dependent upon employee exposure levels and is not preset. The exposure will be affected by the scope of work and work practices.

CONTROLLING EXPOSURE





If prior monitoring indicates there is a potential for over‐exposure, an area must remain regulated, and personal

protective equipment must be worn until sufficient testing indicates that Cr+6 levels are below the PEL. Areas may be deregulated when representative, full‐shift, personal air monitoring indicates levels are below the PEL.

RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

When working with Cr+6, respirators will be required for the following:

➢ When exposures exceed the PEL;

➢ When engineering or administrative controls do not reduce exposure below the PEL;

➢ When employees must enter regulated areas; and

➢ As interim protection during exposure assessments or during installation of controls.

Employees already in the Jenco Construction Respiratory Protection Program may use a respirator when working with Cr+6, even when the above conditions don't apply, provided:

➢ They have HEPA filter cartridges (if an APR);

➢ The use doesn't increase other hazards; and

➢ All aspects of the Respiratory Protection Program are followed (limited facial hair, current fit test, etc.).

For voluntary respirator use by individuals not in the Respiratory Protection Program, please see the Jenco Construction Respiratory Protection Policy.

The following chart lists the most common acceptable respirators and their use concentrations. Additional respirators can be found in the Jenco Construction Respiratory Protection Policy

Airborne Required Respirator Type

10 x PEL or less Half‐face air‐purifying respirator with P‐100/HEPA filters

Powered air‐purifying respirator (PAPR) with loose‐fitting hood or helmet

25 x PEL or less equipped with P‐100/HEPA filters,

PAPR with hood or helmet and tight fitting face piece, unless manufacturer has test results with higher APF (then 1000).

Supplied‐air respirator with a loose‐fitting hood or helmet face piece operated in the continuous‐flow mode.





50 x PEL or less Full face piece air‐purifying respirator equipped with P‐100/HEPA filters,

or a PAPR with a tight‐fitting half mask equipped with P‐100/HEPA

filters, or a supplied‐air respirator with a tight‐fitting half mask operated

in continuous‐ flow or pressure demand mode.

1 000 x PEL or less PAPR with a tight‐fitting full face piece equipped with P‐100/HEPA filters or a supplied‐air respirator with a tight‐fitting full face piece operated in

the continuous‐flow pressure demand or other positive pressure mode.

10,000 x PEL or Self‐contained breathing apparatus with a full face piece operated in the

Unknown pressure‐demand or other positive‐pressure mode

If previous monitoring results are not available, and respirator requirements are not clear, an Industrial Hygienist or other Safety and Health professional can provide the necessary guidance. All respirator use shall be in accordance with the AEP Respiratory Protection Policy.

When employee exposures to Cr+6 exceed exposure limits, without regard to the use of respirators, and dust/

fume concentrations are such that employee's skin and / or street clothing may be contaminated with Cr+6‐

containing material, (i.e., internal boiler work or other confined areas) personal protective equipment must be

issued and worn. A facility competent person will determine appropriate protective clothing based on the type of

work to be performed. Personal protective equipment (PPE) used for exposure to Cr+6 include:

➢ Coveralls or similar full‐body work clothing.

➢ Gloves (always required).

➢ Eye / Face protection (always required).

PPE supplied may be disposable or reusable. Reusable PPE would include cloth coveralls and cloth or leather

gloves. Disposable clothing includes paper or synthetic clothing. When performing hot work, appropriate cloth

coveralls shall be used. Disposable (TYVEK®, paper, etc.) coveralls are not permitted for hot work.

Protective clothing and equipment shall be cleaned, laundered, repaired, or replaced as necessary tomaintain

their effectiveness. Disposable clothing may be used more than once as long as the integrity of the clothing is not

impaired.

When laundering reusable clothing, the release of metal dusts must be controlled below the PEL. Dissolvable

bags are available to minimize exposure to laundry personnel. Commercial laundry services must be notified of

the presence of Cr+6 contaminations. Employees should not launder Cr+6 contaminated clothing at home.






HYGIENE FACILITIES AND PRACICES

Every effort shall be made to prevent employees from spreading contamination to other areas of the work place, and to their homes. The following facilities and practices shall be provided and used:

CHANGE ROOMS

➢ When protective clothing is required, clean change rooms should be provided for storing personal clothing and other personal items if feasible. Provisions shall be available in change rooms for storing

➢ clean and contaminated clothing separately. If a change room is not feasible, non‐contaminated personal clothing may be stored in containers, vehicles, or other areas outside of the regulated area. Personal protective equipment shall be donned before entering the work area.

➢ When leaving the work area during the work shift, all personal protective equipment shall be HEPA vacuumed, removed, and left outside of the entrance to the regulated area (in the change room if available.) Employees shall wash their hands and face before eating, drinking, or smoking.

GENERAL

➢ Protective gear, respirators, and tools shall be decontaminated according to standard procedures.

➢ There shall be no eating, drinking, smoking, chewing gum, or applying cosmetics when working with Cr+6.

➢ Compressed air may not be used as a decontamination method.

➢ Contaminated clothing that will not be re‐used must be stored in sealed containers or bags.

WASTE DISPOSAL

All waste disposal procedures for any given project must be developed and coordinated with the local Plant

Environmental Coordinator or Region Environmental Coordinator. Disposable clothing or respirator cartridges

contaminated with Cr+6 can typically be discarded with normal waste.

MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE

Employees who are, or will be exposed at or above the action level for Cr+6 for thirty or more days per year shall

be included in a medical surveillance program. Medical surveillance will also be made available for employees

who experience signs and symptoms of Cr+6 exposure or who are exposed in emergency situations resulting in

an uncontrolled release of Cr+6. Medical surveillance programs shall meet all requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1026.

Industrial Hygiene personnel or other Safety and Health professionals can assist with determining the need for a

medical surveillance program.

* Note: At this time, it appears that the most common task with risk of exposure above the action

level is welding / cutting on or with stainless steel. As more data is gathered, medical surveillance

may be required for other tasks.





A Cr+6 training program shall be established for employees who have potential airborne or eye and skin exposure to Cr+6. There is no required frequency for refresher training, however, it is suggested that Cr+6 training be covered along with other metals (arsenic, lead, cadmium). The training program shall consist of the following: 1. Health hazards associated with Cr+6 exposure; 2. The quantity, location, manner of use, storage, sources of exposure, and the specific nature of operations that could result in exposure to Cr+6 as well as any necessary protective steps; 3. The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respirators; 4. The purpose and description of the medical surveillance program; 5. The engineering controls and work practices associated with the employee's job assignment as well as other measures employees can take to protect themselves; and 6. A review of the OSHA standard.

RECORDKEEPING AND NOTIFICATION

EXPOSURE MONITORING RECORDS

Exposure monitoring records must be kept for the duration of employment plus thirty years.

MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE RECORDS

Medical surveillance records must be kept for the duration of employment plus thirty years.

TRAINING RECORDS

All company employees will be completed in TAPPISAFE online training. OSHA requires that training

records shall be kept at least until the next refresher is completed.

NEGATIVE EXPOSURE AS SESSMENT INFORMATION

Any objective data used to determine exemptions from initial monitoring, or any other data used to show

negative exposure assessments must be kept for thirty years.

NOTIFICATION

When the Safety Department receives results of air monitoring, biological monitoring, or medical findings

or opinions, the employee shall be notified of the results within five working days. When exposures are

above the PEL, the notification must include the corrective actions that will be taken to reduce exposure

below the PEL.

TRAINING



is is 13 ‐ LOCKOUT / TAGOUT All information contained in this document


It is the policy of Jenco Construction to implement and maintain a successful Lockout/Tagout program, in order to protect our people, property, and processes.

PURPOSE

The purpose of this Lockout/Tagout Program is to establish a control system, which utilizes procedures to prevent the unexpected startup or release of energy from machines or equipment.

The main objectives for this program are as follows:

➢ Protect all personnel by preventing the inadvertent startup or energization of machines and/or equipment through the enforcement of this program.

➢ Establish Lockout/Tagout Safe Work Procedures for all required machines and equipment.

➢ Comply with all applicable regulatory standards regarding the control of hazardous energy by training and

practicing Jenco Construction’s Lockout/Tagout Program and Lockout/Tagout Safe Work Procedures herein.

SCOPE

The scope of Jenco Construction’s Lockout/Tagout Program includes the following:

➢ This program is applicable to activities such as, but not limited to: the erecting, installing,

constructing, repairing, adjusting, inspecting, cleaning, servicing and/or maintaining machinery

and/or equipment where personnel have the potential to be injured by an unexpected startup or

release of energy.

➢ The program pertains to energy sources such as, but not limited to: electrical, mechanical,

hydraulic, pneumatic, chemical, radiation, thermal, compressed air/gas, energy stored in springs,

and potential energy from suspended parts (gravity).

➢ This program applies to all employees holding safety sensitive positions within Jenco

Construction’s operations nationwide.

➢ Installation design requirement. After July 1, 2008, whenever replacement or major repair,

renovation or modification of a machine or equipment is performed, and whenever new machines

or equipment are installed, energy isolating devices shall be designed to accept a lockout device

according to the requirements under (29CFR 1910.147).

POLICY

13 ‐ LOCKOUT / TAGOUT





DEFINITIONS

Energy isolating device ‐ A mechanical device that physically prevents the transmission or release of energy,

including but not limited to the following: a manually operated electrical circuit breaker; a disconnect switch; a

manually operated switch by which the conductors of a circuit can be disconnected from all ungrounded supply

conductors and, in addition, no pole can be operated independently; a line valve; a block; and any similar device

used to block or isolate energy. The term does not include pushbutton, selector switch, and other control circuit

type devices.

Lockout ‐ the placement of a lockout device on an energy‐isolating device, in accordance with an established

procedure, ensuring that the energy isolating device and the equipment being controlled cannot be operated until

the lockout device is removed.

Lockout device ‐ A device that utilizes a positive means such as a lock, to hold an energy isolating device in a

safe position and prevent the energizing of a machine or equipment.

“Capable of being locked out” ‐ An energy isolating device that is designed with a hasp or other means of

attachment to which, or through a lock can be affixed, or if it has a locking mechanism built into it.

Tagout ‐ The placement of a tagout device on an energy‐isolating device, in accordance with established

procedure, to indicate that the energy isolating device and equipment being controlled may not be operated until

the tagout device is removed.

Tagout device ‐ A prominent warning device such as a tag and means of attachment which can be securely

fastened to an energy isolating device in accordance with an established procedure, to indicate that the energy

isolating device and the equipment being controlled may not be operated until the tagout device is removed.

Affected employee ‐ An employee whose job requires him/her to operate or use a machine or equipment on

which servicing, or maintenance is being performed under lockout or tagout.

Authorized employee ‐ A person who locks out or tags out machines or equipment to perform the servicing or

maintenance on that machine.

Other employee ‐ An employee whose job requires him/her to work in an area in which machine/equipment

servicing or maintaining is being performed.

Servicing/Maintenance ‐ Work place activities such as constructing, installing, setting up, adjusting, inspecting,

modifying, and maintaining and/or servicing machines or equipment. These activities include lubrication, cleaning

or unjamming of machines or equipment and making adjustments to tool changes where the employee may be

exposed to the unexpected energization or startup of the equipment or release of hazardous energy.

Safety Sensitive Position ‐ means any position which requires field work or direct supervision over field

operations, maintenance, emergency‐response, and/or any other functions deemed so by management for Jenco

departments.





(Separate procedures are relevant for the application of control devices and removal of control devices.

These procedures are defined in more detail below.)

APPLICATION OF CONTROL PROCEDURE

Energy isolation and lockout/tagout are to be applied only by trained employees authorized to perform service or

maintenance. The goal of this control procedure is to achieve “Zero Energy State” and “Zero Mechanical State”.

The 7‐step control procedure listed below must be followed in all of Jenco Construction’s operations.

1. NOTIFICATION ‐ Notify all affected employees that servicing and/or maintenance is required on a

machine or piece of equipment and that the machine or equipment must be shut down and locked out to

perform the servicing.

2. PREPARATION ‐ Authorized employees shall be knowledgeable of and use of Lockout/Tagout Safe

Work Procedures to prepare for shutdown. This procedure includes the identification of all energy sources

(types, magnitudes), the hazards of the energy to be controlled, and the energy isolation devices required

to control the energy.

3. EQUIPMENT SHUTDOWN ‐ Shut down the system by using the proper shutdown procedure. Insure that

no personnel are endangered during the shutdown.

4. EQUIPMENT ISOLATION ‐ De‐activate the energy isolating device(s) so that the machine or equipment

is isolated from the energy source(s). Be sure to isolate all energy sources, including secondary power

supplies. Energy can come from many different sources including: electrical, mechanical, hydraulic,

pneumatic, chemical, thermal, and etc.

5. ISOLATION DEVICES ‐ All energy isolation devices are to be locked out with the use of an attached lock,

and tag. The tag must display the authorized person’s name. Only standardized devices supplied by

Jenco Construction are to be utilized. More than one employee can lock out a single energy device by

using a multiple‐lock hasp. Use an appropriately designed lockout providing “attachment device” if a

lock cannot be placed directly on the energy control.

➢ The authorized employee that applied the lock shall maintain the key (to the lock) in his or her

possession during the time the lockout is under their control. The Site Supervisor shall be

responsible for the integrity of the lockout, in the event of shift or personnel changes. The integrity

of the lockout/tagout protection must not be interrupted!

6. STORED ENERGY ‐ All potentially hazardous stored or residual energy shall be dissipated and

restrained. This includes stored energy in capacitors, springs, elevated machine members, rotating

flywheels, hydraulic systems, and air, gas, steam, or water pressure etc. The dissipation process shall

include methods such as grounding, repositioning, blocking, bleeding down, and etc.

GENERAL LOCKOUT/TAGOUT PROCEDURES





7. VERIFICATION ‐ Ensure the equipment is disconnected from the energy source(s) by first checking that

no personnel are exposed, then verify the isolation of the equipment by operating the push button or other

normal operating control(s) or by testing to make certain the equipment will not operate. This process is

otherwise known as the “Tryout”. Caution: Return operating controls to neutral or “off” position after

verifying the isolation of the equipment.

RELEASE FROM CONTROL PROCEDURE

When the servicing or maintenance is completed and the machine or equipment is ready to return to

normal operating condition, the following 4 steps must be taken.

1. AREA SURVEY ‐ Check the machine or equipment and the immediate area around the machine or

equipment to ensure that nonessential items have been removed and that the machine or equipment

components are operationally intact.

2. PREPARATION ‐ Check the work area to ensure that all employees have been safely positioned or

removed from the area.

3. DEVICE REMOVAL ‐ Remove the lockout devices and reenergize the machine or equipment. Lockout

devices shall only be removed by the employee who originally applied the device.

➢ When the authorized employee who applied a lockout device is not available to remove it,

that device may be removed only under the agreement and direction of the site

supervisor or the Safety Director. It is also necessary to adhere to all of the following

minimum criteria:

o Verification that the authorized employee who applied the device is not at the

facility.

o Making all reasonable efforts to contact the authorized employee to inform

him/her that his/her lockout out has been removed.

o Ensuring that the authorized employee has this knowledge before he/she

resumes work at that facility. Note: The removal of some forms of blocking may

require re-energization of the machine before safe removal.

4. NOTIFICATION ‐ Notify all affected employees that the servicing or maintenance is completed, and the

machine or equipment is ready for use. (Energy must not be restored to any equipment, until this

notification has been successfully completed.)





The General Procedures listed (in the previous section) are supplemented, where applicable, with equipment or machine specific procedures listed on a separate Lockout/Tagout Safe Work Procedure. Note: Equipment or machine specific procedures are not required or provided when all of the following exist: 1. The machine or equipment has no potential for stored or residual energy or re‐accumulation of stored energy after shut down which could endanger employees. 2. The machine or equipment has a single energy source which can be readily identified and isolated. 3. The isolation and locking out of that energy source will completely de‐energize and deactivate the machine or equipment. 4. The machine or equipment is isolated from that energy source and locked out during servicing or maintenance. 5. A single lockout device will achieve a locked‐out condition. 6. The lockout device is under the exclusive control of the authorized employee performing the servicing or maintenance. 7. The servicing or maintenance does not create hazards for other employees.

SPECIFIC LOCKOUT/TAGOUT PROCEDURES





Training shall be provided to ensure the purpose and function of Jenco Construcion’s Lockout/Tagout Program is

understood by employees and the knowledge and skills required for the safe application, usage, and removal of

the energy controls are acquired by employees. All training and retraining requirements shall be conducted and

fulfilled under the direction of Scott Lindstrom, Director of Safety.

TRAINING SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:

➢ Each authorized employee shall receive training in the recognition of applicable hazardous energy

sources, the type and magnitude of the energy available in the workplace, and the methods and means

necessary for energy isolation and control.

➢ Each affected employee shall be instructed in the purpose and use of the energy control procedure.

➢ All other employees whose work operations are or may be in an area where energy control procedures

may be utilized, shall be instructed about the procedure, and about the prohibition relating to attempts to

restart or reenergize machines or equipment which are locked out or tagged out.

➢ Supervisors shall receive training on their supervisory responsibilities.

RETRAINING SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:

➢ Retraining shall be provided for all authorized and affected employees whenever there is a change in

their job assignments, a change in machines, equipment or process that present a new hazard, or when

there is a change in the energy control procedures.

➢ Additional retraining shall also be conducted whenever a periodic inspection reveals, or there is reason to

believe that there are deviations from or inadequacies in the employees’ knowledge or use of the energy

control procedure

➢ The retraining shall reestablish employee proficiency and introduce new or revised control methods and

procedures as necessary.

➢ The trainer shall certify that employee training has been accomplished and is being kept up to date. The

certification shall contain each employee’s name and dates of training.

TRAINING & RETRAINING





Enforcement is necessary to make sure workers do their part in protecting their own safety.

➢ In additional to the required annual inspections, informal or random inspections will be conducted

regularly as a part of the supervisory responsibilities of the Director of Safety, Scott Lindstrom. These inspections shall verify that energy control procedures are being carried out.

➢ Enforcement of safety rules shall be fair and uniform.

➢ The penalties for failure to comply with our energy control procedures will result in disciplinary steps taken

against the non‐complying employee, (up to and including immediate termination).

PROGRAM EVALUATION & MAINTENANCE

At least annually a review of the complete energy control program and an inspection of all equipment or machine specific lockout/tagout procedures shall be conducted by the Director of Safety, Scott Lindstrom. When additions or modifications are made with regard to facilities, equipment, or machinery it shall be the responsibility of the Site Supervisor to provide or update Lockout/Tagout Safe Work Procedures, when applicable, and insure that timely and accurate information is provided before releasing the equipment or machine into service.

OUTSIDE PERSONNEL

Whenever outside servicing personnel (contractors, etc.) are to be engaged in activities covered by the scope and

application of this program, Jenco Construction and the outside employer shall inform each other of their

respective lockout/tagout procedures. The outside employer shall meet the minimum requirements set forth by

Jenco Construction

ENFORCEMENT







is is 14 ‐ ELECTRICAL SAFE WORK PRACTICES PROGRAM All information contained in this document






PURPOSE

Safety‐related work practices shall be employed to prevent electric shock or other injuries resulting from either

direct or indirect electrical contact, when work is performed by Jenco Construction employees near or on

equipment or circuits that are or may be energized. The specific safety‐related work practices shall be consistent

with the nature and extent of the associated electrical hazards. The content of this Electrical Safe Work Practice is

as required in OSHA Subpart S (electrical) 29CFR 1910.33 1 through 29 CFR 1910.335.

SCOPE

This program covers the servicing and maintenance of machines and equipment that have not been placed in an

electrically safe working condition and the installation/removal of main disconnect switches on bus ducts.

Conductors and parts of electric equipment that have been de‐energized but have not been locked out or tagged

shall be treated as energized parts. Any machine or equipment that has not been shut down per the lockout

tagout procedures will not be considered to be electrically safe.

14 ‐ ELECTRICAL SAFE WORK PRACTICES PROGRAM





COVERED EMPLOYEES

The provisions of these procedures cover electrical safety‐related work practices for both qualified persons (those

who have training in avoiding the electrical hazards of working on or near exposed‐energized parts) and

unqualified persons (those with little or no such training) working on, near, or with the following installations:

➢ Premises Wiring — Installations of electric conductors and equipment within or on buildings or other

structures, and on other premises such as yards, parking, and other lots, and industrial substations.

➢ Wiring for Connections to Supply ‐. Installations of conductors that connect to the supply of electricity.

➢ Other Wiring — Installations of other outside conductors on the premises.

➢ Optical Fiber Cable — Installations of optical fiber cable where such installations are made along with

electric conductors.

➢ Bus Duct Switches — Installation and removal of Bus Duct Switches on energized busses.

Qualified persons (i.e., those permitted to work on or near exposed energized parts) shall, at a minimum, be

trained in and familiar with the following:

➢ The skills and techniques necessary to distinguish exposed live parts from other parts of electric

equipment.

➢ The skills and techniques necessary to determine the nominal voltage of exposed live parts.

➢ The clearance distances specified in this policy and the corresponding voltages to which the qualified

person will be exposed. (Listed below).

Voltage range (phase to phase) Minimum approach distance

300 Volts and less Avoid Contact

Over 300 Volts, not over 760 Volts 1 foot 0 inches (30.5 era)

➢ Only qualified persons are permitted to be within 31/2 feet of exposed energized parts.

➢ When work is required on any energized part for testing, calibrating, adjustment, setup, or fuse

replacement, either insulated tools or insulated gloves, rated for the voltage, must be used.





TRAINING

The training requirements contained in this document apply to employees who face a risk of shock that is not

reduced to a safe level by the installation as required by the National Electrical Code and 29CFRI91O Subpart 5,

Electrical. Listed below are employees who may face such a risk and shall be trained.

➢ Electrical and electronic engineers

➢ Electrical and electronic technicians

➢ Electricians

➢ Mechanics and repairers

➢ Welders

Other employees who also may reasonably be expected to face comparable risk of injury due to electric shock or

other electrical hazards must also be trained.

Employees who are covered by the scope this policy, but who are not qualified persons shall also be trained in

and familiar with any electrically related safety practices not specifically addressed but which are necessary for

their safety.

The training required shall be of the classroom or on‐the‐job type. The degree of training provided shall be

determined by the risk to the employee.





Safety‐related work practices shall be used to prevent electric shock or other injuries resulting from either direct or indirect electrical contacts, when work is performed near or on equipment or circuits that are or may be energized. The specific safety‐related work practices shall be consistent with the nature and extent of the associated electrical hazards.

De‐energized parts — Live parts to which an employee may be exposed shall be de‐energized before the

employee works on or near them, unless the employer can demonstrate that de‐energizing introduces additional or increased hazards or is infeasible due to equipment design or operational limitations. Live parts that operate at less than 50 volts to ground need not be de‐energized if there will not be increased exposure to electrical bums or to explosion due to electric arcs.

Energized Parts — If the exposed live parts are not de‐energized, (i.e., for reasons of increased or additional hazards or infeasibility), other safety‐related work practices shall be used to protect employees who maybe exposed to the electrical hazards involved. Such work practices shall protect employees against contact with energized circuit parts directly with any part of their body or indirectly through some other conductive object. When working on energized parts, the appropriate PPE shall be used.

NOTE. Examples of work that may be performed on or near energized circuit parts because of infeasibility due to equipment design or operational limitations include testing of electric circuits that can only be performed with the circuit energized (troubleshooting) and work on circuits that form an integral part of a continuous industrial process that would otherwise need to be completely shut down in order to permit work on one circuit or piece of equipment.

While any employee is exposed to contact with parts of fixed electric equipment or circuits, which have been de‐

energized, the circuits energizing the parts shall be locked out or tagged or both in accordance with the

requirements of this paragraph in the following order.

1. Procedures shall be in place before equipment may be de‐energized.

2. Circuits and equipment to be worked on shall be disconnected from all electrical energy sources.

3. Stored electrical energy, which poses a hazard to workers, shall be released.

4. Stored non‐electrical energy in devices that could re‐energize electric circuit parts shall be blocked or

relieved to the extent that the circuit parts could not be accidentally energized by the device.

5. A lock and a tag shall be placed on each disconnecting means used to de‐energize circuits and

equipment on which work is to be performed, except as provided below.

6. Each tag shall contain a statement prohibiting unauthorized operation of the disconnecting means and

removal of the tag.

7. If a lock cannot be applied, or if the employer can demonstrate that tagging procedures will provide a

level of safety equivalent to that obtained by the use of a lock, a tag may be used without a lock.

8. A tag used without a lock as permitted above, shall be supplemented by at least one additional safety

measure that provides a level of safety equivalent to that obtained by the use of a lock. Examples include

the removal of an isolating circuit element, blocking of a controlling switch, or opening of an extra

disconnecting device

SELECTION AND USE OF WORK PRACTICES

LOCKOUT AND TAGOUT





9. A lock may be placed without a tag only under the following conditions:

➢ Only one circuit or piece of equipment is de‐energized.

➢ The lockout period does not extend beyond the work shift.

➢ Employees exposed to the hazards associated with re‐energizing the circuit or equipment are familiar

with this procedure.

10. Before any circuits or equipment can be considered and worked as de‐energized:

➢ A qualified person shall operate the equipment operating controls or otherwise verify~’ that the equipment

cannot be restarted.

➢ A qualified person shall use test equipment to test the circuit elements and electrical parts of equipment

to which employees will be exposed and shall verify that the circuit elements and equipment parts are

de‐energized.

11. Before circuits and equipment are re‐energized, even temporarily, the following requirements shall be

met, in the order given:

➢ qualified person shall conduct tests and visual inspections, as necessary, to verify that all tools, electrical

jumpers, shorts, grounds, and other such devices have been removed, so that the circuits and equipment

can be safely energized.

➢ Employees exposed to the hazards associated with re‐energizing the circuit or equipment shall be

warned to stay clear of circuits and equipment.

➢ Each lock and tag shall be removed by the employee who applied it or under his or her direct supervision.

However, if the employee is absent from the workplace, then the lock or tag maybe removed by a

qualified person designated to perform this task provided that the employer ensures that the

➢ If employee who applied the lock or tag is not available at the workplace and is aware that the lock or tag

has been removed before he or she resumes work at that workplace.

➢ There shall be a visual determination that all employees are clear of the circuits and equipment





WORKING ON OR NEAR ENERGIZED EQUIPMENT

This section applies to work performed on exposed live parts (involving either direct contact or contact by means

of tools or materials) or near enough to them for employees to be exposed to any hazard they present.

Only qualified persons may work on electric circuit parts or equipment that have not been de‐energized under the

procedures of these standards. Such persons shall be capable of working safely on energized circuits and shall

be familiar with the proper use of special precautionary techniques, personal protective equipment, insulating and

shielding materials, and insulated tools.

➢ Illumination — Employees may not enter spaces containing exposed energized parts, unless illumination

is provided that enables the employees to perform the work safely. Where lack of illumination or an

obstruction precludes observation of the work to be performed, employees may not perform tasks near

exposed energized parts. Employees may not reach blindly into areas that may contain energized parts.

➢ Conductive Materials and Equipment — Conductive materials and equipment that are in contact with

any part of an employee’s body shall be handled in a manner that will prevent them from contacting

exposed energized conductors or circuit parts. If an employee must handle long dimensional conductive

objects (such as ducts or pipes) in areas with live parts, the hazard must be minimized by the use of

insulation, guarding, or material handling techniques. NOTE: Non‐conductive fish tapes must be used

when pulling wire through conduit that contains energized conductors or when entering an enclosure with

exposed live parts.

➢ Portable Ladders — Portable ladders shall be at the non‐conductive type (wood or Fiberglas) if they are

used where the employee or the ladder could contact exposed energized parts.

➢ Conductive Apparel — Conductive articles of jewelry and clothing (such as bands, bracelets, rings, key

chains, necklaces, metalized aprons, cloth with conductive thread, or metal headgear) may not be worn if

they might contact exposed energized parts, unless they are rendered non‐conductive by covering,

wrapping, or other insulating means.

➢ Housekeeping Duties — Where live parts present an electrical contact hazard, employees may not

perform housekeeping duties at such close distances to the parts that there is a possibility of contact,

unless adequate safeguards (such as insulating equipment or barriers) are provided. Electrically

conductive cleaning materials may not be used in proximity to energized parts unless procedures are

followed which will prevent electrical contact.

➢ Interlocks — Only a qualified person following the requirements of this section may defeat an electrical

safety interlock, and then only temporarily he or she is working on the equipment. The interlock system

shall be returned to its operable condition when this work is completed.

➢ Confined or Enclosed Work Spaces — When an employee works in a confined or enclosed space

(such as a manhole or vault) that contains exposed energized parts, the employer shall provide, and the

employee shall use, protective shields, protective barriers, or insulating materials as necessary to avoid

inadvertent contact with these parts. Doors, hinged panels, and the like shall be secured to prevent their

swinging into an employee and causing the employee to contact exposed energized parts.

➢ Overhead Lines — (600 volt or above) Employees shall not work on, or near (within 12 feet) overhead

lines. This 12‐foot barrier includes any conductive object in that space. OSHA provides specific

instructions regarding work on overhead lines. Refer to Subpart S ‐ Electrical 1910.333(c) (3) for more

detail.





BUS DUCT SWITCHES

For the purposes of installing or removing main disconnect switch on energized bus ducts, only designated persons can plug or unplug bus switches (see (Title of Person) for approved electricians). Employees installing or removing switches on energized bus ducts shall use the following PPE during the steps noted.

➢ Rubber gloves with leather protectors. ➢ Full face shield. ➢ Welding jacket.

Switch installation procedures are as follows:

1. Remove fuses and place switch in off position. 2. Install switch per manufacturer’s instructions (PPE required). 3. Lock and tag switch in off position. 4. Connect load verify safety of load circuit by checking resistance between phases and between phases to ground. 5. Install fuses. 6. Manually actuate switch to on position from floor using hot stick ‐ DO NOT actuate switch from scissors lift or ladder.

NOTE: PPE must be worn when performing switch installation as indicated in step 2. Switch removal procedures are as follows:

1. Manually actuate switch to off position from floor using hot stick ‐ DO NOT actuate switch from scissors lift or ladder. 2. Lock and tag switch. 3. Verify that there is no Voltage present on the switch. 4. Remove fuses. 5. Disconnect load ‐ remove associated wiring and conduit. 6. Remove switch from bus duct (PPE required).

NOTE: PPE must be worn when performing switch removal as indicated in step 6.





USE OF EQUIPMENT

Portable Electric Equipment — This section applies to the use of cord and plug connected equipment, including flexible cord sets (extension cords).

EXTENSION CORD USE

➢ Employees using extension cords (drop cords) to power tools and/or equipment for the performance of construction, maintenance, repair shall use GFCI protection. This pertains to any part of the plant, both inside and outside,

➢ All extension cords must be grounding type, made with U L listed parts, and be in good physical condition.

➢ Extension cords may not be lengthened. ➢ Power outlet strips are designed for equipment that requires surge protection.

➢ No more than one power outlet strip may be connected to a single extension cord.

➢ Extension cords may not be plugged into power strips. Power strips may not be connected to each other.

➢ An extension cord should not be run across high traffic areas or used in applications where potential damage to the cord might occur.

➢ The use of an extension cord must not create a trip hazard.

HANDLING ➢ Portable equipment shall be handled in a manner, which will not cause damage. ➢ Flexible electric cords connected to equipment may not be used for raising or lowering the

equipment. ➢ Flexible cords may not be fastened with staples or otherwise hung in such a fashion as could

damage the outer jacket or insulation.

VISUAL INSPECTION

➢ Portable cord‐and‐plug connected equipment and flexible cord sets (extension cords) shall be visually inspected before use on any shift for external defects and for evidence of possible internal damage.

➢ Cord and plug‐connected equipment and extension cords which remain connected once they are put in place and are not exposed to damage need not be visually inspected until they are relocated.

➢ Defective or damaged items shall be removed from service until repaired.

GROUNDING TYPE EQUIPMENT

➢ A flexible cord used with grounding‐type equipment shall contain an equipment‐grounding conductor.

➢ Attachment plugs and receptacles may not be connected or altered in a manner that would prevent

proper continuity of the equipment‐grounding conductor at the point where plugs are attached to





receptacles. Additionally, these devices may not be altered to allow the grounding pole of a plug to be inserted into slots intended for connection to the current‐carrying conductors.

NOTE: Oscilloscopes are exempt from this requirement.

➢ Adapters that interrupt the continuity of the equipment grounding connection may not be used.

CONDUCTIVE WORK LOCATIONS

➢ Portable electric equipment and flexible cords used in highly conductive work locations (such as those inundated with water or other conductive liquids), or in job locations where employees are likely to contact water or conductive liquids, shall be approved for those locations.

CONNECTNG ATTACHMENT PLUGS

➢ Employees’ hands may not be wet when plugging and unplugging flexible cords and cord and plug‐ connected equipment, if energized equipment is involved.

➢ Energized plug and receptacle connections may be handled only with insulating protective equipment if the condition of the connection could provide a conducting path to the employee’s hand.

➢ Locking‐type connectors shall be properly secured after connection.

ELECTRIC POWER AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS

1. Routine Opening and Closing of Circuits

➢ Load rated switches, circuit breakers, or other devices specifically designed as disconnecting means shall be used for the opening, reversing, or dosing of circuits under load conditions. Cable connectors not of the load‐break type, fuses, terminal lugs, and cable splice connections may not be used for such purposes, except in an emergency.

2. Re‐closing Circuits After Protective Device Operation

➢ After a circuit is de‐energized by a circuit protective device, the circuit may not be manually re‐ energized until it has been determined that the equipment and circuit can be safely energized.

➢ The repetitive manual re‐closing of circuit breakers or re‐energizing circuits through

replaced fuses is prohibited.

NOTE: Circuit breakers or fuses can only be energized after an overload condition has been determined, If a fault condition exists, the circuit must be tested and determined safe before the circuit can be energized Circuit breakers can be reset, however repetitive re‐closing is prohibited. The problem should

be traced to theroot cause if a circuit breaker trips twice in succession.

3. Over Current Protection Modification

➢ Over current protection of circuits and conductors may not be modified, even on a temporary

basis, beyond that allowed in the installation safety requirements for over current protection.





TEST INSTRUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT

1. Use

➢ Only qualified persons may perform testing work on electric circuits or equipment.

2. Visual Inspection

➢ Test instruments and equipment and all associated test leads, cables, power cords, probes, and

connectors shall be visually inspected for external defects and damage before the equipment is used.

If there is a defect or evidence of damage that might expose an employee to injury, the defective or

damaged item shall be removed from service, and no employee may use it until necessary repairs

and tests to render the equipment safe have been made.

3. Rating of Equipment

➢ Test instruments and equipment and their accessories shall be rated for the circuits and equipment to

which they will be connected and shall be designed for the environment in which they will be used.

OCCASIONAL USE OF FLAMMABLE OR IGNITABLE MATERIALS

Where flammable materials are present only occasionally, electric equipment capable of igniting them shall

not be used, unless measures are taken to prevent hazardous conditions from developing.





SAFEGUARD FOR PERSONNEL PROTECTION

PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT

➢ Employees working in areas where there are potential electrical hazards shall be provided with, and shall use, electrical protective equipment that is appropriate for the specific parts of the body to be protected and for the work to be performed.

➢ Protective equipment shall be maintained in a safe, reliable condition and shall be periodically inspected or tested, as required by 29CFRI 910.137.

➢ If the insulating capability of protective equipment may be subject to damage during use, the insulating material shall be protected. (For example, an outer covering of leather is sometimes used for the protection of rubber insulating material.)

➢ Employees shall wear non‐conductive head protection wherever there is a danger of head

injury from electric shock or bums due to contact with exposed energized parts. ➢ Employees shall wear protective equipment for the eyes or face wherever there is danger of

injury to the eyes or face from electric arcs or flashes or from flying objects resulting from electrical explosion.

TOOLS AND OTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

➢ When working near exposed energized conductors or circuit parts, each employee shall use insulated tools or handling equipment if the tools or handling equipment might make contact with such conductors or parts. If the insulating capability of insulated tools or handling equipment is subject to damage, the insulating material shall be protected.

➢ Fuse handling equipment, insulated for the circuit voltage, shall be used to remove or install fuses when the fuse terminals are energized.

➢ Ropes and hand lines used near exposed energized parts shall be nonconductive. ➢ Protective shields, protective barriers, or insulating materials shall be used to protect each

employee from shock, bums, or other electrically‐related injuries while that employee is working near exposed energized parts which might be accidentally contacted or where dangerous electric heating or arcing might occur. When normally enclosed live parts are exposed for maintenance or repair, they shall be guarded to protect unqualified persons from contact with live parts.

NOTE: Cabinet doors and electrical enclosures should be kept closed. If, however, this is not possible due to the conditions that follow, additional precautions must be taken to minimize the extent of the hazard. SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES This section covers situations where:

➢ Energized equipment is exposed and must be left unattended. ➢ The scope of the energized equipment is so large that the person working cannot

monitor it. ➢ The equipment cannot otherwise be guarded against accidental intrusion by a passerby. ➢ Safeguard for Personnel Protection





➢ Alerting Techniques — The following alerting techniques shall be used to warn and protect employees from hazards that could cause injury due to electric shock, bums, or failure of electric equipment parts:

➢ Safety signs, safety symbols, or accident prevention tags shall be used where necessary to worn employees about electrical hazards, which may endanger them, as required.

➢ Barricades shall be used in conjunction with safety signs where it is necessary to prevent or limit employee access to work areas exposing employees to no insulated energized conductors or circuit parts. Conductive barricades may not be used where they might cause an electrical contact hazard.

➢ Attendants. If signs and barricades do not provide sufficient warning and protection from electrical hazards, an attendant shall be stationed to warn and protect employees.



is is 15 ‐ AERIAL LIFTS & PLATF ORMS POLICY All information contained in this document


INTRODUCTION

The supervisor shall ensure that each individual operator has been trained in accordance with the manufacturer’s operating and maintenance manuals. The following training requirements and operation guidelines are required for operators of aerial lifts and platforms or scissor lifts. *Aerial lifts and platforms are commonly known as JLG’s, man lifts, and scissor lifts are used almost daily in industrial painting. TRAINING Under the direction of a qualified person, the trainee shall operate the aerial platform for a sufficient period of time to demonstrate proficiency and knowledge in the actual operation of the aerial platform. Care shall be taken to ensure the area of such operation has a minimum of obstacles and is conducive to training. *Trainees must pass the Jenco Construction Aerial Work Platform written exam and practical operation proficiency.

OPERATION GUIDELINES

1. Daily inspections shall be logged, prior to the operation of the machine, by using Jenco

Constructions’s aerial lift daily inspection form.

2. Workers inside the basket must wear a harness and safety belt and be tied off to the aerial lift

basket at all times. DO NOT tie off to adjacent structures, unless;

➢ The worker is going to get out of the basket and access a level that cannot be accessed safely by

any other means.

➢ Operation guideline 2a can only be successfully completed if and only if the worker can maintain

100% tie off, which includes being tied off to the structure being accessed and immediately

disconnecting from the aerial lift.

➢ The on‐site supervisor or safety supervisor must have verification from their GC to be allowed to

use procedure 2a.

3. Scissor lifts can be operated without a harness and lanyard if an acceptable fall prevention

system is intact.

4. The user shall perform a work place inspection checking the area in which the platform is to be

used for possible hazards such as, but not limited to:

➢ Drop‐offs or holes.

➢ Bumps and floor obstructions.

➢ Debris.

➢ Overhead obstructions; high voltage.

➢ Hazardous locations.

➢ Inadequate surface and support to withstand all load forces imposed by the aerial platform in all

operating configurations.

15 ‐ AERIAL LIFTS & PLATFORMS POLICY





➢ Wind and weather conditions. ➢ Presence of unauthorized persons.

The operator shall be accountable for determining and ensuring the following:

➢ The aerial platform is operated on a surface within the limits specified by the manufacturer. ➢ The outriggers, stabilizers, extendible axles, or other stability enhancing means are used as

required by the manufacturer. ➢ Guardrails are installed, and access gates or openings are closed. ➢ Clearance from overhead obstructions is adequate. ➢ Minimum safe approach distances from energized power lines and parts are followed. Minimum

of 10 feet of clearance for lines rated up to 50kv.

• For energized power lines over 50 kv, 0.4 inches of clearance will be added for each additional 1 kv over 50. Example: Clearance for 350 kv is calculated by 350kv – 50kv = 300kv * 0.4 inches = 120 inches / 12 inches = 10 feet, now take the additional 10 feet for the additional kilo volts and add it to the 10 feet clearance for the original 10 feet clearance which is 10 + 10 = 20 feet of clearance from the overhead power line at a minimum in any direction must be maintained at all times. Question, would a table showing different voltages and clearances be better and less confusing.

➢ Personnel in the platform are wearing an approved fall protection device, and all other required personnel protective equipment.

➢ Planks or ladders for achieving additional height requirements are strictly prohibited. ➢ The load in the platform is distributed in accordance with the manufacturer's guidelines. ➢ Warning devices are used in work areas, i. e. flashing lights, signs, and barricades. ➢ Safety devices are not altered, nor equipment systems disabled. ➢ Platforms are not used as cranes or misused as jacking devices. ➢ Engines are shut down when fueling. ➢ Travel speed is limited, and slopes or grades that exceed the manufacturer's requirements are

avoided. ➢ Should the machine become jammed or snagged, all employees are removed from the platform,

and equipment is freed using ground controls.

*Shown below are examples of a scissor lift and an aerial lift on the right.







is is 16 ‐ COMPANY VEHICLES All information contained in this document


DRIVERS

Any Employee or person used as an incidental driver or who regularly drives any company vehicle must pre‐ qualify and remain qualified by:

➢ Providing the Company with proof of a valid driver’s license from the employee’s home state.

➢ Submitting to a semi‐annual Motor Vehicle Report review of one’s driving record for the most recent three‐year period.

o Maximum of two at‐fault accidents; or

o Maximum of three moving violations with no at‐fault accidents; or

o Maximum of two moving violations in combination with one at‐fault accident; or

o No major violations (such as DWI/DUI, vehicular homicide, reckless driving, drugs, or leaving the scene).

➢ All drivers of vehicles with a GVW greater than 26,001 pounds or equipped to transport 15 or more passengers must have a valid CDL (commercial driver’s license).

➢ Meet all Company employment requirements (submit to random drug screening, etc.).

VEHICLES

RESPONSIBILITY FOR VEHICLES

➢ On our projects, a vehicle is assigned to the senior supervisor (generally the Project Superintendent) for the jobsite. Additional vehicles, as necessary to perform the project, are assigned to the project. The Project Manager and Project Superintendent will determine who drives these vehicles, and how the vehicles are used.

➢ It is the responsibility of the Project Superintendent or Project Manager to only assign drivers that have been pre‐qualified.

➢ Project Managers are responsible for compliance with Company policy for those vehicles used on their projects.

➢ Any employee designated as driver will be responsible for compliance with Company policy for those vehicles, which they are operating.

➢ No smoking is permitted inside company vehicles. ➢ Vehicles are to be kept clean of all debris, trash, and drinks, etc. Remove these items at the end

of each shift worked. SERVICE / REPAIR / MAINTENANCE

➢ The Principal driver of each vehicle is responsible for regular and/or routine maintenance of the vehicle (oil change, etc.).

➢ Some of our vehicles may be under factory warranty. Check with the Jenco Construction office to

verify

16 ‐ COMPANY VEHICLES





warranty repairs.

➢ Vehicles are to be serviced and repaired in accordance with company guidelines for the type of driving conditions under which the vehicle is operated.

➢ Obtain prior approval for all major repairs (greater than $500) from the Jenco Construction Office. FUEL

➢ All vehicles are designed to run properly on either regular unleaded gasoline or diesel fuel.

Vehicles are not to be modified to run on any other fuels.

ALTERATIONS

➢ All vehicles are supplied with adequate equipment for the Company’s needs.

➢ Additions, changes, or modifications (trailer lights, radios, wheels, etc.) must receive prior approval. ➢ All changed out equipment and any added equipment becomes the property of Jenco Construction

USE OF JOBSITE VEHICLES

➢ Vehicles are purchased, maintained, and distributed by the Company for the transportation of

employees, material, tools, and equipment to, from and around our project sites. ➢ Vehicles are to be returned to the Office when not assigned to an individual. SAFETY

➢ Driving company vehicles while under the influence of drugs or alcohol is strictly prohibited and is

grounds for disciplinary action. ➢ All passengers must wear seat belts. ➢ No one may ride in the cargo compartment of a vehicle (on site or on public roads). ➢ Any illegal item is strictly prohibited in any company vehicle (drugs, alcohol open/container, etc.).

REGISTRATION, LICENSES, INSPECTIONS

➢ Principal drivers shall have vehicles inspected in accordance with the windshield sticker of the state

of registration. ➢ The Jenco Construction office will purchase and distribute current tags and registrations.

ACCIDENTS

➢ All vehicles shall have accident report kits. (Additional kits are available from the Safety Department if

needed). ➢ In the event of an accident, follow the instructions in the kit. ➢ Report all accidents to the Safety Department as soon as possible. ➢ Coordinate with the safety Department for repairs and temporary vehicle (if necessary).





Jenco Construction Company Vehicle Policy

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND AGREEMENT OF POLICY

➢ I have received a copy of the company vehicle policy, which outlines the policies and responsibilities for

driving a company vehicle. ➢ It is understood that this is not an employment contract. ➢ As situations warrant, the information in this policy is subject to change. ➢ Changes to the policy may be revised or eliminated as needed.

Employee Name (print)

Employee Signature

Date



is is 17 ‐ SCAFFOLDING All information contained in this document


SAFE WORKING PROCEDURE

PURPOSE

The following safety procedure has been implemented to cover 29 CFR 1926, Subpart L‐Scaffolds. The

regulations covering this procedure are found in 1926.450, 1926.451, 1926.452, 1926.453, and 1926.454. The

purpose of the regulations and this procedure cover the design, construction, and use of scaffolds to protect

employees from scaffold related hazards such as falls, falling objects, structural instability, electrocution, and overloading.

POLICY

It is the policy of Jenco Construction to implement and maintain successful scaffold use, in order to protect our people, property,

and processes. Inspecting scaffolds prior to completion and following their completion will assure that all safety requirements in the design, erection, location, and use of a scaffold have been met.

SCOPE

The scope of this procedure includes requirements for supported, system, needle beam, rolling, and suspended scaffold.

DEFINITIONS

Boatswains' chair ‐ means a single‐point adjustable suspension scaffold consisting of a seat or sling designed to support one employee in a sitting position. Competent person ‐ One who can identify existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. Maximum intended load ‐ The total load of all persons, equipment, tools, materials, transmitted loads, and other loads reasonably anticipated to be applied to a scaffold or scaffold component at any one time. Mobile scaffold ‐ means a powered or unpowered, portable, caster or wheel‐mounted supported scaffold. Multi‐point adjustable suspension scaffold ‐ means a suspension scaffold consisting of a platform(s) which is suspended by more than two ropes from overhead supports and equipped with means to raise and lower the platform to desired work levels. Such scaffolds include chimney hoists. Needle beam scaffold ‐ means a platform suspended from needle beam

17 ‐ SCAFFOLDING





Open sides and ends ‐ means the edges of a platform that are more than 14 inches (36 cm) away horizontally

from a sturdy, continuous, vertical surface (such as a building wall) or a sturdy, continuous horizontal surface

(such as a floor), or a point of access. Exception: For plastering and lathing operations the horizontal threshold

distance is 18 inches (46 cm).

Outrigger ‐ The structural member of a supported scaffold used to increase the base width of a scaffold in order

to provide support for and increased stability of the scaffold.

Qualified ‐ One who, by possession of a recognized degree, certificate, or professional standing, or who by

extensive knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully demonstrated the ability to solve or resolve

problems related to the subject matter, work, or project.

Rated load ‐ The manufacturer's specified maximum load to be lifted by a hoist or applied to a scaffold or scaffold

component.

Scaffold ‐ Any temporary elevated platform (supported or suspended) and its supporting structure (including

points of anchorage), used for supporting employees or materials or both.

Single‐point adjustable suspension scaffold ‐ means a suspension scaffold consisting of a platform

suspended by one rope from an overhead support and equipped with means to permit the movement of the

platform to desired work levels.

Stall load ‐ means the load at which the prime‐mover of a power‐operated hoist stalls or the power to the prime‐

mover is automatically disconnected.

Supported scaffold - means one or more platforms supported by outrigger beams, brackets, poles, legs,

uprights, posts, frames, or similar rigid support.

System scaffold ‐ means a scaffold consisting of posts with fixed connection points that accept runners, bearers,

and diagonals that can be interconnected at predetermined levels.

Green Tag ‐ Scaffold is complete and is built to conform to OSHA standards. Fall protection is built into the

scaffold.

Yellow Tag ‐ Scaffold is complete and is built to conform to OSHA standards. Due to an obstruction all fall

protection could not be built into the scaffold. When working from this scaffold, it will be necessary to wear a full‐

body harness and tie‐off for your fall protection.

Red Tag ‐ Scaffold is incomplete. Do not work on a red tag scaffold. Only the trained scaffold crew, involved in

erection or dismantling may work on this scaffold. The competent person will determine the fall protection

requirements for the scaffold crew





.

REQUIREMENTS


➢ Scaffolds shall be designed by a qualified person and shall be constructed and loaded in accordance with that

design.

➢ Scaffolds shall be erected and dismantled in accordance with applicable regulations including 29 CFR 1926

and 1910, ANSI Standards and manufacturer’s specifications.

➢ Scaffolds shall be inspected periodically (daily minimum) by a trained and designated scaffold competent

person (see competent person and training).

➢ The Scaffold Competent Person shall inspect all construction scaffolds and their components for visible

defects before each work shift and after any occurrence, which could affect the scaffold’s structural integrity.

➢ Scaffolds shall be tagged by the designated scaffold competent person (usually the erection supervisor) prior

to use. The tag shall be color coded to indicate the condition of the scaffold and initialed and dated by the

scaffold competent person.

➢ Scaffold erectors and dismantlers shall have documented “scaffold erectors” training prior to erecting

scaffolds.

➢ Scaffold users shall have documented “scaffold users” training prior to using scaffold.

ENGINEERING SCAFFOLDING

➢ Each scaffold and scaffold component shall be capable of supporting, without failure, its own weight and at

least 4 times the maximum intended load applied or transmitted to it.

➢ Pole scaffolds over 60 feet in height shall be designed by a registered professional engineer and shall be

constructed and loaded in accordance with that design.

➢ Tube and coupler or fabricated frame scaffolds over 125 feet in height shall be designed by a registered

professional engineer and shall be constructed and loaded in accordance with such design.

➢ “Engineered Scaffolding” (scaffolding which deviates from the manufacturer’s normal specifications) shall be

approved by a licensed professional engineer. Drawings for all engineered scaffolds shall be submitted to and

remain on file with the Corporate Safety Department.





SCAFFOLD CONSTRUCTION

ACCESS

➢ When scaffold platforms are more than 2 feet above or below a point of access, portable ladders,

attachable ladders, stair towers, ramps, walkways, integral prefabricated scaffold access, or direct access from another scaffold, structure, personnel hoist, or similar surface shall be used.

➢ Cross braces shall not be used as a means of access. Hook‐on and attachable ladders shall be positioned so that their bottom rung is not more than 24 inches above the scaffold supporting level.

➢ When hook‐on and attachable ladders are used on a supported scaffold more than 35 feet high, they shall have rest platforms at 35 feet maximum vertical intervals. Hook‐on and attachable ladders shall be specifically designed for use with the type of scaffold used.

GUARDRAILS

➢ Guardrail systems shall be installed along all open sides and ends of platforms. A Guardrail system shall

consist of a top rail, midrail, and toe board. Guardrails shall be installed before the scaffold is released for use by employees other than the erection/dismantling crew. Guardrail systems shall meet the following criteria:

➢ Top rails shall be installed between 38 inches and 45 inches above the platform surface. Top rails shall be able to withstand, without failure, a force applied in any downward or horizontal direction at any point along its top edge of at least 200 pounds. For suspension scaffolds the top rail shall withstand, without failure, a force applied in any downward or horizontal direction of at least 100 pounds.

➢ Mid‐rails shall be installed half way between the top rail and the platform. Midrails shall be able to withstand, without failure, a force applied in any downward or horizontal direction of at least 150 pounds. For suspension scaffolds the midrail shall withstand, without failure, a force applied in any downward or horizontal direction of at least 75 pounds.

➢ Toe boards shall be installed at the outermost edge of the platform and not have more than ¼ inch clearance above the platform. Toe boards shall be at least 3 ½ inches in height and be able to withstand, without failure, at least 50 pounds applied in any downward or horizontal direction at any point along the toe board.

PLATFORM DECK

➢ Each platform on all working levels of scaffolds shall be fully planked or decked between the front

uprights and the guardrail supports. ➢ Each platform unit shall be installed so that the space between the adjacent units and the space between

the platform and the uprights is no more than 1‐inch‐wide, except where it can be demonstrated that a wider space is necessary.

➢ Exception: Does not apply to platforms used solely as walkways or solely by employees performing scaffold erection or dismantling.

➢ Each scaffold platform and walkway shall be at least 18 inches wide. ➢ Each ladder jack scaffold, top plate bracket scaffold, roof bracket scaffold, and pump jack scaffold shall

be at





least 12 inches wide.

➢ The front edge of all platforms shall not be more than 14 inches from the face of the work, unless

guardrail systems are erected along the front edge and/or fall arrest systems are used.

➢ The maximum distance from the face for outrigger scaffolds shall be 3 inches.

➢ Each end of a platform, unless cleated or otherwise restrained by hooks or equivalent means, shall

extend over the centerline of its support at least 6 inches.

➢ Each end of a platform 10 feet or less in length shall not extend over its support more than 12 inches

unless the platform is designed and installed so that the cantilevered portion of the platform is able to

➢ support employees and/or materials without tipping, or has guardrails which block employee access to

the cantilevered end.

➢ Each platform greater than 10 feet in length shall not extend over its support more than 18 inches unless

it is designed and installed so that the cantilevered portion of the platform is able to support employees

without tipping, or has guardrails which block employee access to the cantilevered end.

➢ On scaffolds where scaffold planks are abutted to create a long platform, each abutted end shall rest on a

separate support surface. This does not preclude the use of common support members, such as “T”

sections, to support abutting planks, or hook on platforms designed to rest on common supports.

➢ On scaffolds where platforms are overlapped to create a long platform, the overlap shall occur only over

supports, and shall not be less than 12 inches unless the platforms are nailed together or otherwise

restrained to prevent movement.

➢ At all points of a scaffold where the platform changes direction, such as turning a corner, any platform

that rests on a bearer at an angle other than a right angle shall be laid first, and platforms which rest at

right angles over the same bearer shall be laid second, on top of the first platform.

FALLING OBJECT PROTECTION

In addition to wearing hard‐hats each employee on or below a scaffold shall be provided with additional protection

from falling hand tools, debris, and other small objects through the installation of toe boards, screens, or guardrail

systems, or through the erection of debris nets, catch platforms, or canopy structures that contain or deflect the

falling objects.

➢ When the falling objects are too large, heavy or massive to be contained or deflected by the measures

listed above, such potential objects shall be placed away from the edge of the surface from which they

could fall and shall be secured to prevent their falling.

➢ Where there is a danger of tools, materials, or equipment falling from a scaffold and striking employees

below, the following provisions shall apply:

➢ The area below the scaffold to which objects can fall shall be barricaded, warning signs posted, and

employees shall not be permitted to enter the hazard area;

➢ Toe boards shall be erected along the edge of the platforms;

➢ Where tools, materials, or equipment are piled higher than the top edge of the toe board, paneling or

screening extending from the toe board or platform to the top of the guardrail shall be erected for a

distance sufficient to protect employees below, or

➢ A guardrail system shall be installed with openings small enough to prevent passage of potential falling

objects, or

➢ A canopy structure, debris net, or catch platform strong enough to withstand the impact forces of the

potential falling objects shall be erected over the employees below.





➢ Canopies, when used for falling object protection, shall comply with the following criteria: ➢ Canopies shall be installed between the falling object hazard and the employees. ➢ When canopies are used on suspension scaffolds for falling object protection, the scaffold shall

be equipped with additional independent support lines equal in number to the number of points supported, and equivalent in strength to the strength of the suspension ropes.

➢ Independent support lines and suspension ropes shall not be attached to the same points of anchorage.

CRITERIA FOR SUPPORTED SCAFFOLDS

Supported scaffolds with a height to base width ratio of more than four to one shall be restrained from tipping by guying, tying, bracing, or equivalent means.

➢ Guys, ties, and braces shall be installed at locations where horizontal members support both inner and outer legs.

➢ Guys, ties, and braces shall be installed according to the scaffold manufacturer’s recommendations or at the closest horizontal member to the 4:1 height and be repeated vertically at locations of horizontal members every 20 feet or less thereafter for scaffolds 3 feet wide or less, and 26 feet or less thereafter for scaffolds greater than 3 feet wide. The top guy, tie or brace of completed scaffolds shall be installed at each end of the scaffold and at horizontal intervals not to exceed 30 feet.

➢ Ties, guys, braces, or outriggers shall be used to prevent the tipping of supported scaffolds in all circumstances where an off‐centered load, such as a cantilevered work platform, is applied or is transmitted to the scaffold.

➢ Supported scaffold poles, legs, posts, frames, and uprights shall bear on base plates, mudsills or other adequate firm foundation.

➢ Footings shall be level, sound, rigid, and capable of supporting the loaded scaffold without settling or displacement.

➢ Unstable objects shall not be used to support scaffolds or platform units. Unstable objects shall not be used as working platforms. Front‐end loaders and similar pieces of equipment shall not be used to support scaffold platforms unless they have been specifically designed by the manufacturer for such use.

ROLLING (MOBILE) SCAFFOLD

➢ Casters shall be properly designed for strength and dimension to support four times the

maximum intended load. All casters shall be provided with a positive locking device to hold the scaffold in position.

➢ The maximum work level height shall not exceed four times the minimum or least base dimensions of any rolling scaffold. Where the basic rolling unit does not meet this requirement, suitable out‐rigger frames shall be employed to achieve this least base dimension, or provisions shall be made to guy or brace the unit against tipping.

➢ The minimum platform width for any work level shall not be less than 20 inches for rolling scaffold.

➢ Users shall dismount from the scaffolding prior to and during relocation of the rolling scaffold.

SUSPENDED SCAFFOLDING

➢ Direct connections to roofs, floors, and counterweights used to balance adjustable suspension scaffolds,





shall be capable of resisting at least four (4) times the tipping moment imposed by the scaffold operating at either the rated load of the hoist, or 1.5 (minimum) times the tipping moment imposed by the scaffold operating at the stall load of the hoist, whichever is greater.

➢ Each suspension rope, including connecting hardware, used on non‐adjustable suspension scaffolds shall be capable of supporting, without failure, at least six (6) times the maximum intended load applied or transmitted to that rope.

➢ Each suspension rope, including connecting hardware, used on suspension scaffolds shall be capable of supporting, without failure, at least six (6) times the maximum intended load applied or transmitted to that rope with the scaffold operating at either the rated load of the hoist, or 2 (minimum) times the stall load of the hoist, whichever is greater.

➢ The stall load of any scaffold hoist shall not exceed three (3) times its’ rated load.

➢ A Qualified Person, before use, must inspect suspended scaffolds, swing stages, picks, boatswain (“bos’n) chairs, floats and needle beams.

SCAFFOLD TAGGING SYSTEM

All scaffolds shall be tagged prior to use.

➢ Scaffolds shall be tagged RED, which means DO NO USE, that the scaffold is not finished or is

incomplete. YELLOW which means the scaffold may be used, but additional requirements are necessary for use, such as, a fall arrest system is required. GREEN, which means the scaffold, is complete and ready for use.

➢ In cases where the work location or site has a tagging system which does not meet the requirements of this program, the Corporate Safety Department shall review and approve the system for adequacy.

DUTIES OF THE SCAFFOLD COMPETENT PERSON

The Scaffold Competent Person shall supervise and direct all scaffold erection, moving, dismantling, or

alteration activities.

➢ The Scaffold Competent Person shall evaluate direct connections on suspension scaffolds before

the scaffold is used to confirm that the surfaces are capable of supporting the loads to be

imposed.

➢ The Scaffold Competent Person shall inspect all ropes used in suspension scaffolds for defects

prior to each work shift and after any occurrence that could affect a rope’s integrity.

➢ Where dissimilar metals are to be used, the Competent Person shall determine that galvanic

action will not reduce the strength of the component to a level below that which is required by 29

CFR 1926.451(a)(1).

➢ The Scaffold Competent Person shall evaluate multi‐point suspension scaffolds to determine

whether they need to be tied or otherwise secured to prevent them from swaying.

➢ During storms or high winds, work shall not be conducted on scaffolds unless the Competent

Person has determined that it is safe and the scaffold users on the scaffold are protected.

➢ The Competent Person shall determine the proper access and fall protection systems for scaffold

users during scaffold erection and dismantling.





SCAFFOLD INSPECTION

The following procedure is outlined to expedite the inspection data and to document data concerning the inspections related to the procedure.

FOR SCAFFOLDS ERECTED BY JENCO CONSTRUCTION

➢ The scaffold supervisor will select the type of scaffold that is needed to do the work expected. (In some

cases, the type of scaffold has been previously dictated by the customer.) ➢ The location for erecting the scaffold will be viewed by the supervisor prior to beginning the erection. ➢ While the scaffold is being erected, a red scaffold inspection tag shall be placed on the scaffolding to

denote that the scaffold is incomplete. This tag shall have all slots completed on it and shall be kept on the scaffold until it is completed.

➢ The Scaffold Inspection Form shall be completed and signed by the supervisor. ➢ Following completion of the scaffold, the red tag shall be removed and a green tag or a yellow tag shall

be attached (per the definitions found in 7.8). This tag shall also have all slots completed by the scaffold supervisor.

➢ The scaffold supervisor will also sign and complete the Scaffold Inspection Form. ➢ Scaffold disassembly will require a new red tag to be attached until disassembly is complete. ➢ The supervisor will complete Scaffold Inspection Form. ➢ Scaffold Inspection Forms shall be kept in the jobsite files for permanent record of scaffold work that has

been done.

USING SCAFFOLDS ERECTED BY OTHER CONTRACTORS

➢ The scaffold must be inspected prior to each work shift. ➢ Scaffold Inspection Tags shall be located on the scaffold and marked with the date of the inspection

TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

All employees that use, erect, dismantle, move, alter or inspect scaffolds shall have appropriate training prior to

performing these activities. A COMPETENT PERSON shall provide the required training to employees. The

following criteria shall be utilized for training the specific category of worker as applicable:

User ‐ The nature of any electrical hazards, fall hazards, and falling object hazards in the work area. The correct

procedures for dealing with electrical hazards and for erecting, maintaining, and disassembling the fall protection

systems and falling object protection systems to be used. The proper use of the scaffold, and the proper handling

of materials on the scaffold. The maximum intended load and the load carrying capacities of the scaffolds used

and any other pertinent requirements of the regulation.

Scaffold Builder ‐ The nature of the scaffold hazards. The correct procedures for erecting, disassembling,

moving. operating, inspecting, and maintaining the type of scaffold used. The design criteria, maximum intended

load carrying capacity and intended use of the scaffold. The clearance between scaffolds and power lines shall be

as follows:





Scaffold Competent Person – The competent person shall have specific training and be knowledgeable about

the structural integrity of scaffolds and the degree of maintenance needed to maintain the scaffolds and the

applicable scaffold regulations.

Retraining ‐ When the Supervisor has any reason to believe that an employee lacks the skill and understanding

needed for safe work involving the erection, use or dismantling of scaffolds, the supervisor shall ensure the

employee is retrained so that the requisite proficiency is regained. Retraining is required in at least the following

situations: Where changes at the worksite present a hazard about which the employee has not been trained.

Where changes in the type of scaffolds, fall protection, falling object protection, or other equipment present a

hazard about which an employee has not been previously trained. Where inadequacies in an affected employee’s

work involving scaffolds indicate that the employee has not retained the requisite proficiency.

Documentation of training for each category shall be maintained at the worksite for the duration of the project

(at a minimum a sign‐in sheet with the date, employee’s Name and Social Security Number, and the instructor’s

signature).

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

In addition to the requirements of this procedure specific safety precautions and guidelines for each facility and/or

manufacturer shall be enforced.

INSULATED LINES

MINIMUM DISTANCE

< 300 VOLTS

3 FEET

> 300 VOLTS

10 FEET PLUS 0.4 INCH FOR EACH 1 KV OVER 50

KV

UNINSULATED LINES

MINIMUM DISTANCE

< 50 KV

10 FEET

> 50 KV

10 FEET PLUS 0.4 INCH FOR EACH 1 KV OVER 50

KV





APPENDIX A

SCAFFOLD INSPECTION FORM

DATE SCAFFOLD ERECTED BY LOCATION TAG # SCAFFOLD UNACCEPTABLE

TIME SUPERVISOR ACCEPTABLE DESCRIBE





APPENDIX B

SCAFFOLD TAGS



is is 18 ‐ WELDING AND BURNING All information contained in this document


TRANSPORTING, MOVING AND STORING COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS.

PURPOSE

The purpose of this procedure is to provide written instructions for the safe use of welding and burning equipment, and the proper methods of fire prevention.

SCOPE

This procedure applies to all company and sub‐contractor personnel.

REQUIREMENTS

➢ Only properly trained individuals shall be allowed to perform welding, cutting, or heating operations. ➢ First Aid equipment shall be always available and shall be rendered until medical attention can be

provided.

PROCEDURE: GAS WELDING AND CUTTING

➢ Valve protection caps shall be in place and secured.

➢ Compressed gas cylinders shall be secured in an upright position by use of straps, ropes, or

designed rack at all times.

➢ Compressed cylinders shall not be hoisted or transported by means of magnets or choker slings.

➢ When cylinders are transported by powered vehicles, they shall be secured in a vertical position.

➢ Valve protection caps shall not be used for lifting cylinders from one vertical position to another.

➢ A suitable cylinder truck, chain or other steadying device shall be used to keep cylinders from being

knocked over while in use.

➢ Oxygen cylinders in storage shall be separated from fuel‐gas cylinders or combustible materials

(especially oil or grease), a minimum distance of 20 feet or by a noncombustible barrier at least 5 feet

high having a fire‐resistance rating of at least one‐half hour.

➢ Inside of buildings, cylinders shall be stored in a well‐protected, well‐ventilated, dry location, at least

20 feet from highly combustible materials such as oil or excelsior. Cylinders should be stored in

definitely assigned places away from elevators, stairs, or gangways. Assigned storage places shall be

located where cylinders will not be knocked over or damaged by passing or falling objects, or subject

to tampering by unauthorized persons. Cylinders shall not be kept in unventilated enclosures such as

lockers or cupboards.

18 ‐ WELDING AND BURNING





TREATMENT OF CYLINDERS

USE OF FUEL GAS

Cylinders shall be kept far enough away from the actual welding or cutting operation so that sparks, hot slag, or flame will not reach them. When this is impractical, fire resistant shields shall be provided.

➢ Cylinders shall be placed where they cannot become part of an electrical circuit. Electrodes shall not be struck against a cylinder to strike an arc.

➢ Fuel gas cylinders shall not be placed in a location where they would be subjected to open flame, hot metal, or other sources of artificial heat.

➢ Cylinders containing oxygen or acetylene, or other fuel gas shall not be taken into confined spaces.

No person other than the gas supplier shall attempt to mix gases in a cylinder. No one except the owner of the cylinder or person authorized by him shall refill a cylinder.

➢ No damaged or defective cylinder shall be used.

Employees shall be thoroughly instructed in the safe use of fuel gas, as follows:

1. Before a regulator to a cylinder valve is connected, the valve shall be opened slightly and closed

immediately. This action is termed cracking and is intended to clear the valve of dust or dirt that

might enter the regulator. The person cracking the valve shall stand to one side of the outlet. The

valve of a fuel gas cylinder shall not be cracked where the gas would reach welding work, sparks,

flame, or other possible sources of ignition.

2. The cylinder valve shall always be opened slowly to prevent damage to the regulator. For quick

closing, valves on fuel gas cylinders shall not be opened more than 1‐1/2" turns. When a special

wrench is required it shall be left in position on the stem of the valve while the cylinder is in use so

that the fuel gas flow can be shut off quickly in case of an emergency.

3. Fuel gas shall not be used from cylinders through torches or other devices that are equipped with

shut‐off valves without reducing the pressure through a suitable regulator on the cylinder valve or

manifold.

4. Before a regulator is removed from a cylinder valve, the cylinder valve shall always be closed and

the gas released from the regulator.

5. When the valve on a fuel gas cylinder is opened, and there is found to be a leak around the valve

stem, the valve shall be closed, and the gland nut tightened. If this action does not stop the leak,

the use of the cylinder shall be discontinued, and it shall be properly tagged and removed from

the work area.

6. If a leak should develop at a fuse plug or other safety device, the cylinder shall be removed from

the work area.

PLACING CYLINDERS





TORCHES

Clogged torch tip openings shall be cleaned with suitable cleaning wires, drills or other devices designed for such purpose.

Torches in use shall be inspected at the beginning of each working shift for leaking shut‐off valves, hose couplings, and tip connections. Defective torches shall not be used.

Torches shall be lighted by friction lighters and not by matches, cigarette lighters, or from hot work.

Clogged torch tip openings shall be cleaned with suitable cleaning wires, drills or other devices designed for such purpose.

Torches in use shall be inspected at the beginning of each working shift for leaking shut‐off valves, hose couplings, and tip connections. Defective torches shall not be used.

Torches shall be lighted by friction lighters and not by matches, cigarette lighters, or from hot work.

FUEL GAS AND OXYGEN MANIFOLDS

Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds shall bear the name of the substance they contain in letters at least 1 inch high which shall be either painted on the manifold or on a sign permanently attached to it.

➢ Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds shall be placed in safe, well-

ventilated, and accessible locations. They shall not be

located within enclosed spaces.

➢ Manifold hose connections, including both ends of the supply hose

that lead to the manifold, shall be such that the hose cannot be

interchanged between fuel gas and oxygen manifolds and supply

header connections.

➢ When not in use, manifold and header hose connections shall be capped.

➢ Nothing shall be placed on top of a manifold, when in use,

which will damage the manifold or interfere with the quick

closing of the valves.

HOSE

Fuel gas hose and oxygen hose shall be easily distinguishable from each other. The contrast may be made by different colors or by surface characteristics readily distinguishable by the sense of touch. A single hose having more than one gas passage shall not be used.

➢ When parallel sections of oxygen and fuel gas hose are taped together, not more than 4 inches out of 12 inches shall be covered by tape.

➢ All hose in use, carrying acetylene, oxygen, natural or manufactured fuel gas, or any gas or substance which may ignite or enter into combustion, or be in anyway harmful to employees, shall be inspected at the beginning of each work shift. Defective hose shall be removed from service.

➢ Hose which has been subject to flashback, or which shows existence of severe wear or damage, shall be tested to twice the normal pressure to which it is subject, but in no case less than 300 p.s.i. Defective hose, or hose in doubtful condition, shall not be used.

➢ Hose couplings shall be of the type that cannot be unlocked or disconnected by means of a straight pull without rotary motion.

➢ Hoses, cables, and other equipment shall be kept clear of passageways, ladders and stairs.

Clogged torch tip openings shall be cleaned with suitable cleaning wires, drills or other devices designed

for such purpose.

➢ Torches in use shall be inspected at the beginning of each working shift for leaking shut‐off valves, hose couplings, and tip connections. Defective torches shall not be used.

➢ Torches shall be lighted by friction lighters and not by matches, cigarette lighters, or from hot work.





MANUAL ELECTRODE HOLDERS

WELDING CABLES AND CONNECTORS

GROUND RETURNS AND MACHINE GROUNDING

ARC WELDING AND CUTTING

Only manual electrode holders which are specifically designed for arc welding and cutting and are of a capacity capable of safely handling the maximum rated current required by the electrodes, shall be used.

➢ Any current carrying parts passing through the portion of the holder which the arc welder or cutter grips in

his hand, and the outer surfaces of the jaws of the holder, shall be fully insulated against the maximum voltage encountered to ground.

All arc welding and cutting cables shall be of the completely insulated, flexible type, capable of handling the maximum current requirements of the work in progress, taking into account the duty cycle under which the arc welder or cutter is working.

➢ Only cable free from repair or splices for a minimum distance of 10 feet from the cable end to which the

electrode holder is connected shall be used, except that cables with standard insulated connectors or with splices whose insulating quality is equal to that of the cable are permitted.

➢ When it becomes necessary to connect or splice lengths of cables one to another, substantial insulated connectors of a capacity at least equivalent to that of the cable shall be used. If connections are affected by means of cable lugs, they shall be securely fastened together to give good electrical contact, and the exposed metal parts of the lugs shall be completely insulated.

➢ Cables in need of repair shall not be used.

A ground return cable shall have a safe current carrying capacity equal to or exceeding the specified maximum output capacity of the arc welding or cutting unit, which it services. When a simple ground return cable services more than one unit, its safe current carrying capacity shall equal or exceed the total specified maximum output capacities of all the units, which it services.

➢ Pipelines containing gases or flammable liquids, or conduits containing electrical circuits, shall not be used as a ground return.

When a structure or pipeline is employed as a ground return circuit, it shall be determined that the required electrical contact exists at all joints.

➢ When a pipeline or structure is continuously employed as a ground return circuit, all joints shall be bonded, and periodic inspections shall be conducted to ensure that no condition of electrolysis or fire hazard exists by virtue of such use





FIRE PREVENTION

➢ The frames of all arc welding and cutting machines shall be grounded either through a third wire in the cable containing the circuit conductor or through a separate wire which is grounded at the source of the current.

➢ All ground connections shall be inspected to ensure that they are mechanically strong and electrically adequate for the required current.

All affected employees shall be instructed in the safe means of arc welding and cutting as follows:

1. When electrode holders are to be left unattended, the electrodes shall be removed and the holders shall be so placed or protected that they cannot make electrical contact with employees or conducting objects. 2. Hot electrode holders shall not be dipped in water. To do so may expose the arc welder or cutter to electric shock. 3. When the arc welder or cutter has occasion to leave his work or to stop work for any appreciable length of time, or when the arc welding or cutting machine is to be moved, the power supply switch to the equipment shall be opened. Any faulty or defective equipment shall be reported to the supervisor.

SHIELDING

Whenever practicable, all arc welding and cutting operations shall be shielded by non‐combustible or flame proof

screens which will protect employees and other persons working in the vicinity from the direct rays of the arc.

➢ When practical, objects to be welded, cut, or heated shall be moved to a designated safe location or, if

the objects to be welded, cut, or heated cannot be readily moved, all movable fire hazards in the vicinity

shall be taken to a safe place, or otherwise protected.

➢ If the object to be welded, cut, or heated cannot be moved, and if all fire hazards cannot be removed,

positive means shall be taken to confine the heat, sparks, and slag, and to protect the immovable fire

hazards from them.

NOTE: If these requirements cannot be followed then the welding, cutting or heating will not be performed.

➢ No welding, cutting, or heating shall be done where the application of flammable compounds, or heavy

dust concentrations create a fire or explosion hazard.

➢ Suitable fire extinguishing equipment shall be immediately available in the work area and shall be

maintained in a state of readiness for instant use.

➢ When the welding, cutting, or heating operation is such that normal fire prevention precautions are not

sufficient, additional personnel shall be assigned to guard against fire while the actual welding, cutting, or

heating operation is being performed and for a sufficient period of time (minimum of one‐half hour) after

completion of work to ensure that no possibility of fire exists. Such personnel shall be instructed as to the

specific anticipated fire hazards and how the firefighting equipment provided is to be used.





WELDING, CUTTING, OR HEATING OF METALS OF TOXIC SIGNIFICANCE

➢ When welding, cutting, or heating is performed on walls, floors, or ceilings, and since direct penetration of

sparks or heat transfer may introduce a fire hazard to an adjacent area, the same precaution shall be taken on

the opposite side as are taken on the side on which the welding is being performed.

➢ For the elimination of possible fire in enclosed spaces as a result of gas escaping through leaking or improperly

closed torch valves, the gas supply to the torch shall be positively shut off at some point outside the enclosed

space whenever the torch is not to be used or left unattended for a substantial period of time. Overnight and at

the change of shifts, the torch and hose shall be removed from the confined space.

➢ Except when the contents are being removed or transferred, drums, pails, and other containers, which contain

or have contained flammable liquids, shall be kept closed. Empty containers shall be removed to a safe area

apart from hot work operations or open flames.

➢ Drums, containers, or hollow structures which have contained toxic or flammable substances shall, before

welding, cutting, or heating, either be filled with water or thoroughly cleaned of such substances and ventilated

and tested.

➢ Before heat is applied to a drum, container, or hollow structure, a vent or opening shall be provided for release

of any pressure built‐up during heat application.

Welding, cutting, or heating in any enclosed spaces involving the metals specified in this section shall be

performed with either general mechanical or local exhaust ventilation meeting the requirements of section

7.6.

1. Zinc‐bearing base or filler metals, metals coated with zinc‐bearing materials.

2. Lead base metals.

3. Cadmium‐bearing filler materials.

4. Chromium‐bearing metals or metals coated with chromium‐bearing materials.

Welding, cutting, or heating in any enclosed spaces involving the metals specified in this section

shall be performed with local exhaust ventilation, or employees shall be protected by airline

respirators.

1. Metals containing lead, either than as an impurity or metals coated with lead‐bearing

materials.

2. Cadmium‐bearing or cadmium‐coated base metals.

3. Metals coated with mercury‐bearing metals.

4. Beryllium‐containing base or filler metals. Because of high toxicity, work‐involving

beryllium shall be done with both local exhaust ventilation and airline respirators.

Employees performing such operations in the open air shall be protected by filter type respirators,

except that employees performing such operations on beryllium‐containing base or filler metals

shall be protected by airline respirators.

Other employees exposed to the same atmosphere as the welders or burners shall be protected in

the same manner as the welder or burner





Since the inert‐gas metal‐arc welding process involves the production of ultra‐violet radiation of intensities of 5 to

30 times that produced during shielded metal‐arc welding, the decomposition of chlorinated solvents by ultra‐

violet rays, and the liberation of toxic fumes and gases, employees shall not be permitted to engage in, or be

exposed to, the process until the following special precautions have been taken:

1. The use of chlorinated solvents shall be kept at least 200 feet, unless shielded, from the exposed

arc, and surfaces prepared with chlorinated solvents shall be thoroughly dry before welding is

permitted on such surfaces.

2. Employees in the area not protected from the arc by screening shall be protected by filter lenses

meeting the requirements of Subpart E of 29 CFR 1926. When two or more welders are exposed

to each other's arc, filter lens goggles of a suitable type shall be worn under welding helmets.

Hand shields to protect the welder against flashes and radiant energy shall be used when the

helmet is lifted or the shield is removed.

3. Welders and other employees who are exposed to radiation shall be suitable protected so that

the skin is covered completely to prevent burns and other damage by ultra‐violet rays. Welding

helmets and hand shields shall be free of leaks and openings, and free of highly reflective

surfaces.

4. When inert‐gas metal‐arc welding is being performed on stainless steel, the requirements of

section 7.8.2 shall be met to protect against dangerous concentrations of nitrogen dioxide.

INERT‐GAS METAL‐ARC WELDING





CUTTING, WELDING, AND BURNING PERMIT

Date Permit Issued:

Shift:

Location of Work: Building:

Specific Location:

Requested By: Position/Title:

Permit must be posted before work may begin. Necessary precautions have been taken to prevent fire

and to protect any material or equipment, which may be endangered. Work areas and all adjacent areas

where sparks might spread have been inspected and no fire conditions exist.

Inspected by:

__________________________________________________________________________

(Sign legibly or print name below signature.

An illegible signature invalidates this form.)

This permit is good for 7 days after it is approved by supervisor



is is 19 ‐ HAND OR POWER TOOLS All information contained in this document


PURPOSE

To establish a procedure to ensure that all workers and management personnel are technically knowledgeable in recognizing the hazards associated with hand and power tools and to establish safe work practices to eliminate tool related hazards.

PROCEDURE

➢ Hand and power tools shall be used in accordance with 29CFR1926.300‐305.

➢ Employees using hand power tools shall read, understand, and follow the applicable Owner’s

manual for the tools they will be using.

➢ Each day, prior to use, the operator shall inspect the tool to determine that it is in proper working

order. Any tool not in proper working condition shall be immediately removed from service and

tagged as defective. It shall not be used until it has been properly repaired in accordance with the

manufacturer’s instructions.

➢ The operator and other personnel in the immediate area shall wear at a minimum safety glasses

and gloves, however face shields and hearing protection may be required. Personnel in the

immediate area shall be notified whenever a powder actuated tool is to be used.

➢ Use tools only for their intended purpose.

➢ The tool shall always be perpendicular to the work surface fastening into any material, except for

specific applications recommended or provided for by the tool manufacturer.

➢ Maintain secure footing and balance while using hand and power tools. Do not overreach.

➢ Keep floors clean and dry to prevent slipping while using hand and power tools.

➢ Be aware of all power lines and electrical circuits when using power tools.

➢ Disconnect power tools when not in use at the power supply and also before adjusting, making

repairs, cleaning, or changing accessories, such as blades. This includes both air and power

tools.

➢ Tools shall be secured when being used overhead to prevent falling to a lower level.

➢ Do not throw or drop tools from one level to another.

➢ Never force a tool. Guide the tool and let the tool do the work.

➢ When finished return tools to their proper storage area.

19 ‐ HAND OR POWER TOOLS





HAND TOOLS

➢ Keep hand tools sharp, clean, and in proper working order.

Wrenches, including adjustable pipe wrenches, end wrenches, and/or socket wrenches shall not

be used when jaws or sockets are sprung or damaged to the point where slippage occurs.

➢ Impact tools, such as drift pins, wedges, and chisels, shall be kept free of mushroom heads.

➢ The wooden handles of tools shall be kept free of splinters or cracks and shall be kept tight in the

tool.

➢ “Cheaters” tend to exceed the design capabilities of tools and are prohibited to increase the

overall leverage of a hand tool.

➢ Do not use any type of hand tool as a pry bar.

➢ Utility and pocket knives improperly used, cause many injuries and shall be handled as follows:

➢ Utility knives shall always be in a locked position when extended for use and retracted when not

in use.

➢ Pocket knives shall be of the lock‐back type to avoid the blade from folding or closing while being

used.

➢ Whenever possible, place the object to be cut on a flat surface (i.e. work bench, table or on the

ground) when making a cut.

➢ Workers will put tools in tool pouch or bag when working and not using the tool

Always make sure when applying cutting pressure to the blade, it is away from you and

any others in the work area.





POWER TOOL REQUIREMENTS

➢ Electric power operated tools shall be approved double insulated, properly grounded, and/or used with a

GFCI.

➢ Do not carry or hoist a power tool by the electrical cord.

➢ Do not yank the cord to disconnect the power tool from its receptacle.

➢ Keep electrical cords away from heat, water, oil, chemicals and sharp edges.

➢ Keep electrical cords away from aisles and stairs. If possible, run cords overhead to protect from physical

damage. Secure cords with a nonconductive material.

➢ Keep all required guards in place and in proper working order. Tools, which are designed to

accommodate guards, shall be outfitted with such guards.

➢ Moving parts such as belts, gears, shafts, etc. shall be guarded if such parts are exposed to contact by

employees or otherwise create a hazard.

➢ One or more methods of machine guarding shall be provided to protect the operator and other employees

from hazards such as those created by point of operation, in‐going nip points, rotating parts, flying chips

and sparks.

➢ Machines designed for a fixed location shall be secured to prevent walking or moving.

➢ To avoid accidental starting of power tools, workers shall not hold finger on switch button while carrying

an electrical power tool.

➢ Ensure that the power switch is in the “OFF” mode when plugging tool into power supply.

➢ All hand held power tools with wheels less than two inches in diameter may be equipped with only a

positive on/off control.

➢ All hand held power tools with wheels greater than two inches in diameter.

➢ Shall be equipped with a momentary contact on/off control and may have a lock on the control provided

that the turnoff can be accomplished by a single motion of the same finger, or fingers, that turn it on.

➢ All other hand held power tools, such as circular saws, without positive accessory means, shall be

equipped with a constant pressure switch that will shut off the power when the pressure is released.

➢ Fuel operated equipment shall be stopped and cooled off before refueling, servicing and maintenance.

➢ When fuel powered tools are used in enclosed spaces, the Company’s Confined Space Program shall be

followed.

FUEL POWERED





PNEUMATIC TOOLS

➢ Pneumatic power tools shall be secured to the hose or whip by some positive means to prevent the tool

from accidentally disconnecting.

➢ Safety clips, wire, hand‐cuffs, or other retainers shall be securely installed and maintained in pneumatic

impact tools to prevent the attachment from being accidentally expelled.

➢ Pressure rating for air hoses and hose connections shall not be exceeded.

➢ Keep air hoses away from aisles and stairs. If possible, run hoses overhead, or out of walkways, to

protect from physical damage, and avoid tripping hazards.

➢ Air pressure shall be turned off and bled before disconnecting power tools, unless equipped with a quick

disconnect.

➢ In changing accessories on a pneumatic tool shut the pressure off and bleed the line or disconnect the

power tool from the air source and bleed the line.

➢ Where fasteners are used, a muzzle actuation guard shall be in place.

➢ Compressed air for cleaning shall be limited to less than 30 psi.

➢ Keep all required guards in place and in proper working order. Pneumatic Tools, which are designed to

accommodate guards, shall be outfitted with such guards.

JACKS

➢ Jacks shall be maintained, inspected and operated as prescribed by the manufacturer.

➢ Jacks shall be equipped with a device, which prevents them from rising up too high.

➢ Jacks shall be identified and be marked with their load capacity. This load capacity shall not be exceeded.

➢ Jacks are not meant to support a load. Once the load has been lifted, blocks shall be used.

HYDRAULIC POWERED JACKS

➢ The fluid used in hydraulics‐powered tools shall be fire resistant fluid approved under schedule 30 of the

United States Bureau of Mines.

➢ Fluids shall retain their operating characterizes at the most extreme temperatures to which they will be

exposed.

➢ Do not exceed the manufacturer’s safe operating pressure for hoses, valves, pipes, filters, and other

fitting



is is 20 ‐ HOT WORK / OPEN FLAME SAFETY PROGRAM All information contained in this document


PURPOSE

The objective of this program is to supplement our safety policy by providing specific standards regarding Hot Work and to ensure that each employee is adequately trained and fully aware of safety procedures associated with Work.

Examples of Hot Works: Cutting, Brazing, Soldering, Thawing Pipes, Torch Applied Roofing, Grinding and Welding

OSHA 29 CFR 1910.252

➢ No Hot Work shall be performed until mill/plant as inspected the area and issued a Hot Work

Permit.

➢ Where practicable all combustibles will be relocated at least 35 feet from the work site.

➢ Where relocation is impractical, combustibles must be protected with flameproof covers, shielded

with metal, guards, curtains, or wet down to help prevent ignition of material.

➢ Ducts, conveyor systems, and augers that might carry sparks to distant combustibles must be

protected or shut down.

➢ Where cutting or welding is done near walls, partitions, ceilings, or a roof of combustible

construction, fire‐resistant shields or guards will be provided to prevent ignition.

➢ If welding is to be done on a metal wall, partition, ceiling, or roof, precautions must be taken to

prevent ignition of combustibles on the other side, due to conduction or radiation of heat.

➢ Where combustibles cannot be relocated on the opposite side of the work, a fire watch person will

be provided on the opposite side of the work.

➢ Welding will not be attempted on a metal partition, wall, ceiling or roof having a covering nor on

walls having combustible sandwich panel construction.

➢ Cutting or welding on pipes or other metal in contact with combustible walls, partitions, ceilings, or

roofs will not be undertaken if the work is close enough to cause ignition by combustion.

➢ In areas where there is dust accumulation of greater than 1/16 inch within 35 feet of the area

where welding/hot works will be conducted, all dust accumulation will be cleaned up following the

housekeeping program of the facility before welding/hot works are permitted.

➢ Suitable fire extinguishers must be provided and maintained ready for instant use.

➢ A fire watch person will be provided during and for two hours past the completion of the welding

project.

➢ A cutting/welding permit will be issued on all welding or cutting outside or inside designated

welding areas.

Cutting or welding will not be permitted in the following situations:

➢ In areas not authorized by management.

➢ In sprinklered buildings while such protection is impaired.

➢ In the presence of potentially explosive atmospheres.

HOT WORK PROCEDURES

20 ‐ HOT WORK / OPEN FLAME SAFETY PROGRAM





➢ In areas near the storage of large quantities of exposed, readily ignitable materials.





A designated welding area should be established to meet the following requirements:

➢ Floors swept and clean of combustibles within 35 feet of work area.

➢ Flammable and combustible liquids and material will be kept 35 feet from work area.

➢ Adequate ventilation providing 20 air changes per hour, such as a suction hood system should be

provided to the work area.

➢ At least one 10‐lb. dry chemical fire extinguisher should be within access of the 35 feet of work area.

➢ Protective dividers such as welding curtains or non‐combustible walls will be provided to contain

sparks and slag to the combustible free area.

REQUIREMENTS FOR WELDING OUTSIDE DESIGNATED AREAS

➢ Portable welding curtains or shields must be used to protect other workers in the welding area.

➢ A hot works permit must be completed weekly and complied with prior to welding operation.

➢ Respiratory protection is mandatory unless an adequate monitored airflow away from the welder and

others present can be established and maintained.

➢ Plastic and other flammable materials must be covered with welding tarps during welding procedures

➢ Fire Watch must be provided for all hot work operations when applicable

FIRE PROTECTION

➢ Objects to be welded, cut or heated must be moved to a designated safe location. If the object cannot

be easily moved, all moveable fire hazards will be moved or protected.

➢ If the object to be welded, cut, or heated cannot be moved and if all the fire hazards cannot be

removed, positive means must be taken to confine the heat, sparks, and slag, and to protect the

immovable fire hazards from them. That includes cancelling the activated until there is no hazard of

fire.

➢ Welding, cutting, or heating must not be performed in the presence of flammable paints, flammable

compounds or heavy dust concentrations.

➢ Fire extinguishers must be immediately available in the work area, free of obstruction, and maintained

for instant use.

➢ When normal fire prevention precautions are not sufficient for the welding, cutting, or heating

operation will assign a fire watch. Sufficient amount of time must be allowed after completion of work

to ensure that the possibility of fire does not exist.

➢ The designated fire watch must be trained with the fire watch duties and responsibilities

➢ Welders and cutters will also be trained with the fire watch duties and responsibilities

➢ Any equipment that is damaged broken must be removed from service.

➢ Gas supplies must be shut off during lunch breaks, overnight, or during shift breaks. Hoses and

torches must be removed from confined spaces.

WELDING & HOT WORK FIRE PREVENTION MEASURES



is is 21 ‐ TRENCHING AND EXCAVATION All information contained in this document


CUTTING, WELDING, AND BURNING PERMIT

Date Permit Issued:

Shift:

Location of Work: Building:

Specific Location:

Requested By: Position/Title:

Permit must be posted before work may begin. Necessary precautions have been taken to

prevent fire and to protect any material or equipment, which may be endangered. Work

areas and all adjacent areas where sparks might spread have been inspected and no fire

conditions exist.

Inspected By: __________________________________________________________________________________________________

(Sign legibly or print name below signature. An illegible signature invalidates this form.)

This permit is good for 7 days after it is approved by supervisor





PURPOSE

To establish a procedure for the protection of employees while working in or around excavations.

SCOPE

This procedure applies to all company employees, affiliated companies and sub‐contractor personnel.

DEFINITIONS Accepted Engineering Practices ‐ Those requirements that are compatible with standards of practice required

by a professional engineer.

Aluminum Hydraulic Shoring ‐ A pre‐engineered shoring system comprised of aluminum hydraulic cylinders

(cross‐ braces) used in conjunction with vertical rails (uprights) or horizontal rails (wales). Such system is

designed specifically to support the sidewalls of an excavation and prevent cave‐ins.

Bell‐bottom Pier Hole ‐ A type of shaft or footing excavation, the bottom of which is made larger than the cross

section above to form a bell shape.

Benching (Benching System) ‐ A method of protecting employees from cave‐ins by excavating the sides of an

excavation to form one or a series of horizontal levels or steps, usually with vertical or near‐vertical surfaces

between levels.

Cave‐In ‐ The separation of a mass of soil or rock material from the side of an excavation, or the loss of soil from

under a trench shield or support system and its sudden movement into the excavation, either by falling or sliding,

in sufficient quantity so that it could entrap, bury or otherwise injure and/or immobilize a person.

Competent Person ‐ One who is trained and capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the

surroundings, or working conditions which are hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization

to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.

Cross‐braces ‐ The horizontal members of a shoring system installed perpendicular to the sides of the

excavation, the ends of which bear against either uprights or wales.

Excavation ‐ Any man‐made cut, cavity, trench or depression in an earth surface, formed by earth removal.

Faces or Sides ‐ The vertical or inclined earth surfaces as a result of excavation work.

21 ‐ TRENCHING AND EXCAVATION





Failure ‐ The breakage, displacement, or permanent deformation of a structural member or connections so as to

reduce its structural integrity and its supportive capabilities.





Hazardous Atmosphere ‐ An atmosphere which by reason of being explosive, flammable, poisonous, corrosive, oxidizing, irritating, oxygen deficient, toxic or otherwise harmful, may cause death, illness or injury. Kickout ‐ The accidental release or failure of a cross brace. Protective System ‐ A method of protecting employees from cave‐ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation or into an excavation, or from the collapse of adjacent structures. Protective systems include support systems, sloping and benching systems, shield systems and other systems that provide the necessary protection. Ramp ‐ An inclined walking or working surface that is used to gain access to one point from another, and constructed from earth or structural materials such as steel or wood. Registered Professional Engineer ‐ A person who is registered as a professional engineer in the state where the work is to be performed. However, a professional engineer, registered in any state is deemed to be a ”registered professional engineer” within the meaning of this standard when approving designs for “manufactured protective systems” or “tabulated data” to be used in interstate commerce. Shield (Shield System) ‐ A structure that is able to withstand the forces imposed on it by a cave‐in and thereby protecting employees within the structure. Shields can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and moved along as work progresses. Additionally, shields can be either pre‐manufactured or job‐built. Shields used in trenches are usually referred to as “trench boxes” or “trench shields”. Shoring (Shoring System) ‐ A structure such as a metal hydraulic, mechanical or timber shoring system that

supports the sides of an excavation and which is designed to prevent cave‐ins. Sides ‐ See “Faces”. Sloping (Sloping System) ‐ A method of protecting employees from cave‐ins by excavating to form sides of an

excavation that are inclined away from the excavation so as to prevent cave‐ins. The angle of inclines required to

prevent a cave‐in varies with differences in such factors as the soil, type, environmental conditions of exposure, and application of surcharge loads. Stable Rock ‐ Natural solid mineral material that can be excavated with vertical sides and will remain intact while exposed. Unstable rock is considered to be stable when the rock material on the side or sides of the excavation is secured against caving‐in or movement by rock bolts or by another protective system that has been designed by a registered professional engineer. Structural Ramp ‐ A ramp built of steel or wood, usually used for vehicle access. Ramps made of soil or rock is not considered structural ramps. Support System ‐ A structure such as underpinning, bracing, or shoring, which provides support to an adjacent structure, underground installation, or the sides of an excavation. Tabulated Data ‐ Tables and charts approved by a registered professional engineer and used to design and construct a protective system. Trench (Trench Excavation) ‐ A narrow excavation (in relation to its length) made below the surface of the ground.





In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater

than 15 feet. If forms or other structures are installed or constructed in an excavation so as to reduce the

dimension measured from the forms or structure to the side of the excavation to 15 feet or less, (measured at the

bottom of the excavation), the excavation is also considered to be a trench.

Trench Box ‐ See “Shield”.

Trench Shield ‐ See “Shield”

Type A Soils ‐ Are cohesive soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 tons per square foot (tsf) (144

kPa) or greater. Examples of Type A cohesive soils are often: clay, silty clay, sandy clay, clay loam and, in some

cases, silty clay loam and sandy clay loam. No soil is Type A if it is fissured, is subject to vibration of any type,

has previously been disturbed, is part of a sloped‐layered system where the layers’ dip into the excavation on a

slope of 4 horizontals to 1 vertical (4H: 1V) or greater, or has seeping water.

Type B Soils ‐ Are cohesive soils with an unconfined compressive strength greater than 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) but less

than 1.5 tsf (144 kPa). Examples of other Type B soils are: angular gravel, silt, silt loam, previously disturbed soils

unless otherwise classified as Type C, soils that meet the unconfined compressive strength or cementation

requirements of Type A soils but are fissured or subject to vibration, dry unstable rock, and layered systems

sloping into the trench at a slope less than 4H: 1V (only if the material would be classified and a Type B soil.

Type C Soils ‐ Are cohesive soils with as unconfined compressive strength of 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) or less. Other type

C soils include granular soils such as gravel, sand and loamy sand, submerged soil, soil from which water is

freely seeping, that and submerged rock is not stable. Also included in this classification is material in a sloped,

layered system where the layers’ dip into the excavation or have a slope of 4H: 1V or greater.

Uprights ‐ The vertical members of a trench shoring system placed in contact with the earth and usually

positioned so that individual members do not contact each other. Uprights placed so that individual members are

closely spaced in contact with or interconnected to each other, are often called sheeting.

Wales ‐ Horizontal members of a shoring system placed parallel to the excavation face whose sides bear against

the vertical members of the shoring system or earth






➢ Surface encumbrances ‐ All surface encumbrances, located so as to create a hazard to employees, shall be

removed or supported, as necessary, to safeguard employees.

➢ The estimated location of utility installations, such as sewer, telephone, fuel, electric, water lines, or any other

underground installations that reasonably may be expected to be encountered during excavation work, shall

be determined prior to opening an excavation.

➢ All Regional Notification Centers in the area involved and all known owners of underground facilities in the

area who are not members of a Notification Center shall be advised of the proposed work at least two working

days prior to the start of any digging or excavation work. EXCEPTION: Emergency repair work to

underground facilities.

➢ When excavation operations approach the estimated location of the underground installations, the exact

location of the installations shall be determined by safe and acceptable means (i.e. digging with manual tools

as opposed to mechanical equipment). This to be determined jointly by the owner/client and the Site

Supervisor.

➢ While the excavation is open, underground installations shall be protected, supported, or removed as

necessary to safeguard employees.





ACCESS AND EGRESS

➢ Structural ramps, used solely by employees, as a means of access or egress from excavations shall be

designed by a competent person. Structural ramps used for access or egress of equipment shall be designed

by a competent person qualified in structural design, and shall be constructed in accordance with the design.

➢ Ramps and runways constructed of two or more structural members shall have the structural members

connected together to prevent displacement.

➢ Structural members used for ramps and runways shall be of uniform thickness.

➢ Cleats or other appropriate means used to connect runway structural members shall be attached to the

bottom of the runway or shall be attached in a manner to prevent tripping.

➢ Structural ramps used in lieu of steps shall be provided with cleats or other surface treatments to the top

surface to prevent slipping.

➢ A stairway, ladder, ramp or other safe means of egress shall be located in trench excavations that are four

feet or more in depth so as to require no more than 25 feet of lateral travel for employees.

MOBILE EQUIPMENT

➢ Exposure to vehicular traffic. Employees exposed to public vehicular traffic shall be provided with, and

shall wear, warning vests or other suitable garments marked with or made of reflectorized or high

visibility material.

➢ Exposure to falling loads. No employee shall be permitted underneath loads handled by lifting or digging

equipment. Employees shall be required to stand away from any vehicle being loaded or unloaded to

avoid being struck by any spillage or falling materials. Operators may remain in the cabs of vehicles

being loaded or unloaded when the vehicles are equipped to provide adequate protection for the

operator during loading and unloading operations.

➢ Warning system for mobile equipment. When mobile equipment is operated adjacent to an excavation,

or when such equipment is required to approach the edge of an excavation, and the operator does not

have a clear and direct view of the edge of the excavation, a warning system shall be utilized such as

barricades, hand or mechanical signals, or stop logs. If possible, the grade should be away from the

excavation.

HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERES

Testing and controls. To prevent exposure to harmful levels of atmospheric contaminants and to assure

atmospheric conditions, the following requirements shall apply:

➢ Where oxygen deficiency (atmospheres containing less than 19.5% oxygen) or a hazardous atmosphere

exists or could reasonably be expected to exist, such as in excavations in landfill areas or excavations in

areas where hazardous substances are stored nearby, the atmospheres in the excavation shall be tested

before employees enter excavations greater than four (4'‐0) feet in depth.

➢ Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent employee's exposure to atmospheres containing less than

19.5% oxygen and other hazardous atmospheres. These precautions include providing proper respiratory





protection or ventilation.

➢ Adequate precaution shall be taken such as providing ventilation, to prevent employee exposure to an

atmosphere containing a concentration of a flammable gas in excess of 10% of the lower flammable limit

of gas.

➢ When controls are used that are intended to reduce the level of atmospheric contaminants to acceptable

levels, testing shall be conducted as often as necessary to ensure that the atmosphere remains safe.

EMERGENCY RESCUE EQUIPMENT

➢ Emergency rescue equipment such as breathing apparatus, a safety harness and line, or a basket

stretcher, shall be readily available where hazardous atmospheric conditions exist or may reasonably be

expected to develop during work in an excavation. This equipment shall be attended when in use.

➢ Employees entering bell‐bottom pier holes, or other similar deep and confined footing excavations, shall

wear a harness with a lifeline securely attached to it. The lifeline shall be separate from any line used to

handle materials, and shall be individually attended at all times while the employee wearing the lifeline is

in the excavation.

PROTECTION FROM WATER ACCUMULATION

➢ Employees shall not work in excavations in which there is an accumulation of water, or in excavations

that water is accumulating, unless adequate precautions have been taken to protect employees against

the hazards posed by water accumulation. The precautions necessary to protect employees adequately

vary with each situation, but must be clearly defined in the job specific JSA before work begins. Hazard

Controls shall include special support or shield systems to protect from cave‐ins, and water removal to

control the level of accumulating water, as well as use of a safety harness and lifeline.

➢ If water is controlled or prevented from accumulating by the use of water removal equipment, the water

removal equipment and operations shall be continuously monitored by a competent person to ensure

proper operation.

➢ If excavation work interrupts the natural drainage of surface water (such as streams), diversion ditches or

dikes, or other suitable means shall be used to prevent surface water from entering the excavation and to

provide adequate drainage of the area adjacent to the excavation. Excavations subject to runoff from

heavy rains will require an inspection by the Site Supervisor prior to starting work.





STABILITY OF ADJACENT STRUCTURES

Where the stability of adjoining building walls, or other structures endangered by excavation operations, support

systems such as shoring, bracing, or underpinning shall be provided to ensure the stability of such structures for

the protection of employees

Excavation below the level of the base or footing of any foundation or retaining wall that could be reasonably

expected to pose a hazard to employees shall not be permitted except when:

➢ A support system, such as underpinning, is provided to ensure the safety of employees and the stability

of the structure.

➢ The excavation is in stable rock; or

➢ A registered professional engineer has approved the determination that the structure is sufficiently

removed from the excavation so as to be unaffected be the excavation activity; or

➢ A registered professional engineer has approved the determination that such excavation work will not

pose a hazard to employees.

Sidewalks, pavements, and appurtenant structure shall not be undermined unless a support system or another

method of protection is provided to protect employees from the possible collapse of such structures.

PROTECTION FROM LOOSE ROCK OR SOIL

Adequate protection shall be provided to protect employees from loose rock or soil that could pose a hazard by

falling or rolling from an excavation face. Such protection shall consist of scaling to remove loose material,

installation of protective barricades at intervals as necessary on the face to stop and contain falling material, or

other means that provide equivalent protection.

Employees shall be protected from excavated or other materials or equipment that could pose a hazard by falling

or rolling into excavations.

➢ Protection shall be provided by placing and keeping such materials or equipment at least two feet from

the edge of excavations, or

➢ By the use of retaining devices that are sufficient to prevent materials or equipment from falling or rolling

into excavations, or

➢ By a combination of both if necessary.





INSPECTIONS BY THE COMPETENT PERSON

Daily inspections of excavations, the adjacent areas, and protective systems shall be made by a competent

person for evidence of a situation that could result in possible cave‐ins, indications of failure of a protective

system, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous conditions. An inspection shall be conducted by the

competent person prior to the start of work; and, as needed throughout the shift. Inspections shall also be made

after every rainstorm or other hazard‐increasing occurrence. These inspections are only required when employee

exposure can be reasonably anticipated.

Where the competent person finds evidence of a situation that could result in a possible cave‐in, indications of

failure of protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous conditions, exposed employees shall

be removed from the hazardous area until the necessary precautions have been taken to ensure their safety.

FALL PROTECTION

Employees and equipment are permitted to cross over excavations only under the following conditions:

➢ Vehicle crossings must be designed by; and, installed under the supervision of a registered professional

engineer.

➢ Walkways or bridges provided for foot traffic shall have a safety factor of four (4), a minimum clear width

of twenty (20") inches, fitted with standard handrails and extend past the surface edge of the trench a

minimum of twenty‐four (24") inches.

➢ Adequate barrier physical protection shall be provided at all remotely located excavations. All wells, pits,

shafts, etc. shall be barricaded or covered. Upon completion of exploration and other similar operations,

temporary wells, pits, shafts, etc. shall be backfilled.

PROTECTION OF EMPLOYEES IN EXCAVATIONS

Each employee in an excavation shall be protected from cave‐ins by an adequate protective system except when:

➢ Excavations are made entirely in stable rock; or

➢ Excavations are less than five (5'‐0) feet in depth and examination of the ground by a competent person

provides no indication of a potential cave‐in.

Protective systems shall have the capacity to resist without failure all loads that are intended or could reasonably

be expected to be applied or transmitted to the system.

Design of sloping and benching systems ‐ The slopes and configurations of sloping and benching systems shall

be selected and constructed by the company or his designee as follows:

➢ Option 1 ‐ Excavations shall be sloped at an angle not steeper than one and one half horizontal to one

vertical (34 degrees measured from the horizontal), unless the company uses one of the other options

listed below. Slopes shall be excavated to form configurations that are in accordance with the slopes for

Type C





soil; or

➢ Option 2 ‐ Maximum allowable slopes, and allowable configurations for sloping and benching systems,

shall be determined in accordance with the conditions and requirements of the soil type and regulatory

requirements.

➢ Option 3 ‐ Designs of sloping or benching systems shall be selected from and be in accordance with

tabulated data, such as tables or charts.

o The tabulated data shall be in written form and shall include all of the following:

o Identification of parameters that affect the selection of a sloping or benching system drawn from

such data;

o Identification of limits of use of the data, to include the magnitude and configuration of slopes

determined to be safe.

o Explanatory information may be necessary to aid the user in making a correct selection of a

protective system from the data.

o At least one copy of the tabulated data, which identifies the registered professional engineer who

approved the data, shall be maintained on the job site during construction of a protective system.

After that time the data may be stored off the job site, but a copy of the data shall be made

available to OSHA upon request; or

➢ Option 4 ‐ Sloping and benching systems not utilizing the previous options shall be approved by a

registered professional engineer.

Designs shall be in written form and shall include at least the following:

o The magnitude of the slopes that were determined to be safe for the particular project;

o The configuration that were determined to be safe for the particular project.

o The identity of the registered professional engineer approving the design;

o At least one copy of the design shall be maintained at the job site while the slope is being

constructed. After that time, the design needs not be at the job site, but a copy shall be made

available to OSHA upon request.

Design support systems, shield systems, or other protective systems that are drawn from manufacturer’s

tabulated data shall be selected and constructed by the employer or his designee and shall be in accordance with

the requirements as follows:

➢ Option 1 ‐ Designs for timber shoring in trenches shall be determined in accordance with the conditions

and requirements set forth in appendices A and C of subpart P. Designs for aluminum hydraulic shoring

shall be in accordance with paragraph 15.6.2. However, if manufacturer's tabulated data cannot be

utilized, designs shall be in accordance with appendix D of subpart P.

➢ Option 2 ‐ Design of support system, shield systems, or other protective system that are drawn from

manufacturer’s tabulated data shall be in accordance with all specifications, recommendations, and

limitations issued or made by the manufacturer.

➢ Deviation from the specifications, recommendations and limitations issued or made by the manufacturer

shall only be allowed after the manufacturer issues specific written approval.





➢ Manufacturer’s specifications, recommendations, and limitations, and manufacturer’s approval to deviate

from the specifications, recommendations and limitations shall be in written form at the job site during

construction of the protective system. After that time, this data may be stored off the job site, but a copy

shall be made available to OSHA upon request.

➢ Option 3 ‐ Designs of support systems, shield systems, or other protective systems shall be selected from

and be in accordance with tabulated data, such as tables and charts.

The tabulated data shall be in written form and include the following:

•Identification of the parameters that effect the selection of a protective system drawn from such data;

•Identification of the limits of use of the data;

•Explanatory information as may be necessary to aid the user in making a correct selection of a protective

system from the data.

Note: At least one copy of the tabulated data, which identifies the registered professional engineer who

approved the data, shall be maintained at the job site during construction of the protective system. After that time,

the data may be stored off the job site but a copy of the data shall be made available to OSHA upon request.

A registered professional engineer shall approve Option 4 ‐ Support systems, shield systems, and other protective

systems not utilizing the options above.

Designs shall be in written form and shall include the following:

➢ A plan indicating the sizes, types, and configurations of the materials to be used in the protective

system; and

➢ The identity of the registered professional engineer approving the design.

Note: At least one copy of the design shall be maintained at the job site during construction of the protective

system. After that time, the data may be stored off the job site but a copy of the data shall be made available to

OSHA upon request.

➢ Material and equipment used for protective systems shall be free from damage or defects that might

impair their proper function.

➢ Manufactured materials and equipment used for protective systems shall be used and maintained in a

manner that is consistent with the recommendations of the manufacturer, and a manner that will prevent

employee exposure to hazards.

➢ When material or equipment that is used for protective systems is damaged, a competent person shall

examine the be evaluated and approved by a registered professional engineer before being returned to

service.





INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF SUPPORTS

➢ Members of support systems shall be securely connected together to prevent sliding, falling, kickouts, or

other predictable failure.

➢ Support systems shall be installed and removed in a manner that protects employees from cave‐ins,

structural collapses, or from being struck by members of the support system.

➢ Individual members of support systems shall not be subjected to loads exceeding those, which those

members were designed to withstand.

➢ Before temporary removal of individual members begins, additional precautions shall be taken to ensure

the safety of employees, such as installing other structural members to carry the loads imposed on the

support system.

➢ Removal shall begin at, and progress from, the bottom of the excavation. Members shall be released

slowly so as to note any indication of possible failure of the remaining members of the structure or

possible cave‐in of the sides of the excavation.

➢ Backfilling shall progress together with the removal of support systems from excavations.

➢ Additional requirements for support systems for trench excavations:

o Excavation of material to a level no greater than two feet below the bottom of the members of a

support system shall be permitted, but only if the system is designed to resist the forces

calculated for the full depth of the trench, and there are no indications while the trench is open of

a possible loss of soil from behind or below the bottom of the support system.

o Installation of a support system shall be closely coordinated with the excavation of trenches.

➢ Sloping and benching systems. Employees shall not be permitted to work on the faces of sloped or

benched excavation levels above other employees except when employees at the lower levels are

adequately protected from the hazard of falling, rolling or sliding material or equipment.

➢ Shield systems shall not be subjected to loads exceeding those, which the system was designed to

withstand.

➢ Shields shall be installed in a manner to restrict lateral or other hazardous movement of the shield in the

event of the application of sudden lateral loads.

➢ Employees shall be protected from the hazard of cave‐ins when entering or exiting the areas protected by

shields.

➢ Employees shall not be allowed in shields when shields are being installed, removed, or moved vertically.

➢ Additional requirements for shield systems used in trench excavations.

o Excavations of earth material to a level not greater than two feet below the bottom of a

shield shall be permitted, but only if the shield is designed to resist the forces calculated

for the full depth of the trench, and there are no indications while the trench is open of a

possible loss of soil from behind or below the bottom of the shield.

SHIELD SYSTEMS





➢ Follow site‐specific excavation procedures and permits. ➢ A designated “Competent” person shall inspect the excavation site daily. ➢ Site requirements:

o Soil must be stored at least two feet from the edge of the excavation. o Barricade or rope off. o Use warning lights at night. o Shore/slope requirements to prevent cave‐in. o Two ladders (minimum) must be in place for exit from excavations four feet deep or more, and spaced at a maximum of every 25 feet. o Excavations are considered confined spaces for the purpose of notifying the ESH Department.

EXCAVATION GUIDELINES (DIAGRAM 052‐1)





EXCAVATION EXAMPLE



is is 22 ‐ HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM All information contained in this document


Jenco Construction has a written Hearing Conservation Program that is designed to protect our employees from the harmful effects of excessive noise exposure. This program involves hearing assessment, noise level surveys, noise reduction, and hearing protection. It applies to all employees who are exposed to 85 Dba or more noise over an 8 hour TWA (Time Weighted Average) as listed in 29 CFR 1910.95, 10 CFR 851, and ACGIH. It is management’s responsibility to inform employees about ASSESSMENT & TRAINING. They needto understand the following: 1. ASSESSMENT Pre‐Employment Audiogram All employees who work in areas that expose them to high noise levels, at or above the 85 dBa action level, will receive a PRE‐EMPLOYMENT AUDIOGRAM. Annual Sound Level Surveys Annual Audiograms will be given then to those who work in high noise level areas. Employees will have access to these records. Government Records Are Kept Government records are kept regarding the following: audiograms; length of employment; sound level surveys – 2 years and so forth. 2. TRAINING Annual training will be given to all employees on the following:

➢ Effects of excessive noise exposure ➢ Fitting and care of hearing protection ➢ Types of protection available ➢ Purpose of audiometric testing

As part of the training program, signs and posters will be displayed to alert employees of areas that contain excessive noised levels.

22 ‐ HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM



is is 22 ‐ HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM All information contained in this document


EXPOSURE LIMITS

Jenco Construction uses the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) Threshold Limit Value (TLV) for determining employee noise‐exposure levels and for complying with the OSHA Hearing Conservation Amendment to the Regulation on Occupational Noise Exposure. The ACGIH‐TLV for an eight‐hour time‐weighted average (TWA) sound level is 85 dBA. This is the maximum time‐weighted average noise level that employees may be exposed to without hearing protection during an eight‐hour work shift. The table below lists additional ACGIH noise TLVs adjusted for different time periods. In addition, OSHA requires implementation of noise‐exposure controls when noise exposures are at or above 90 dBA as a time‐weighted average. Furthermore, OSHA requires that employees be offered hearing protection. The table below lists the duration in which a worker may be exposed to a given average sound level. (These limits assume that the worker is not wearing hearing protection.) This relationship is given by: Duration (T, hours) = 8 x 10(85–dBA)/10 or Noise Exposure (dBA time‐weighted average) = 85 – 10 log(T/8)

Table 4.1. ACGIH Noise Threshold Limit Value Limits

Duration Per Day

(Hours)*

Sound Level (dBA)

16 82

8 85

6 86

4 88

3 89

2 91

1.5 92

1 94

0.5 97

0.25 100

* Maximum allowable exposure time (without hearing

protection) at a given noise level

Noise‐exposure levels above 140 dBC are not permitted for any duration.



is is 23 ‐ SAFETY ADMINISTRATION

PAGE 228


is strictly proprietary and confidential.

Jenco Construction will conduct a baseline survey of noise producing equipment.

The Jenco Construction Noise Monitoring Program identifies employees for inclusion in the Hearing Conservation

Program. Due to high worker mobility and significant variations in noise levels, it is difficult to determine individual

noise exposures from noise‐monitoring data. Jenco Construction has identified “exposure groups” at risk of noise

exposures exceeding the OSHA action level of 85 dBA. Employees from these exposure groups are also included

in the Jenco Construction Hearing Conservation Program.

Noise measurements include all continuous, intermittent, and impulsive sound levels from 80 decibels to 130

decibels. Instruments used to conduct sound‐level measurements and personal‐noise dosimetry are

calibrated. Employees are notified of their monitoring results when their eight‐hour TWA result is at or above 85

dBA.

Monitoring shall be repeated whenever a change in production, process, equipment, or controls increases noise‐

exposure levels to the extent that LBNL employees not enrolled in the Hearing Conservation Program maybe

exposed to noise at or above the ACGIH‐TLV of 85 dBA, or hearing protectors worn by employees for noise

attenuation no longer meet OSHA Occupational Noise Exposure Standard requirements.

PPE

➢ Hearing protectors shall be available at no cost to all employees exposed to an 8‐hour time‐weighted

average of 85 decibels or greater at no cost to the employees. Hearing protectors shall be replaced as

necessary.

➢ Employees shall be given the opportunity to select their hearing protectors from a variety of suitable

hearing protectors provided by the employer.

➢ Hearing protectors shall be worn by any employee who is exposed to an 8‐hour time‐weighted average of

85 decibels or greater. Employees will wear hearing protection in signed areas while on an owner client

facility.

NOISE MONITORING PROGRAM




PAGE 229



OBJECTIVE

As part of the management team, you are responsible to train employees in safety procedures and for acquainting

them with the safety rules. Familiarity with various requirements will facilitate your efforts to keep employees safe.

These requirements are as follows:

➢ Employees must be given a safety orientation when they report to work.

➢ Employees must sign the Company Safety Rules Acknowledgment Form.

➢ Employees that participate in the Respiratory Protection Evaluation Program and acknowledge by their

signatures that they have received this training.

*It is the supervisor responsibility to see that each employee completes this training and signs the appropriate

forms.

As part of management, you are also responsible for various employee safety training sessions. The following

guidelines will help you in this training.

PREPARE EMPLOYEE OBJECTIVES

Work to help employees do the following:

➢ Develop safety attitudes.

➢ Develop an awareness of hazardous chemicals.

➢ Learn to protect them by preventing exposure to hazardous chemicals.

➢ Learn to read and understand labels and SDS’s.

➢ Understand the Hazard Communication Standard, safe practices, and where Material

Data Sheets are stored.

ACQUAINT EMPLOYEES WITH IN‐HOUSE SAFETY PROGRAMS

Jenco Construction has many informal and formal safety programs that are part of every worker’s daily routine.

Formal written safety and health programs usually require specific employees training and a written

acknowledgment by the employee that he has received this training.

These programs involve HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS; HEARING CONSERVATION; HOUSEKEEPING; JOB

HAZARD ANALYSIS; PROBLEM SOLVING, PERMIT‐REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROCEDURES,

LEAD EXPOSURE, and RESPIRATORY PROTECTION.

23 ‐ SAFETY ADMINISTRATION




PAGE 230



HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS TRAINING PROGRAM

This informal program is designed to help employees identify hazardous chemicals that are found in the work

place. Inform them about the following:

➢ The nature (odor or appearance) and hazard of the chemical, including local and systemic toxicity.

➢ The specific nature of the operation involving hazardous chemicals that might result in employee

exposure.

➢ Specific information to aid employees in the recognition and evaluation of conditions and situations which

may result in the release of hazardous chemicals.

➢ Purpose and description of detection or monitoring devices.

➢ Purpose and application of specific first aid procedures and practices.

➢ The type, use and limitations of personal protective equipment. This location and availability.

➢ Review of the Hazard Communication Standard.

TECHNIQUES USED IN TRAINING

➢ Handout material

➢ Audiovisuals – examples of labels and Material Safety Data Sheets

➢ Demonstration of protective equipment; what it is, how to wear it, where it is located

➢ Fit testing




PAGE 231



HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM

Jenco Construcion has a written Hearing Conservation Program that is designed to protect our employees from

the harmful effects of excessive noise exposure.

This program involves hearing assessment, noise level surveys, noise reduction, and hearing protection. It

applies to all employees who are exposed to 85 Dba or more noise over an 8 hour TWA (Time Weighted

Average) as listed in 29 CFR 1910.95.

It is management’s responsibility to inform employees about ASSESSMENT & TRAINING. They need to

understand the following:

3. ASSESSMENT

Pre‐Employment Audiogram

All employees who work in areas that expose them to high noise levels, at or above the 85 dBa action level, will

receive a PRE‐EMPLOYMENT AUDIOGRAM.

Annual Sound Level Surveys

Annual Audiograms will be given then to those who work in high noise level areas.

Government Records Are Kept

Government records are kept regarding the following: audiograms; length of employment; sound level surveys – 2

years and so forth.

4. TRAINING

Annual training will be given to all employees on the following:

➢ Effects of excessive noise exposure

➢ Fitting and care of hearing protection

➢ Types of protection available

➢ Purpose of audiometric testing

As part of the training program, signs and posters will be displayed to alert employees of areas that contain

excessive noised levels.




PAGE 232



Jenco Construction has an informal Housekeeping Program that involves a survey of particular jobs, equipment, and materials for cleanliness, orderliness, appearance, or lighting. This program involves the following:

1. ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY Assigning Program Accountability The Manager and Superintendents are responsible for the state of order on their jobs, and they will assign the accountability of specific programs to their supervisors in their respective areas of responsibility. Areas will be assigned so that each area will be the responsibility of either a Manager or a Superintendent.

2. SELF‐SURVEY

Surveying and Submitting Monthly Record

The Supervisor or Superintendent who is responsible for each given area will survey his or her given area and submit a monthly record to the immediate supervisor.

Reports Reflect Safety Hazards

The Housekeeping Report will reflect management problems involving hazards, storage, errors in work procedures, and deficiencies in facilities or equipment design, rather than simply problem symptoms of the “clean‐up” type.,

3. MANAGEMENT CONTROLS

Management Audits of Work Areas

Each department will conduct periodic management audits of their respective areas. These audits identify

problems and ensure that their jobs are being maintained to acceptable standards of Good Housekeeping.

Management Audits of Groups of Employees

Management will also conduct periodic audits of groups of employees. These audits help identify major problems

and to assess the effectiveness of departmental programs.

HOUSEKEEPING PROGRAM




PAGE 233



The Job Safety Analysis Program at Jenco Construction is used by Supervisors and employees to analyze the

jobs they will be performing.

They will do the following:

➢ IDENTIFY HAZARDS

They will identify both existing and potential hazards that are associated with each job step.

➢ ESTABLISH CONTROLS

After hazards are identified, they will establish controls.

This will help to detect hazards before they result in injury or damage.

➢ HOLD MONTHLY MEETINGS

First‐line Supervisors will conduct a minimum of one Job Safety Analysis meeting a month with their crew. At this

meeting, one Job Safety Analysis will be developed, revised, or reviewed.

JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS (JSA) PROGRAM




PAGE 234



The purpose of this informal program is to give Supervisors and their employees a chance to meet on a planned

basis to discuss potential unsafe acts and ways to control them.

HOLD WEEKLY MEETINGS

Each first‐line Supervisor and his crew will hold at least one weekly meeting.

OUTLINE MEETING IN ADVANCE

The Supervisor will prepare an outline of the meeting ahead of time.

USE VISUAL AIDS

Whenever possible, use visual aids such as blackboards, flip charts, or overhead projectors on which to write the

problem and the possible solutions.

FOLLOW MEETING GUIDELINES

Follow the outline below as a guide to an effective safety meeting.

➢ Identify problem

➢ Discuss problem

➢ Discuss solutions

➢ Determine most effective follow‐up method

➢ Report on suggestions from previous meeting

Submit Reports to Safety Director

Submit safety meeting reports to the Safety Director for review. The Director may then offer guidance and make

suggestions for training.

PROBLEM SOLVING MEETING PROGRAM




PAGE 235



This formal program is designed to assure the safety of our employees in the event of an emergency situation.

The program covers:

Executive Summary – a brief overview of the program purpose, Jenco Construction’s emergency management

policy, authorities and responsibilities of key personnel, the types of emergencies that could occur and where

response operations will be managed.

Emergency Management Elements – a brief description of Jenco Construction’s approach to the core elements

of emergency management, which include:

➢ Direction and control, communications, life safety, property protection, community outreach, recovery and

restoration, administration and logistics.

➢ Emergency Response Procedures – a series of site‐specific checklists which describe exactly how the

Jenco Construction personnel at each facility will respond to emergencies, such as:

o What actions are necessary to assess the situation, protect employees, equipment, vital records

and other assets and restore operations to normal operation

o Specific procedures for warning employees, communicating with facility personnel, conducting

and evacuation and employee head count, coordinating response activities, shutting down Jenco

Construcion equipment, and restoration of normal operations

Support Documents – wallet size emergency call lists of all persons on and off site who would be involved in

responding to an emergency, their responsibilities and their 24‐hour telephone numbers. Also building and site

maps that indicate

strategic items such as: utility shutoffs, water hydrants, gas shutoffs, electrical cutoffs, alarms, exits, stairways,

restricted areas, locations of hazardous material and high value items.

Resource Lists – lists of major resources (equipment, supplies and services) that could be needed in an

emergency; mutual aid agreements with other companies and government agencies.

Program Implementation – procedures for integration of the program into daily company operations, such as:

Planning considerations – who will be trained, who will do the training, what training activities will be used,

when and where will the sessions be held and how will the session be evaluated and documented

Training activities – orientation and education sessions, tabletop exercises, walk‐through drill, functional drills,

evacuation drills and full‐scale exercise.

EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROGRAM




PAGE 236



Employee training – individual roles and responsibilities, information about threats and hazards, notification and

warning procedures, location family members in an emergency, emergency response procedures, evacuation,

shelter and accountability procedures, location and use of common emergency equipment and emergency

shutdown procedures.

Program Evaluation and Modification – annual audit and modification criterion, individual training session

review procedures and post‐emergency review procedures

HAZARD ASSESSMENT

ACTUAL OF POTENTIAL HAZARD PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIRED




PAGE 237



TRAINING DOCUMENTATION

The following employees were trained and instructed by the undersigned in the proper use of the indicated Personal Protective Equipment and Hazard Recognition as described above. The method used to test the employee’s knowledge of the training was:

Circle One

Verbal Interview Written Tests

EMPLOYEE NAME EMPLOYEE NUMBER SUBJECT OF TRAINING DATE TRAINED

FORM PREPARED BY:

______________________________ _________________________________ Signature & Title Printed Name

_____________________________

Date




PAGE 238



29 CFR 1910.119

This OSHA Standard mandates certain requirements that Jenco Construction must comply with when performing

work in petrochemical and other facilities where highly hazardous chemicals are present.

Work Practices Training

Jenco Constrction will assure that all employees are trained in the work practices necessary to safely perform at

each specific site or department where the standard applies.

Emergency Training

At least annually, a practice training drill will be conducted by Jenco Construction for its employees, to test each

facility’s emergency action plan.

Hazard Recognition

Each employee will be instructed in the recognition of all known potential fire, explosion, or toxic release hazards

associated with the performance of his job and how it relates to the chemical process and applicable provisions of

the emergency action plan for each specific site or department.

Documentation

All training described above will be documented. Documentation will include employee name, employee number,

date of training, subject of training and the test methods used to assure that each employee understands the

training received.

Safety Rule Enforcement

Specific site safety rules will be established and enforced in accordance with the Jenco Construction Basic Safety

Rules and Enforcement Program contained in this manual. Specific site rules will be identified as Category 1, 2, or

3 violations for enforcement purposes.

Owner Notification of Unique Hazards

Jenco Construction will promptly notify the owner of any unique hazards created by the work to be performed at

the facility or any hazards which are uncovered as a result of the work performed.

Periodic Inspections

Jenco will perform monthly inspections of all access and egress routes, aisles and doors to assure that they are

clean, unobstructed and operable. The inspection will assure that the primary and secondary evacuation routes

are current and posted and that a safe predetermined location for employee head count and verification is clearly

posted.

PROCESS SAFETY MANAGEMENT FOR HIGHLY HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS




PAGE 239



JENCO CONSTRUCTION

SPECIFIC SITE DESIGNATION FORM

PROCESS SAFETY MANAGEMENT FOR HIGHLY HAZARDOUS

CHEMICALS 29 CFR 1910.119

Owner Date _

Facility Address Department

Description of Work to be Performed

Supervisor Owner’s Representative

WORK PRACTICES TRAINING

List all work practices and work activities to be performed on this site in a specific department (i.e. sandblasting, water

blasting, spray painting, power tool cleaning, grinding, cutting, work from an aerial lift platform, work in confined

spaces, etc.) and also list all potential hazards associated with the performance of these items.

WORK PRACTICE/ACTIVITY POTENTIAL HAZARDS PRECAUTIONS TAKEN

HAZARD RECOGNITION

List all known potential fire, explosion, or toxic release hazards associated with the work to be performed.

POTENTIAL HAZARD EMERGENCY ACTION TO TAKE

TRAINING DOCUMENTATION

The following employees were trained and instructed by the undersigned in the Work Practices Training and

Hazard Recognition as described above. The method used to test the employee’s knowledge of the training

was:




PAGE 240



CIRCLE ONE Verbal Interview Written Tests

EMPLOYEE NAME EMPLOYEE NUMBER DATE TRAINED

OWNER NOTIFICATION OF UNIQUE HAZARDS

The following are those hazards which are unique to the work we will be performing at this site/department. They

also include those hazards which we have uncovered during the course of our work.

HAZARD PRECAUTIONS TO TAKE

FORM PREPARED BY:

Signature & Title Printed Name

APPROVED AND ACCEPTED FOR OWNER BY:

Signature & Title Printed Name

Date




PAGE 241



Safety meetings are essential to the success of our safety program. Safety Directors are to assist Project Directors in securing audiovisuals, handouts, background information, speakers, etc. that relate to the topic being presented. RESPONSIBILITY It is the responsibility of the Project Director to ensure timely and well‐constructed Safety Meetings. The Safety Director’s role is that of advisor to the Project Director in this area. Design safety meetings to encourage feedback and discussion from participants. In order to do this, you must be will prepared and have thought through your presentation carefully. Each employee should conduct a portion of one meeting at least every two years. FREQUENCY Hold safety meetings whenever necessary – but at least once a week. Never begin a major project that is possibly unfamiliar or hazardous before you hold a safety meeting. At this meeting, you should analyze step by step the procedures that employees take in the event of any project related emergency. NOTE: All safety meetings shall be documented using a sign off sheet. See APPENDIX for forms.

SAFETY MEETINGS




PAGE 242



Lifelines, Safety Harnesses and Lanyards Proper Handling of Hazardous Waste

Sandblasting Safety The Dangers of Smoking on the Job

Drugs and Alcohol on the Job Horseplay

Hoses – Care and Usage Hearing Protection

Lifting and Material Handling Swing Stages and Spiders

Heat Exhaustion Hygiene and Cleanliness

Hazard Chemical Handling Procedures Material Safety Data Sheets

Confined Space Entry Ropes and Cables

Sanitation Proper Lighting

Pinch Points Operating CO Monitors

Housekeeping Requirements

Tool Inspection Procedures

Care and Use of Scaffolds Proper Use of Ladders

Warning Signs and Barricades Lock‐out & Tag‐out Rules

Handrails and Guardrails Hard Hats and Safety Glasses

Working over Water Safety Nets

Airless Spray Safety Water blasting Safety

Emergency Evacuation Procedures Proper Hand Tool Usage

Hydrogen Sulfide Gas Exposure Chlorine Gas Exposure

Power Tool Guards Work Around Energized Equipment

Frost Bit Prevention Vehicle Safe Use Rules

Using 4 Gas Monitors Compressor Safety

Proper Work Clothes Accident Reporting Procedures

WEEKLY SAFETY MEETING TOPICS




PAGE 243



The biggest key to overall safety and accident prevention is frequent job inspection. This inspection is the primary responsibility of the Supervisor. The Supervisor’s inspection responsibilities are as follows: Inspect Work Area Daily: Prior to the start of work each day, inspect the work area. Correct Hazards: Take immediate steps to correct the hazards. Call Attention In Writing: When you observe unsafe conditions in a work area that is controlled by other contractors, call attention to the problem in writing. Notify a superior or the person in charge to the work area. Call Attention to Regulations: Advise those in charge that management, the Safety Policy, and OSHA regulations do not permit employees to work in the area until the hazardous conditions are corrected. Fill Out Check Lists: Check lists are provided to aid the Supervisor in his inspection. After each inspection, fill out the check list, date, and sign it. Be Alert to Unsafe Acts: In addition to work site safety, be alert to unsafe acts committed by employees. Discuss Problem with Employee: Approach the offending employee directly and work out a plan to correct the problem. Follow Up: Follow up to make certain that the employee understands and carries out the instructions. Management Will Review Inspection Reports: In addition to the daily inspections, management will designate someone to review the inspection sheets and make periodic inspections of the work area to decide how safety performance can be improved. INSPECTION FORMS Inspection in the workplace involves observing both:

➢ Workplace conditions ➢ Employee Behavior

The following forms are found:

➢ Safety Inspection Report Form (Appendix) ➢ Near Miss Documentation Form (Next Page)

Supervisors must fill out these forms:

➢ Safety Inspection Report – Daily ➢ Employee Behavior – As needed

INSPECTIONS




PAGE 244



Page 1

Date:_ Time:

Location: Name:

Age: Craft:

Forman: Company:

Length of time on the job: Length of time with the Company:

1. What equipment was involved?

2. How did accident/incident occur?

3. Why did accident/incident occur?

4. Were there any witnesses?

Were witness statements taken?

NEAR MISS INVESTIGATION FORM




PAGE 245



Page 2

5. What unsafe conditions/acts were present or occurred?

6. What corrective action was taken or needs to take place?

7. Who is responsible for corrective action and has proper coordination taken place?

8. Is disciplinary action warranted? (Why or why not).

9. What are your recommendations and conclusions?

Investigated and submitted by: Title:




PAGE 246



INJURY REPORTING

ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION

ACCIDENT – INJURY

It is very important to report all accidents properly and quickly. The Safety Director can answer your questions about this procedure. Recordable Accidents

Each OSHA Recordable Injury and Illness and each Recordable Vehicle Accident will be investigated by a team made up of the Project Director and the foreman. Serious Accidents

Serious accidents are accidents that result in a fatality; hospitalization of two or more persons; or any accident which results in significant property damage, public liability, or news media coverage. Serious accidents are investigated by the Safety Director. Managers / Supervisors must be personally involved in any on‐ site investigation of the accident. Information about the accident is disseminated under the direction of the Safety Director.

All injuries, including minor first aid injuries, must be reported to the Safety Office within 24 hours of their occurrence. First Report of Injury The original report must be sent to the Safety Office within 24 hours of occurrence. All injuries, no matter how minor must be reported on this form. Any questions you may have about the First Report of Injury can be answered by the company Safety & Training Director, and through participation in training programs such as “Beginning an Investigation: The First Report”. All Project Directors, Supervisors, and Foreman are required to attend this training course. (See Appendix for a sample First Report.)

What Is An Accident?

An accident is a mishap caused by unsafe acts or unsafe conditions or by a combination of both. An unsafe act is

an act which violates a commonly accepted safe procedures and which is likely to result in an accident. An unsafe

condition is a mechanical or physical condition which could have been corrected before it resulted in an accident.

Actions To Take

When an employee is injured, there are three things the Manager must do as quickly as possible and in the




PAGE 247



following order: 1. Get medical help. See that the injured employee gets prompt and proper medical care. Some of this may be performed on the job – first aid procedures, etc. Some may have to be performed in an emergency room or physician’s office. Use your qualified judgment about what is needed. 2. Get others back to work Don’t allow other employees to surround the injured and interfere with medical services. Get employees back to work quickly. 3. Prevent a recurrence Do everything possible to prevent a recurrence of the accident. This may require a safety meeting to discuss the cause of the accident. It may require removing or correction a hazard. Take all necessary steps to promote future safety. ST EPS IN THE INVESTIGATION Every accident is an indication that something is wrong. The Project Director should investigate ALL accidents, no matter how minor they may seem. The conditions and actions responsible for an accident are usually the same as those which have caused, or will cause, other production problems. Investigating an accident is just as important to management as investigating the cause of production problems. Do these things as quickly as possible?

➢ Get the whole story: Find out exactly what happened and get witnesses’ observations. Getting the whole story can be tough. As Project Director, you must make sure that employees realize that you are not trying to “pin it on someone”. Make them understand that you are trying to protect everyone on the job from a similar accident.

➢ Whenever possible, interview the injured employee at the scene of accident and “walk” him other through a re‐enactment.

All interviews should be conducted as privately as possible. Interview witnesses one at a time. Talk with anyone who has knowledge of the accident even if they did not actually witness it.

➢ Document details graphically. Use sketches, diagrams and photos as needed, and take measurements




PAGE 248



when appropriate.

➢ Look for other unsafe acts or conditions: In your investigation, look for all unsafe acts and conditions that surround the site of the accident.

If you handle this properly, it will not only make the work site safer, it will strengthen your relations with employees.

➢ Take immediate corrective action: After all the facts are known, the real objective of the investigation can be carried out – to avoid a similar re‐occurrence. Take immediate corrective action.

As Project Director, you will know the proper corrective action to take to prevent a recurrence. Make sure that you take this action immediately. Also, make sure that you follow up to see that it has been done.

➢ Send in accident investigation form: After your investigation is complete, fill out the Accident Investigation Form (see Appendix for forms). Attach the form to the FIRST REPORT OF INJURY.

The following page contains an accident injury report that must be completed after each injury on the job. The Supervisor must complete this form.




PAGE 249



Report No.:

Site: Job Number:

Date / Time of accident / incident:

Date/Time reported:

Employee

Involved employee's name: Age:

Involved employee's Company

Length of employment with Company

Near miss Injury Illness Cut by Struck by Caught in/between

Shocked by Energy release First Aid Part of body Fatality

Lost Time: days Property damage Equipment damage Act of God

Other: Transported by ambulance/rescue/POV

Hospital/Clinic: Name and Address




PAGE 250






PAGE 251



Name: Telephone:

Home Address:

Company:

Position/Title:

Statement:

Name: Telephone:

Home Address:

Company:

Position/Title:

Statement:




PAGE 252



¾

Manufacturer: Year Make:

Model/Type Number: Serial Number:

Owner/Lessee: Operator:

Environmental conditions:

Primary elements:

Secondary elements:

Additional factors:

Common Name: Brand Name: VII. EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY, TOOLS OR OTHER AGENT




PAGE 253



Jobsite

Immediate Action: By

whom: Deadline:

Long‐term action: By

whom: Deadline:




PAGE 254



POSTING & RECORD KEEPING REQUIREMENTS

POSTING

COMPANY SAFETY BULLETIN BOARDS

MATERIAL SOURCE

1. OSHA Poster Department of Labor

2. Code of Safe Work Practices Employer

3. Name of Insurance Carrier Insurance Carrier

4. Emergency Telephone Numbers Employer

5. Notices or Safety Meetings Employer

6. Various Safety Posters Safety Director

7. Poster for Fair Employment Practices Department of Labor

8. Pay Date Notices Employer

9. Minimum Wage Order Department of Labor

JOBSITE SAFETY BULLETIN BOARDS

MATERIAL SOURCE

1. OSHA Poster Department of Labor

2. Code of Safe Work Practices Employer

3. Name of Insurance Carrier Insurance Carrier

4. Emergency Telephone Numbers Employer

5. Notices or Safety Meetings Employer

6. Various Safety Posters Safety Director

7. Minimum Wage Order Department of Labor




PAGE 255



RECORDKEEPING

1. OSHA 300 Log 5 years

2. Accident Reports 5 years

3. Incident (Near Miss) Reports 5 years

4. Job Site Inspection Reports 5 years

5. Employee Training & Acknowledgment Forms 5 years

6. Safety Meeting Reports 5 years

7. Notice of Safety Rule Violation 1 year




PAGE 256



There are a number of events that may prompt an OSHA inspection at one of Jenco Construction work facilities. Some of the reasons are as follows: 1. Imminent Danger – If an OSHA inspector has heard of or has seen (via the news media for example) a dangerous condition that could seriously injure and employee, he may plan an inspection. 2. Fatality/Catastrophic Accident – If an employee is fatally injured, or if three or more employees are hospitalized for 24 hours from one specific accident, an OSHA inspection will be conducted. If either of these events occurs, we must notify the nearest OSHA office immediately. 3. If an employee has filed a complaint with OSHA, founded or unfounded, an OSHA inspector will visit the site. The inspector will provide a copy of the complaint if you request one. Be sure to ask for a copy of the complaint. He should ask questions and review payroll records to determine that the employee that filed the complaint actually works for the company. The inspector may only be concerned with the complaint items, or he may conduct a full inspection or the work site. 4. Periodically, a general inspection may be conducted at your job site because it was simply picked at random. When an OSHA inspector enters your job site you should take the following actions. It is Jenco Construction Company’s policy not to deny entry to OSHA:

CONTACT SAFETY DIRECTOR IMEDITALLY AS SOON AS OSHA IS ON SITE Process for Conducting an Inspection with OSHA

➢ Welcome the inspector to the job site. ➢ Ask for the inspector’s identification; note the correct spelling of his name and any numbers used on

the identification; ask for a business card. ➢ Find out the purpose of the visit. ➢ Accompany the inspector throughout the entire inspection visit. ➢ Do not volunteer any information. Answer the specific questions only. ➢ Keep notes of any questions asked and the answers given. ➢ Document any violations that the inspector raises. Make plans to correct the situation/hazard

immediately, if possible, while the inspector is still on site. ➢ Escort the inspector off the site at the end of the inspection visit. ➢ Contact Safety Director as soon as possible after the inspection visit.

OSHA INSPECTION PROCEDURS




PAGE 257



DELEGATION OF SAFETY RESPONSIBILITIES

EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITY All employees of Jenco Construction have the responsibility for their personal safety and the safety of fellow workers. The list below briefly outlines your responsibilities in various categories. The following pages give you further detail about each of these categories. This list may seem more extensive than the preceding and appear that your responsibilities are greater than those of others. However, everyone at Jenco Construction whether Management, Supervisors, of Safety Personnel, has the same responsibilities that you have, in addition to those assigned directly to them. The responsibilities of ALL EMPLOYEES AT ALL LEVELS involve the following:

➢ Complying with the Safety and Health Rules and instructions of your Supervisors. ➢ Exercising reasonable judgment in all your actions. ➢ Making sure you understand the work to be done. ➢ Keeping alert to changes in conditions as the job progresses. ➢ Avoid taking unnecessary chances. ➢ Seeking the advice of your Supervisor when needed.

The preceding safety rules and regulations are GENERAL RULES that will help keep you safe in almost any work environment. There are other GENERAL RULES that we want to emphasize because they relate directly to many Jenco Construction operations. They involve the following:

➢ JOB LOCATION ➢ VEHICLES ➢ PERSONAL ACTIONS ➢ EQUIPMENT ➢ CLEANING – CLOTHES & EQUIPMENT ➢ PERSONAL ATTIRE AND/OR PERFORMANCE

REGARDING JOB LOCATION Environmental Hazards

➢ Be aware of the possible hazards in the place where you are working. Get Permits

➢ Get approved permits, as needed, before starting any kind of work other than routine work.




PAGE 258



Slope Entrances

➢ Slope all excavations a minimum of four feet deep where you enter. Barricade Open Excavations

➢ Barricade all open excavations to prevent visitors and employees unfamiliar with the excavation area from falling.

Obtain Safety Statement

➢ Obtain from the client or job superintendent a statement that the area is safe for excavation before you backhoe, bulldoze, or dig.

Post Traffic & Warning Signs as Needed

➢ Post suitable traffic warning signs and/or barricades immediately if travel over a road or walkway becomes hazardous because of excavation, fumes, gases, ice or liquids.

Keep Temporary Facilities Safe

➢ Keep “temporary” trailers and/or tool rooms as safe from fire and injury as permanent facilities. REGARDING EQUIPMENT Become Familiar with Safety Equipment

➢ Know the location of all safety and emergency equipment available, as well as how to use it. If you do not know – PLEASE ASK.

Operate Only Safe Equipment

➢ Never operate unsafe equipment. Report defective tools and equipment immediately to your immediate supervisor. Have the equipment turned in and tagged immediately.

Leave Guards in Place

➢ Do not remove the guards that are mounted on grinders, saws, lathes, etc. ➢ This also applies to rig welders and contract welders who operated their own grinders while on the Jenco

Construction time sheet. Use Hand Lines

➢ Use hand lines when raising or lowering tools and/or material from overhead work. Do not throw tools, material, or equipment.

Wear Safety Harnesses

➢ Wear safety harnesses if you are more than six feet off the ground and working away from or outside




PAGE 259



guarded area where there are no safety rails or walkway ladders. Practice Ladder Safety When using a ladder:

➢ Be sure it is safe and operable. ➢ Never climb it with items in your hands. ➢ Tie it at the top to avoid falls. ➢ Inspect all ladders daily.

Remove Unnecessary Equipment

➢ Remove all unnecessary equipment when the job is completed or at the end of each work day. REGARDING VEHICLES Possess a Valid Driver’s License

➢ You must have a valid driver’s license to operate all Jenco Construction vehicles – forklift, man lift, backhoe, pickup, etc.

Limit Cab Passengers

➢ Carry no more than three people in the cab of a moving vehicle during operation. No Wagon Passengers

➢ No transporting of people in the rear of a pickup truck. These people must be seated inside the vehicle and properly seat belted.

REGARDING CLEANING – CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT Be Careful with Compressed Air

➢ Do not use compressed air to clean clothes, and do not discharge compressed air onto others. Change Dangerously Saturated Clothes

➢ Change clothing immediately that has been saturated with a chemical, gasoline, or oil. ➢ This minimizes the chance of burns, skin irritation, or infection. Wash with soap and water the part of the

body on which the material was spilled. Avoid Gasoline for Cleaning

➢ Do not use gasoline for cleaning tools, floors, or equipment. Use Approved Containers for Flammable Products




PAGE 260



➢ Store and transport flammable products in approved containers which have a spout equipped with a flame arrestor screen, vent and self‐closing lid.

REGARDING PERSONAL ACTIONS Keep Area Clean

➢ Keep the area in which you work orderly and clean. Good housekeeping eliminates many accidents. Place waste and trash in proper containers.

Avoid Horseplay

➢ Do not carry on horseplay. It is strictly prohibited because it can cause injury and/or damage to property. Walk Carefully On Slippery Areas

➢ Do not run or hurry across wet, icy, or slippery areas. ➢ Correct these conditions by removing the cause, cleaning, or covering the area with salt, sand, or boards.

Report Injuries

➢ Report all injuries to your Supervisor or Foreman immediately. Report Unsafe Conditions

➢ Report all unsafe conditions to your Supervisor or Foreman immediately. Discuss with him/her any questions you have about safety rules or procedures.

Smoke Only In Designated Areas

➢ Do not smoke except in designated areas. Failure to comply with this can result in immediate dismissal. Remain Drug‐Free While Working

➢ Do not partake of illegal drugs or alcohol, either at the job site or before entering the job site. If an employee is suspected of being intoxicated while on the job site the supervisor may remove that individual form the job and require a drug test be administered at that time.

If the substance remains in your system, you may be immediately dismissed.




PAGE 261



REGARDING PERSONAL ATTIRE AND APPEARANCE

Restrain Hair with Flame Retardant Material

➢ Keep hair securely captured or restrained while on duty at all Jenco Construction job sites and locations.

➢ Hair nets, bandannas, etc. should be of flame resistant material and not hamper proper use of hard hats

(this applies to all employees – both male and female).

➢ Facial Hair May Not Extend Beyond Earlobes or Sides of Mouth

➢ Do not allow beards and sideburns to extend below the earlobes.

➢ You may have a mustache, but it cannot extend beyond the corners of the mouth.

Wear Only Steel – Toed or Composite Shoes

➢ Do not wear cloth shoes, tennis shoes, or sandals. Steel‐toed or Composite work with toe caps made of

composite plastic, carbon fiber or other strong synthetic materials. Are required on all Jenco job sites.

Wear Fire – Retardant Clothes

➢ Do not go shirtless or wear sleeveless shirts. Wear fire‐retardant coveralls if the job requires.

➢ Wear Protective Equipment When Welding

➢ Welders and helpers are required to wear dark safety glasses, welding hoods, and/or grinding shields

during work periods.

➢ Wear heat resistant safety goggles with a dark lens while operating a cutting torch.

You are expected to observe these safety rules at all times. These rules, however, are not all – inclusive.

Jenco can, when it deems appropriate, establish additional safety rules and Supervisors may set up particular

rules specific to individual operations in order to assure employees’ safety.



is is 24 ‐ DETAILED SAFETY INFORMATION All information contained in this document


The preceding rules have given you an overview of the areas to which you need to pay particular attention. The following pages will further define these rules and will give you additional safety information that relates to specific areas, conditions, and procedures.

The following pages will give you detailed safety information relevant to the following:

Excavations Temporary Trailers Pressure

Hand, Power & Pneumatic Tools Constructing and Using Scaffolds Chemicals and Hazardous Materials Fire

Prevention and Protection Blasting Containment

Spray Painting Tank Safety Housekeeping Noise Drums Ladders

Domestic Disasters Hazardous Gases Abrasive Blasting Water blasting Lockout & Tagout Tank & Vessel

Cleaning Motorized Equipment Cranes

Working over Water

Guarding Floor, Wall Openings & Platforms Lead Exposure Safety Nets

Working Safely in Confined Spaces Vehicle Maintenance and Inspection Winch Lines, Winches & Gin Poles

Ropes

Sanitation

Signs, Signals & Barricades Aerial Lifts & Platforms Electrical Safety Air Compressors and Compressed Air

WORK SITE SAFETY

24 ‐ DETAILED SAFETY INFORMATION





WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ EXCAVATIONS

Slope Entrances

➢ Slope all excavations a minimum of four feet deep where you enter.

Barricade Open Excavations

➢ Barricade all open excavations to prevent falls from visitors and employees unfamiliar with the excavation

area.

Obtain Safety Statement

➢ Obtain from the client or job superintendent a statement that the area is safe for excavation before you

backhoe, bulldoze, or dig.

Post Traffic & Warning Signs as Needed

➢ Post suitable traffic warning signs and/or barricades immediately if travel over a road or walkway

becomes hazardous because of excavation, fumes, gases, ice or liquids.





MANY OF THE ACCIDENTS AND UNSAFE CONDITIONS ON THE JOB SITE ARE DIRECTLY

RELATED TO POOR HOUSEKEEPING PRACTICES. A GREAT DEAL OF THIS IS

CARELESSNESS AND LACK OF ATTENTION TO THE DAILY ROUTINE.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ HOUSEKEEPING

The following practices will help remedy this problem:

1. Keep first aid kits up‐to‐date and in their proper location.

2. Clean and put away tools, dispose of waste and scrap, and check the equipment and site for proper condition and order. 3. Close doors, cans, boxes, container, and drawers when you leave an area. 4. Clean up spills.

5. Pick up dropped articles and article that you lay down. 6. Return equipment and other articles to their proper place when you are finished using them.

7. Turn off lights, engines, motors, etc. When you are finished. 8. Keep walkways free of tools, grease, and oils.

9. Store tools and equipment that are not in use. 10. Mark clearly any areas where tripping is a hazard.

11. Mark holes in the ground or walking surfaces.

12. Properly store paints and flammable materials. 13. Properly segregate and store chemicals. Put chemicals in proper containers with clearly marked identification labels. 14. Nothing hits the floor policy either its on dunnage or pallets.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ TEMPORARY TRAILERS

To assure that trailers and other “temporary” facilities are as safe as permanent facilities, do the following:

1. Do not overload circuits by using multiple plugs connected to a single electrical outlet. 2. Store material on shelves and file cabinets in an orderly fashion. Do not overload shelves. 3. Use step ladders and locking foot stools as climbing aids. Do not use chairs and other furniture as stools. 4. Do not lean back in straight chairs. 5. Keep work areas clean and free of tripping hazards such as cords, drawers, books, files, etc. 6. Keep aisles and stairways free and clear of tripping hazards. 7. Hold onto the handrail while utilizing stairways. 8. Strategically place and identify fire extinguishers. 9. Inspect trailers at least once a month.





NOISE IS NOT ONLY AN ANNOYANCE IN THE WORK PLACE, IT IS A REAL HAZARD.

IT CAN CAUSE PERMANENT HEARING DAMAGE AS WELL AS DECREASE

PRODUCTIVITY AND CAUSE UNNECESSARY DISTRACTIONS.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ PRESSURE

PRESSURE IS POTENTIALLY DEADLY, ESPECIALLY WHEN YOU ARE UNAWARE THAT IT

EXISTS. IT MAY CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ NOISE

The following can help alleviate noise pollution:

1. Use a sound level meter to check all new and existing motors, pumps, generators, or other high noise level equipment and/or areas with a sound level meter soon after initial startup or after significant equipment additions or modifications.

2. Post a “Danger – High Noise Level Area” or equivalent sign when the noise level exceeds 85 dbA.

3. Wear proper hearing protection when in those areas designated as high noise level areas

When dealing with pressure, do the following:

1. Do not always rely on a pressure gauge. It can fail. Periodically check pressure reading with a test gauge.

2. Do not walk or stand on high pressure lines or equipment.

3. Turn off or put out all potential ignition sources before beginning bleeding operations.

4. Open and close valves slowly when under pressure. Relieve pressure slowly. Blank off pressure by using the valves and then bleed off before dismantling any piece of equipment. Leave the bleed valve open when working. Tag the procedures properly.

5. Do not use back pressure valves as isolation valves.

6. Stand aside when bleeding pressure or dismantling a piece of equipment. Position yourself properly and wear proper protective equipment. Stand clear of the valve stem when opening or closing valve.

7. Be aware of possible stored pressure





DRUMS ARE 30 – 50 GALLON BARRELS THAT CONTAIN FLUIDS. WHEN YOU

HANDLE DRUMS, YOU WILL NEED SPECIAL TOOLS: DOLLIES, WINCHES,

ETC.

* USE CAUTION WHEN MOVING DRUMS. NEVER TRY TO MANUALLY LIFT A FULLY OR

PARTIALLY FILLED DRUM.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ PRESSURE

HAND, POWER & PNEUMATIC TOOLS

The use and safety of hand tools is too often taken for granted. Hand tools, if not properly handled, can be a

safety hazard.

The following guidelines can help make hand tools safe:

1. Do not use defective tools.

2. Use the correct tool for the job.

3. Inspect tools and make sure they are in good working condition prior to each use.

4. Properly insulate and ground electric hand tools.

5. Replace or repair damaged tools immediately.

6. Do not use natural gas to drive pneumatic tools.

7. Use only explosion‐proof tools inside of hazardous environments.

8. Deep tools clean and store them in their proper places.

9. No tools shall be modified in any way that is not specified by the manufacturer.

10. Do not wear loose clothing or hooded sweatshirts with tie strings when operating power or pneumatic

tools.





LADDERS ARE VERY HELPFUL TOOLS AS WELL AS POTENTIALLY DANGEROUS ONES.

USE EXTREME CARE AND COMMON SENSE WHEN CLIMBING A LADDER.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ LADDERS

The following rules outline ladder safety: 1. Do not use a ladder in an unsafe condition. Have personnel inspect a fixed or portable ladder before use. 2. Make sure that ladders comply with applicable OSHA guidelines, particularly ladders exceeding 20 ft. in height and in regular service. 3. Remove, repair, or replace defective ladders. 4. Do not paint wooden ladders, because defect may be covered. 5. Do not use homemade or improvised wooden ladders. 6. Make sure that portable ladders are equipped with anti‐slip safety feet. 7. Set portable straight ladders at the correct angle.

➢ There shall be a 4 to 1 ratio. Example: 12’ high requires 3’ out at the bottom. 8. Secure portable ladders at the top while someone is holding the bottom. 9. Take wind forces into consideration when working off of a ladder. 10. Do not use a metal ladder while working near electrical sources. 11. Do not have more than one person on a ladder at a time. 12. Keep both feet on the ladder rungs and hips within ladder rails to prevent the ladder from slipping or tipping. 13. Don not climb or stand on the top two rungs of the ladder. 14. The ladder must extend at least 3 feet above the elevation being accessed. 15. Carry tools in a belt or pocket, or raise and lower tools by rope. 16. Maintain three points of contact at all times while climbing a ladder.





DOMESTIC DISASTERS INCLUDE OCCURRENCES THAT MAY THREATEN LIFE TO ANYONE

WITHIN RANGE OF THE HAPPENING. THEY MAY INCLUDE NATURAL DISASTERS SUCH AS

HURRICANES OR TORNADOES, OR THEY MAY BE MAN‐INDUCED, SUCH AS BOMB

THREATS, GAS AND OTHER DANGEROUS LIQUID LEAKS.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ DOMESTIC DISASTERS

*In the event of a domestic disaster, first protect the people, and then protect equipment.

The following steps should be taken in the event of:

GAS OR DANGEROUS LIQUID LEAKS

1. Leave all tools, shut down all equipment, and evacuate the area on foot as quickly as possible.

2. Make everyone aware of the leak by sounding the alarm. (Prior knowledge on the where bouts of the audible alarm should be obtained from the client) 3. Follow the Emergency Evacuation Procedures. (Evacuation Procedures shall be obtained from the client prior to job start up)

*You are not responsible for stopping the leak. The client is responsible, so do not re‐enter the

facility until an all‐clean has been issued.

EMERGENCY EVACUATION PROCEDURE

Most of our clients have a published facility evacuation plan. If so, do the following:

1. Read the published plan thoroughly and know what the alarm signals are and what they mean. 2. Know your responsibilities.

3. Stay calm and keep eyes and ears open. 4. Follow instructions given by client’s personnel.

5. Actively participate in mock drills.

*If the client or job site has no established evacuation plan, the Project Director/Supervisor shall implement one and inform employees what to do in an emergency.

HURRICANES

Follow these procedures for each:

➢ Hurricane Watch: Watches start when the hurricane is 36 hours from a job site. At this time: ➢ Remove, tie down, or secure all loose objects which could be damaged by flying projectiles.





➢ Keep a radio on for Weather Bureau alerts. If power fails, use a transistor or a car radio. ➢ Gale Warning: Gale warnings start when the winds are 39 miles per hour or higher at the job site.

PREPARE FOR TOTAL SHUTDOWN WHEN:

➢ Winds reach gale force at the job site. ➢ Hurricane has a projected path within 75 miles of the job site.

o Hurricane Warning: Hurricane warnings start when winds reach 55 miles per hour at the job site. PREPARE FOR TOTAL SHUTDOWN WHEN:

➢ Winds exceed 55 miles per hour at the job site. At This Time:

➢ 1. Evacuate all employees from the job site. ➢ 2. Stay away until weather permits.

TORNADOES

In the event of a thunderstorm, do the following:

1. Tune in a radio and listen for tornado watches and warnings.

➢ A tornado watch means tornadoes are expected to develop because conditions are favorable.

➢ A tornado warning means that a tornado has been sighted in the immediate area.

2. When the surrounding area receives a tornado warning, seek shelter – preferably underground

If caught outside, do the following:

1. Move away from the tornadoes path at a right angle.

2. If you cannot escape, lie flat in the nearest depression.





EACH FIELD OFFICE HAS A VARIETY OF CHEMICALS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

THAT ARE USED ON A DAILY BASIS.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ CHEMICALS & HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

All employees shall:

➢ Know where to find Material Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and know how to use them.

➢ Become familiar with the chemicals you are handling.

➢ Know the flammability properties of the chemicals you are using and take proper precautions to prevent a fire.

➢ Never experimentally mix chemical of unknown properties.

➢ Never taste chemicals. Smell a chemical only when necessary, and then only by wafting a small amount of vapor toward the nose with the hand.

➢ Make sure that all chemical containers are labeled as to their contents.

➢ Make sure that poisonous chemicals carry the standard poison label.

➢ Read labels and follow directions on containers of chemicals before handling them.

➢ Wear personal protective equipment when handling strong chemicals.

➢ Wear eye protection at all times. Safety goggles give you the best protection and are required when handling chemicals.

➢ Dispose of all chemical containers properly.

CLEANING FLUIDS AND COMPOUNDS

Cleaning materials must:

➢ Be stable

➢ Have a low toxicity

➢ Be either non‐flammable or have a high flash point

You shall practice the following safety rules:

➢ Never use gasoline or carbon tetrachloride as a cleaning solvent.

➢ Use proper ventilation in order to keep vapor concentrations within safe limits

➢ Items such as paint brushes and guns, electric motor equipment, certain miscellaneous pump and

machinery parts, and hand tools may be cleaned with an approved naptha (mineral spirits) then

non‐flammable cleaners are unsatisfactory.

*Never use the approved naptha or any other flammable solvent for cleaning clothing or painted surfaces,

floors, or walls of buildings





DETECTING HYDROGEN SULFIDE CAN SOMETIMES BE DIFFICULT. IN LOW

CONCENTRATIONS IT FIRST SMELLS LIKE ROTTEN EGGS. IN HIGHER CONCENTRATIONS, IT

CAN PARALYZE THE SENSE OF SMELL AND IS NOT EASILY DETECTED. DO NOT RELY

ON YOUR SENSE OF SMELL WHEN DEALING WITH THIS GAS.

HYDROGEN SULFIDE TOXICITY TABLE

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ HAZARDOUS GASES

HYDROGEN SULFIDE (H2S)

Employees whom may be exposed to Hydrogen Sulfide must know its dangers as well as how to properly use respirators and other safety devices. Employees shall do the following:

➢ Review applicable laws and regulations concerning Hydrogen Sulfide. ➢ Use Hydrogen Sulfide monitors if toxic concentrations are suspected. ➢ Make sure that wind socks and/or signs are sued in an area that has been tested positive for Hydrogen

Sulfide. ➢ Wear respiratory equipment in areas with concentrations of Hydrogen Sulfide that exceed 10 ppm

Threshold Limit Value (TLV).

➢ Review procedures on the use of respirator equipment. ➢ Inspect respirator equipment for integrity and proper operation. ➢ Fill air bottles for breathing with clean air that meets a Grade D standard. Fill bottles away from the

contaminated area. ➢ Do not wear beards and/or long hair in Hydrogen Sulfide atmospheres. They may prevent a proper face

seal with the respirator mask. ➢ Thoroughly understand the Hydrogen Sulfide Toxicity Table.

1 ppm Can smell it.

10 ppm Allowable for 8 hours exposure.

Over the allowable concentration, wear protective equipment.

100 ppm Kills smell in3 to 15 minutes. May burn eyes and throat. 200 ppm Kills smell rapidly. Burns eyes and throat.





500 ppm Loses sense of reasoning and balance.Respiratory disturbances in 2 to 5 minutes. Needs prompt artificial resuscitation. 700 ppm Will become unconscious quickly. Breathing will stop and death will result if not rescued promptly. Immediate artificial resuscitation. 1000 ppm Unconscious at once.

*Permanent brain damage may result if not rescued at once. CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2) AND NITROGEN (N2) Safely avoiding Carbon Dioxide and Nitrogen requires an awareness of the following: *Prolonged exposure to Carbon Dioxide hinders the body’s ability to absorb oxygen. This causes respiration to be stimulated and heart rate to increase. This could ultimately result in death. You can avoid Carbon Dioxide and Nitrogen poisoning by doing the following:

➢ Be properly trained and wear prescribed safety equipment including gloves, safety glasses, and hearing protection.

➢ Wear airline respirators or a self‐contained breathing apparatus are suitable in a Carbon Dioxide/Nitrogen environment.

➢ Check the oxygen concentration before entering a closed structure. ➢ Use proper ventilation before entering a closed structure. ➢ Do not stay in low lying areas or areas without adequate ventilation if Carbon Dioxide/Nitrogen, is being

emitted. ➢ If ventilation is not adequate, use a safety circulating fan to create a cross flow. ➢ Make sure that all piping or systems that are shut down for repair are properly tagged out to prevent

accidental release of gases. Carbon Dioxide is generally present in the atmosphere at 300 ppm or 0.03% concentration. Exposure to increased concentrations of Carbon Dioxide has the following effects. Effects of Carbon Dioxide Less than 0.03% No effect





3 to 5 % for less than 1 hour Breathing deeper and faster: light headedness

3 – 5% for more than 1 hour Discomfort and nausea

5 – 9% Very deep, fast, and labored breathing; nausea

Greater than 9% for 5 – 10 minutes Unconsciousness

Greater than 20% for 20 – 30 minutes Death





FIRES ON THE JOB SITE CAN BE DEVASTATING. THEY CAN MEAN LOSS OF LIFE,

LOSS OF PROPERTY, AND LOSS OF BUSINESS.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION

Fires, however, can be prevented if you practice the following:

➢ Confine smoking to designated areas only.

➢ Do not use plastic containers for hydrocarbons or explosive fluids.

➢ Practice good housekeeping by maintaining work areas and equipment in a clean and orderly condition.

➢ Never use gasoline as a cleaning fluid.

➢ Use OSHA approved safety cans when storing or transporting gasoline or solvents.

➢ Safety cans must be red, labeled properly and fitted with a spark arrestor.

➢ Safety cans shall be secured during transportation to prevent spilling.

➢ Use OSHA approved metal containers for disposing of oily rags, waste, and other flammable rubbish.

➢ Empty these containers daily in order to keep the job site safe and sanitary.

➢ Do not use paint and primers near open flames and other sources of ignition.

➢ Be aware of the flammable characteristics of the products that are being used so that fires can be

prevented.

➢ Periodically hold training on the maintenance of equipment and firefighting techniques for field personnel.

➢ Train new employee’s proper use of fire extinguishers within the first week of work.

➢ Develop emergency notification procedures and make them available to all employees.

➢ Display emergency evacuation plans in a conspicuous space.

➢ Fire extinguishers shall be inspected monthly and initialed by the inspector.

➢ Fire extinguishers shall be hydrostatically tested every 6 years.

➢ Once a fire extinguisher has been discharged it shall be removed from service and replaced with a fully

charged extinguisher.

➢ Obtain hot work permits from local management when required. If they are not required, it is still the

Project Director’s job to ensure a safe working environment.

➢ Properly ground and position portable generators to alleviate potential hazards from fumes or ignition

sources.

➢ All internal combustion engines must be shut down during fueling.

The following will explain the types of fires and what to use to extinguish them:

FOUR CLASSES OF FIRES

Class A Fires –

➢ Fires of ordinary materials such as wood, paper, excelsior, rags, and rubbish. These fires usually require

cooling and drenching.





Class B Fires –

➢ Fires in flammable liquids such as oil, gasoline, or grease. These fires require a blanketing and smothering action.

Class C Fires –

➢ Fires in or near live electrical equipment. These fires can be extinguished with a non‐conduction agent such as carbon dioxide and dry chemical.

Class D Fires –

➢ Fires involving special metals, especially as dust or turnings. These fires require a special dry powder extinguisher marker for this purpose.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER CLASSIFICATIONS Combustible Material Class of Fire and Extinguisher Marking Extinguish With Paper, Wood, Cloth “A” – Ordinary Combustible Water, soda, acid, and dry chemical rated “A,B,C” Oil, Tar, Gasoline, Paint, and Thinner “B” – Flammable Liquid Foam, carbon dioxide, liquid gas (Halon) and dry chemical rate “B,C” or “A,B,C” Electric motors, Power Cords, Wiring, and Transformer Boxes “C” – Electrical Equipment Carbon Dioxide, Halon and dry chemicals rated“B, C” or “A, B, C” Sodium, Zinc, Phosphorus, Magnesium, Potassium, and Titanium “D” – Special Metals Use only special dry powder extinguisher marker for this purpose





EXTINGUISHER REQUIREMENTS

1. When more than 5 gallons of flammable or combustible liquids are being used at a job site, a fire

extinguisher rated not less than 10B must be located within 50 feet of the material storage area.

2. When more than 60 gallons of flammable or combustible liquids are stored inside a room or

trailer, at east one fire extinguisher having a rating or not less than 20‐BC must be located

outside within 75 feet from the door opening.

3. Access to portable fire extinguishers shall be kept free of obstructions at all times and the location

must be clearly identified.

4. All fire extinguishers must be labeled with the following information:

➢ Class of fire for which it its intended

➢ Operating and servicing instructions

➢ Label of either Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL) or Factory Mutual to indicate that the unit has

been approved.

➢ Monthly inspection tag or sticker that is used for dating and initialing when monthly

inspections occur.





ONE OF THE MAJOR JOBS IN THE PAINTING INDUSTRY IS PREPARING THE

SURFACE BEFORE APPLYING PAINT OR COATINGS. THIS REQUIRES BLASTING –

EITHER ABRASIVE BLASTING OR WATER BLASTING. BOTH OF THESE

PROCEDURES CAN BE EXTREMELY

DANGEROUS.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ ABRASIVE BLASTING

By following the rules below, you can assure your safety and the safety of others while performing blasting.

1. Store blast hose in a dry area. 2. Keep hose in a straight line when possible. If the hose must be curved around an object, make it a long curve. This reduces wear on the inside of the hose and prevents blowouts. 3. Before changing any hose, check the pressure behind the pinch valve to ensure there is no pressure on the hose. 4. Wear gloves, safety glasses, or a shield when changing any hoses. 5. Never point a sandblast nozzle at any part of the human body – your own, or someone else’s. 6. Use a completely contained air hood so that a separate supply of air is fed to you. 7. The operator is the ONLY person to plug or unplug the apparatus before, during, and after work. 8. The operator must unplug the pigtail closest to the dead man ANYTIME WORK IS STOPPED. The operator will also need to unplug another pigtail down the length of the cord. 9. A respirator shall be worn, when working near a sand blasting area, to prevent inhalation of dust. 10. Secure all electrical cords to prevent tripping hazards and possible start‐up of the apparatus. 11. Wire or clip all Chicago fittings to prevent connections from blowing apart.





WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ BLASTING CONTAINMENT The Federal Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has set minimum standards for the quality of the air we breathe. These standards have been adopted by individual State Government to protect our atmosphere from contaminants. To prevent such emissions, a containment system will be constructed and made fully operational in operations where the air quality is affected to a degree below the EPA and State Administrative codes for air quality. The Safety Department will determine the appropriate standards for any operation which threatens air quality, or any other environmental issues. It shall assure a degree of compliance which meets or exceeds that of the EPA. Specific job requirements dictate the necessity of a Blasting Containment and Dust Enclosure to prevent the emissions of fugitive dusts and volatile organic compounds.

When a containment system is required that allows no emissions, the following are required:

➢ Negative air will be achieved within the blasting enclosure to ensure zero dust emissions. ➢ Proper visibility will be maintained by using a dust collector to move air through the enclosure at a rate of

50 to 100 (ft3/min) to insure proper visibility for the blasting operator as well as to capture the dust generated from the blasting process.

➢ Spent media will be contained within the enclosure. ➢ All personnel shall wear NIOSH approved respiratory protection. ➢ All personnel shall follow stringent hygiene practices. ➢ All personnel shall be instructed in the hazards associated with the dust being produced by the media. ➢ Area traffic shall be kept to a minimum. ➢ All electrical connections shall be grounded to prevent dust from igniting. ➢ Safe work practices shall be followed at all times.





SPRAY PAINTING CAN BE EXTREMELY HAZARDOUS TO YOUR HEALTH. THERE IS A

DANGER OF HARMING THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM, EYES, EARS, OR SKIN.

Water blasting, like abrasive blasting, is one of the pre‐treatments before painting or coating, and can be hazardous. Water blasting is mostly used in lead abatement applications to help reduce airborne dust contaminants and contain the lead dust to prevent employee exposure. By following the rules below, workers can assure themselves a safe workplace:

➢ Know the capabilities of the equipment being used. ➢ Never exceed the maximum operating pressures of the equipment being used, such as: pumps, hoses,

nozzles, or etc. ➢ Wear the proper personal protective equipment during all water blasting operations, such as: ear

protections, blast hood, and gloves. ➢ Use lifelines, safety harnesses, and/or safety nets when working above the ground or over water.

➢ Never point the blasting tip at yourself or others. ➢ Blasting hose shall be equipped with a dead man or fail closed valve. ➢ Inspect hoses and nozzles daily, then fix or remove the damaged part immediately before continuing

work.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ SPRAY PAINTING

By following the rules developed below, you will assure your safety and the safety of others when spray painting.

➢ Make sure that all equipment conforms to OSHA standards. ➢ Inspect all lines and hoses for leaks or defects. ➢ Mix paint by using a mix motor, not your hands. ➢ Always wear a respirator when applying paint or using solvents to clean painting ➢ Supplied Air Respirator System (SARS) is required when spray painting in an enclosure or a confined

space. ➢ Eye protection shall be worn at all times. ➢ Never clean paint equipment in a plastic bucket. ➢ Use lifelines, safety harnesses, and/or safety nets when working above the ground or over water.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ WATER BLASTING





WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ TANK SAFETY

Below are basic safety procedures for preparing a full storage tank for sandblasting and painting:

1. Prior to beginning work, inspect the roof for holes, leaks, badly corroded hatch covers and pipe

connections, defective welds, and any other deterioration that could be hazardous.

2. Close and lock all inflow and outflow valves prior to working.

3. Close all roof top openings airtight except for the one used as a vent flow stack.

4. Check the void roof space, found in cone roof tanks, to ensure there is no trapped air.

5. Do not work on floating roof tanks with defective seals.

6. Maintain positive vent pressure at all times on cone roof tanks.

7. Ground all metal attachments, patches, rolling ladders, gaskets, hatch covers, and all items not directly

welded or bolted to the tank.

8. For tanks larger than 120 feet in diameter, attach ground leads from the floating roof to the shell every ½

the circumference.

9. Inspect sandblast hose for leaks and defects prior to use.

10. Make sure adequate fire equipment is on hand with fire extinguishers on the roof

11. Keep engine‐driven equipment outside the fire wall.

12. Do not smoke in the area where sandblasting is being performed.

13. Do not sandblast or paint during an electrical disturbance.

14. Keep vapor concentrations below the (LEL) lower explosive limit.

15. Take grab samples using an air sampling pump to sample for high vapor concentrations.

16. Ground the air compressor, sand pot, surfaces to be sandblasted, blast nozzle, spray gun and workmen

to a ground rod at least 3 feet into the moist earth.





WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ TANK AND VESSEL CLEANING

Tank and vessel cleaning presents special problems, primarily because it involves entering a confined space.

Workers are unable to get out of the vessel without outside help and there is great difficulty in communication.

For these reasons, and because there is a possibility of emergency chemical exposures, special precautions must

be followed:

➢ There shall be a pre‐job safety meeting prior to work commencement.

➢ Do not walk on tank tops unless it is floored with planking, plywood, or secured grating.

➢ Disconnect or blank off all connecting pipelines. Do not rely on any valve for a 100% seal.

➢ Do not use back pressure valves as isolation valves.

➢ Make sure all pressure is turned off and relieved, if possible, before work begins.

➢ The vessel shall be thoroughly cleaned and decontaminated by operations prior to job start‐up.

➢ All power driven devices, such as agitators, shall be locked out prior to entering the work area.

➢ All tools shall be made of spark resistant material when a hazardous atmosphere exists.

➢ Tanks and vessels shall be monitored using a four gas monitor to detect explosive limits, oxygen levels,

carbon monoxide, and hydrogen sulfide.

➢ Obtain a tank entry permit that is signed by operating and maintenance supervisors verifying that the

above steps have been completed and is safe to enter, and then post this document at the entrance of

the tank or vessel.

➢ Workers whom enter a tank or vessel that contains insufficient oxygen or hazardous vapors shall be

equipped with a SARS (Supplied Air Respirator System).

➢ Workers may also need to wear a chemical resistance suit that will protect them from the chemical

hazards inside the tank or vessel.

➢ There must be one watchman at the entrance of the tank or vessel at all times when there are occupants

within the confined space.

➢ There must be a method of communication in the event of an emergency, such as air horns, radios, or

visual signals (if applicable).

➢ A rope or chain ladder with rigid rungs or wood or metal may be used for vessel entry when straight

ladders cannot be used.

➢ Avoid lowering entrants into vessels without supplying an exit that can be accessed without assistance.

➢ Do not allow a worker to enter a vessel through an opening that is too small because this could make

exiting in the event of an emergency very difficult.

➢ Monitor vessel daily prior to work start‐up.





OPERATING A VEHICLE ON THE JOB SITE SHOULD BE TAKEN AS A SERIOUS

RESPONSIBILITY. THERE ARE ADDED DANGERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES THAT ARE

NOT PRESENT WHEN OPERATING PERSONAL VEHICLES.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ MOTORIZED EQUIPMENT / VEHICLE SAFETY

Carefully read and follow the rules below in order to assure your safety and the safety of others.

➢ Driver must possess a valid driver’s license for the state in which they reside.

➢ Driver must demonstrate to the Supervisor that they have knowledge and the ability to operate a vehicle in a safe and intelligent manner.

➢ Seat belts shall be worn at all times.

➢ If a drive is found intoxicated while driving a company vehicle they shall be immediately dismissed.

➢ If the driver is taking prescription drugs that could cause drowsiness they cannot operate the vehicle.

➢ Strictly comply with all traffic laws, ordinances, governmental regulations, and company traffic regulations.

➢ Speed limits for commercial vehicles with a load capacity in excess of three‐fourths tons cannot exceed 50 mph or the legal speed limit set by the government authority in the area.

➢ Report all accidents occurring on public streets, highways, or parking lots to the proper authority.

➢ Notify the Safety Department as soon as possible of all accidents, damage to the vehicle, or damage to the contents of the commercial vehicle.

➢ Do not loan a vehicle to any unauthorized person.

➢ Only three people are permitted in the front seat of a passenger car or the cab of a truck, pickup, or other commercial vehicle.

➢ Do not pickup hitchhikers, it is prohibited.

➢ Transport only Jenco Construction personnel unless the person has business connections with.

➢ Do not transport family members or friends in company vehicles.

➢ It is your duty to see that your vehicle is in safe operating condition. Report any unsafe conditions to the immediate supervisor.

➢ Make sure that the proper flags, flares, fire extinguishers, and other safety equipment are on the vehicle and in good working condition at all times.

➢ Make sure that the current insurance certificate is always on the vehicle.

➢ When driving conditions are unsafe, stop driving.

➢ Avoid backing whenever possible. Never back into an area with poor visibility. Always get out and survey the area behind you before backing.

➢ Do not assume that drivers of other vehicles will react appropriately. Always drive defensively.

➢ Never sleep in a vehicle while it is running. This could cause death or serious injury due to carbon monoxide exposure.





1. Inspect company vehicles daily to insure that vehicle is in good mechanical condition and is properly

equipped with safety devices.

2. All defects or concerns shall be reported as soon as possible to either the job supervisor or to the main

office.

3. Company vehicles shall be equipped with a fire extinguisher and a first aid kit.

4. Properly maintain the exhaust system to avoid possible carbon monoxide poisoning.

SERVICING THE BATTERY

1. Keep open flames away from batteries because batteries generate hydrogen gas.

2. Wash hands immediately after servicing a battery to prevent acid from getting into the mouth or eyes.

3. If acid exposure is known flush the affected area multiple times with a large quantity of water.

4. Eye protection shall always be worn while servicing a battery, preferably a face shield over safety

glasses.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION





ALTHOUGH THESE ARE COMMON TOOLS THAT ARE USED ON THE JOB SITE

REGULARLY, DO NOT TAKE THEIR USE FOR GRANTED. NEVER USE THESE TOOLS

OR ANY OTHERS UNTIL EMPLOYEES ARE INSTRUCTED IN SAFE AND PROPER USE

AND ARE CONFIDENT THAT THEY CAN USE THEM SAFELY.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ WINCH LINES, WINCHES & GIN POLES

Following the rules below shall help assure a safe workplace when using winch lines, winches, and gin poles:

1. Never let any part of the body get positioned under any part of the load that is suspended on the winch or gin pole.

2. Avoid wearing loose clothing to prevent the possibility of getting caught in a winch line.

3. Always wear gloves when handling winch lines to prevent the line from sliding through the hands and causing serious injury.

4. Never let the gin poles contact or come near any overhead power lines. Keep a safe distance.

5. Trucks with winches attached to them shall be equipped with a “headache” guard.

6. Prior to using a gin pole, inspect the mountings on the truck bed for cracked welds and worn pins.

7. Inspect the A‐Frame top pulley support for cracked or broken welds.

8. Do not spool a winch line by hand unless another operator is at the controls of the unit.

9. Never touch or grab hold of the line when it is in close to the reel. Instead, use a hook or chain to guide the line into position.

10. Cut back or replace winch lines when strands begin to wear or break. Cut off frayed ends and braze the end of the line.

11. When not in use, fasten the line hook securely, pull the line snug, and then set the brake.

12. Inspect the guy chains, lugs, and boomers for signs of wear, cracks, or abuse.

13. Inspect slings for wear and replace immediately if wear is noticed. Cut up and discard worn out slings to prevent them from being reused.





Trailers include portable pumps, paint trailers, turbo washers, and so forth. Although trailers are portable and often temporary, they are subject to the same stringent safety requirements as permanent structures.

Following the rules below shall help to assure safety for all employees when in and around trailers.

1. All trailers that are being pulled shall meet local and state requirements by being properly registered and tagged.

2. To prevent a blowout, tires shall not be over worn.

3. Equip the vehicle used to tow any trailer with a hitch of sufficient strength that is properly mounted.

4. Make sure the trailer ball is the correct size for the hitch.

5. Never pull a trailer without a safety chain securely fastened to both the trailer and the vehicle.

6. Inspect all running, stop and turn indicator lights to be sure that they are in good working condition.

7. Mirrors must allow the driver to see the roadway past the trailer.

8. When backing trailers, have another person outside of the vehicle help guide the driver into position.

9. Allow for increased stopping distances when pulling a trailer.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ TRAILERS





WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ WIRE & FIBER ROPE

Both wire and fiber ropes are used every day in construction for a wide variety of uses. It is important that workers know the safe working loads as well as the proper physical qualities of ropes.

Prior to using a wire or fiber rope individuals shall complete the following.

1. Visually inspect wire ropes for fray, kinks, and worn spots before using.

2. Visually inspect fiber ropes for broken fibers, wear, deteriorated inner and outer stands and lacerations.

3. Never exceed the safe working load limit for wire or fiber rope.

4. Discontinue use of any damaged wire or fiber ropes immediately!

*The following pages contain charts that include breaking strength’s for wire and fiber ropes.

*The following charts can be found at www.feeneywire.com.

Nominal strengths and weights for

standard 6 x 19 and 6 x 37 classification ropes

SIZE FIBER CORE IWRC

Diameter

(in.)

Approx. wt./ft. (lbs.)

Nominal Strength (tons of 2000 lbs.)

IPS XIP

Approx. wt./ft. (lbs.)

Nominal Strength (tons of 2000 lbs.)

IPS XIP XXIP

3/16

0.059

1.55

1.71

--

--

--

--

1/4

0.105

2.74

3.02

0.116

2.94

3.40

--

5/16

0.164

4.26

4.69

0.18

4.58

5.27

--

3/8

.0236

6.10

6.72

0.26

6.56

7.55

8.30

7/16

0.32

8.27

9.10

0.35

8.89

10.2

11.2

1/2

0.42

10.7

11.8

0.46

11.5

13.3

14.6

9/16

0.53

13.5

14.9

0.59

14.5

16.8

18.5

http://feeneywire.com/





5/8

0.66

16.7

18.3

0.72

17.9

20.6

22.7

3/4

0.95

23.8

26.2

1.04

25.6

29.4

32.4

7/8

1.29

32.2

35.4

1.42

34.6

39.8

43.8

1

1.68

41.8

46.0

1.85

44.9

51.7

56.9

1 1/8

2.13

52.6

57.8

2.34

56.5

65.0

71.5

1 1/4

2.63

64.6

71.1

2.89

69.4

79.9

87.9

1 3/8

3.18

77.7

85.5

3.50

83.5

96.0

106

1 1/2

3.78

92.0

101

4.16

98.9

114

125

1 5/8

4.44

107

118

4.88

115

132

146

1 3/4

5.15

124

137

5.67

133

153

169

1 7/8

5.91

141

156

6.50

152

174

192

2

6.72

160

176

7.39

172

198

217

2 1/8

7.59

179

197

8.35

192

221

244

2 1/4

8.51

200

220

9.36

215

247

272





Nylon Rope 3-Strand, Twisted, Soft-Lay, White

Nominal Diameter

inches

Nominal

Circumference inches

Feet per Reel/Coil

Working Loa

Limit in Pounds

Breaking

Strength in Pounds *

Approx. Net Weigh per Reel in Pound

**

1/4"

3/4"

600

124

1,485

9

1/4"

3/4"

1,200

124

1,485

18

5/16"

1"

600

192

2,250

15

5/16"

1"

1,200

192

2,250

30

3/8"

1.1/8"

600

278

3,330

20

7/16"

1.1/4"

600

410

4,500

30

1/2"

1.1/2"

600

525

5,760

39

1/2"

1.1/2"

1,200

525

5,760

78

5/8"

2"

600

935

9,360

63

3/4"

2.1/4"

600

1,420

12,750

87

3/4"

2.1/4"

1200

1,420

12,750

174

7/8"

2.3/4"

600

2,000

18,000

120

1"

3"

600

2,520

22,500

158





1.1/8"

3.1/2"

600

3,320

29,800

204

1.1/4"

3.3/4"

600

3,760

33,750

240

1.1/2"

4.1/2"

600

5,320

47,700

330

1.3/4"

5.1/2"

600

7,800

70,000

498

2"

6"

300

9,200

82,800

285

2"

6"

600

9,200

82,800

570





FORKLIFT INJURIES RESULT IN 10% OF LOST TIME INJURIES EVEN THOUGH THEY

ACCOUNT FOR ONLY 1% OF WORKPLACE INJURIES. WHILE SUCH INJURIES ARE NOT

COMMON, THEY ARE USUALLY MORE SERIOUS THAN OTHER TYPES OF ACCIDENTS.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ FORKLIFTS

Observing the following rules will help assure workers safety when operating a forklift.

➢ Forklift operators shall be certified trained and experienced. ➢ All training will include instruction, practical training, and a workplace evaluation. ➢ Employee will be required to complete a refresher course annually. ➢ Operators are required to complete operator training every three years.

➢ The forklift shall be equipped with an audible backup alarm. ➢ Be aware of the load limits of the forklift. ➢ Equip lifts with a rollover cage that has an overhead screen. ➢ All employees need to stand clear of the moving lift truck until it comes to a complete stop and the

engine is turned off. ➢ Place all tools and equipment inside boxes and secure them. ➢ Inspect the headlights, flashers, brake lights, taillights, and back up alarm to ensure that they are

operable. ➢ No riders are allowed on the lift at any time. ➢ Operator must verify trailer chocks, supports, and dock plates prior to loading/unloading? ➢ Never walk or work under a load. ➢ Block wheels when a lift truck is left on an incline. ➢ Observe all traffic rules. ➢ Never allow a lift truck to be placed in service if it has not been examined and found to be safe. ➢ INSPECT THE LIFT TRUCK DAILY!

*Examples of forklifts are shown below.

ON ROAD ALL TERRAIN

Observe the following rules when handling loads.

➢ Loads shall be within the lifts rated capacity.





➢ Handle only stable loads. If the load is unstable, secure it or leave it alone. ➢ Center the weight of the loads between the forks. ➢ Keep the load against the carriage of the lift. ➢ Never travel with the load in the raised position. Always carry the load at the lowest possible

position to prevent the lift from tipping. ➢ Travel in reverse with bulky loads. The operator will have better vision. ➢ Always keep a lookout in the direction of travel and keep the load upgrade on grades of 10% or

more. ➢ Keep the tilt of the load to a minimum.

The 10 most common forklift accidents are:

1. Employee is struck by a moving forklift because of poor operator or pedestrian visibility. 2. Object is shoved onto an employee by a forklift. 3. Operator is hit by a falling load while loading the forklift. 4. Employee is struck by a load falling from a forklift. 5. The operator is injured getting on or off a forklift. 6. A forklift collides with another vehicle. 7. Forklift rolls down a ramp because break was not engaged. 8. A part of the operator’s body outside the forklift strikes an object. 9. A load carried higher than the forklift falls backwards and strikes the operator. 10. Forklift turns over.









PROPER SANITARY CONDITIONS ARE NECESSARY TO PREVENT THE SPREAD OF DISEASE

ILLNESS.

IN ORDER TO PROPERLY AND SAFELY PERFORM WORK, ADEQUATE ILLUMINATION IS

REQUIRED.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ SANITATION

The following rules apply:

1. The Supervisor will make sure there is enough clean water for all employees. 2. Drinking water containers must be capable of being closed tightly. Water must be dispensed through a suitable tap and not dipped from the container. 3. Only single use cups are to used – unused cups must be stored in a sanitary dispenser. 4. Portable Toilet Requirements

➢ 20 or less employees – 1 toilet required ➢ 20 or more employees – 1 toilet seat & 1 urinal per 40 workers ➢ 200 or more employees – 1 toilet seat & 1 urinal per 50 workers

5. Supervision will assure that there is an adequate wash facility near the work site so employees can readily remove paint, coatings, and dirt. On projects where lead removal is performed, specific dedicated facilities are required. (See In‐House Lead Exposure – Safe Working Procedures)

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ LIGHTING

Use the following guidelines to assure proper lighting:

1. General construction areas require 10 foot‐candles of light.

2. Painting, sandblasting, and inspection areas require 15 foot‐candles of light.

3. First Aid Stations and offices require 30 foot‐candles of light.

4. Make sure that all walkways and work areas are illuminated in a manner that makes work and

walking easy and safe.





WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ SIGNS, SIGNALS & BARRICADES

Accidents can very often happen when adequate signs, signals and barricades are not used or used improperly. The following rules shall apply:

1. All signs, symbols and tags shall remain visible when work is being performed and must be removed promptly when the hazard no longer exists. 2. Repair tags shall be attached to defective tools and equipment and the tools and/or equipment will be removed from the work area. 3. When operations are such that signs, signals and barricades do not provide the necessary protection, a properly trained signalman will be used. 4. When barricades are required to prevent access to the work area, the construction of the barricade shall be strong enough so that it is not easily removed. 5. When CAUTION or DANGER tape is used it shall be equipped with a matching sign that gives an explanation why the tape is there. 6. CAUTION taped areas can be entered once the hazards listed on the CAUTION sign have been noticed and proper precautions can be taken. 7. DANGER taped areas shall not be crossed for any reason, unless permission is accessed by a competent person working inside of the DANGER area.

*Shown below are some examples of signs that will be seen in the workplace.





WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ WORKING OVER WATER When working over a body of water, river, lake or ocean some special precautions shall be taken to prevent drowning in the event that someone falls into the water. Precautions that need to be taken are listed below.

1. U.S. Coast Guard – approved life jackets or buoyant work vests are required for all crew members that are working over the water or in an area where falling into the water is possible. 2. Prior to each use, the vests and jacks shall be visually inspected for defects which alter their strength or buoyancy. Defective vests shall be discarded immediately to prevent further service. 3. Ring buoys with at least 90 feet of line shall be provided at the work location. The maximum distance between buoys is 200 feet. At least one lifesaving skiff shall be immediately accessible where employees are working over water.

*Shown below are examples of life vests and a ring buoy.

Floor and wall openings present a clear hazard on many job sites – either as a fall hazard or due to falling

material. If proper guards cannot be installed, fall protection shall be used.

Help eliminate this hazard by using the following:

1. All floor and wall openings, open floors, platforms and walkways 6 feet or more above the floor (4 feet for

walkways and wall openings) shall be guarded with a top rail, mid rail and toe board.

2. The minimum requirements form railings are as follows:

➢ Top Rail – 2”x4” wood or equivalent – approximately 42” above the deck

➢ Mid Rail – 1”x6” wood or equivalent

➢ Toe Board – 4” high with no less than ¼” space between deck and toe board

3. Holes in floors shall be covered and secured in place with a material that match the load requirements of

the floor and be marked with a highly visible and legible writing that says “HOLE COVER”.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ GUARDING FLOOR, WALL OPENINGS & PLATFORMS





Extension cords, electrical mixers, grinders and drills can become deadly instruments when used improperly. Follow these rules for safe use of electrical tools:

1.All 120‐volt, single‐phase, 15 and 20 ampere receptacle outlets on construction sites that are not part of

the permanent wiring shall have approved ground‐fault circuit interrupters (GFCI’s) to prevent electrocution. 2.Receptacles on a two‐wire, single phase portable or vehicle mounted generator rated less than 5000 watts need not be protected with GFCI’s. 3.Always maintain, at a minimum, 10 feet clearance from electrical distribution and transmission lines when operating equipment. 4.Remove from service, any cords or cables that have become frayed or worn, immediately. 5.Receptacles shall be tested periodically, using a circuit tester shown below, to insure the receptacle has been installed correctly.

*Shown below are some examples of GFCI’s and a circuit tester.

Receptacle w/ GFCI Circuit Tester GFCI

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ ELECTRICAL SAFETY



is is 25 ‐ PERSONAL SAFETY All information contained in this document


AIR COMPRESSORS AND THE COMPRESSED AIR THEY PRODUCE ARE KEY PARTS OF

MOST INDUSTRIAL PAINTING PROJECTS. WHEN USED PROPERLY AND MAINTAINED

REGULARLY, THEY ARE SAFE AND EASY TO USE.

THE USE OF SAFETY NETS IS REQUIRED IN SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES OR JOB SITE

CONDITIONS. THEY CAN ADD A HIGH DEGREE OF SAFETY TO THE EMPLOYEE AS LONG

AS THEY ARE USED PROPERLY.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ AIR COMPRRESSORS & COMPRESSED AIR

Follow these guidelines when using air compressors or compressed air: 1. Place the compressor in an open and level area with a good supply of clean air. Attach a ground wire to the compressor before starting, once started allowing the compressor to warm up before building pressure in receiver tank. Never tamper with safety switches or valves. 2. Always keep all gauges clean and visible. 3. Moving or rotating parts on the compressor shall be either enclosed or covered by a guard to keep employees from being injured. All tanks shall contain a pressure gauge and a pressure relief valve which releases the air pressure when the tank is over pressurized by 10% or more. 4. Compressed air tanks must be equipped with a stamp indicating the design pressure for which the tank is rated. The standards are set forth by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 5. Never use compressed air for cleaning unless the air pressure is less than 30 psi. When using compressed air for cleaning, wear eye protection to prevent particles from striking the eye. 6. Before making any repairs or adjustments, make sure the air pressure has been released from the received tank. Double check the air pressure gauge before proceeding.

WORK SITE SAFETY ‐ SAFETY NETS

Things to remember:

1. Safety nets are to be used when employees are more than 25 feet above the ground, water or building floor and cannot be otherwise protected by the use of ladders, scaffolds, platforms, temporary floors, safety lines or safety harnesses.

2. Nets shall extend 8 feet beyond the edge of the work surface where employees are exposed and shall be installed as close under the work area as practical, but not more than 25 feet away. Nets shall be installed to prevent falling worker from contacting structures or surfaces below, this shall be determined by impact load testing.

3. The maximum mesh size of nets is 6”x6”. All new nets must meet accepted performance standards of 17,500 foot‐pounds minimum impact resistance as certified by the manufacturer, and must have a label attached showing test results, manufacturers name and date of manufacture. Edge ropes must provide a minimum breaking strength of 5,000 pounds.





Personal safety and the safety of others while working for Jenco Construction involves the following:

➢ An awareness of the work environment.

➢ Knowledge of safety rules and regulations.

➢ An understanding of equipment and its limits.

➢ A familiarity with proper safety equipment and attire.

Knowledge of basic first aid procedures.

➢ Protective equipment for head, feet, eyes, hands, ears, and skin. ➢ Procedures for protecting employee’s respiratory system. ➢ Ways to prevent injury from falls. ➢ Procedures for first aid and CPR :

o Bleeding o Breathing o Poisoning o Heart Attack o Burns o Bites o Weather related injuries – heat exhaustion or stroke, and frostbite.

25 ‐ PERSONAL SAFETY





IN YOUR WORK, YOU LIFT, BEND, AND TWIST YOUR BODY EVERY DAY. IT IS THE

BACK THAT TAKES MOST OF THE STRAIN FROM THIS AND IT IS THE BACK THAT IS

MOST OFTEN INJURED.

PERSONAL SAFETY ‐ PREVENTING BACK INJURY

NOTE: REPORT ANY AND ALL BACK INJURIES IMMEDIATELY. There are 4 situations when your body is most prone to strain. They are when you:

➢ Manually handle heavy objects ➢ Exert extreme force to release something stuck

➢ Attempt to “recover” unbalanced equipment ➢ Assume an unsafe position or exert pressure

When lifting objects, do the following:

➢ Keep footing secure ➢ Keep feet apart – one alongside, one behind the object ➢ Keep body erect – back straight, nearly vertical ➢ Keep chin tucked in ➢ Grip objects with the whole hand ➢ Keep elbows and arms tucked in ➢ Avoid lifting and turning at the same time ➢ Avoid jerking when pulling or lifting ➢ Keep the object close to the body ➢ Obtain assistance with heavy objects ➢ Use skids, bars, jack, blocking, or rollers when moving heavy equipment ➢ Keep your back muscles and the rest of your body physically fit





ALL EMPLOYEES NEED TO KNOW BASIC FIRST AID AND CPR PROCEDURES.

EMPLOYEES WILL HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO RECEIVE TRAINING AND

REFRESHER COURSES

PERIODICALLY.

PERSONAL SAFETY ‐ FIRST AID & CPR

GENREAL FIRST AID

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The most important objective in any first aid is to save a life. To do this, strive to:

➢ Prevent heavy blood loss

➢ Maintain breathing

➢ Prevent further injury

➢ Prevent shock

➢ Get the victim to a hospital emergency room to a physician

Also remember:

➢ Avoid panic

➢ Inspire confidence

➢ Do no more than necessary until professional help is obtained

There are three times when help is needed immediately. They are in cases of:

➢ BLEEDING – Person could die in less than a minute if a large blood vessel is cut.

➢ STOPPED BREATHING ‐ Person could die in five to seven minutes if breathing is not restored

immediately.

➢ POISONING – Every second of delay causes further injury.

The following guidelines will help to render effective first aid in any of the preceding situations:

HEAVY BLEEDING

➢ Place a pad, clean handkerchief, clean cloth, etc. over the wound and press firmly. If no cloth is available,

close the wound with your hand or fingers and apply constant pressure.

➢ Hold the pad or bandage firmly in place with a strong bandage, necktie, cloth strip, etc.

➢ Raise the bleeding part higher than the rest of the body, unless bones are broken.

➢ Do not lest the victim stand or move around a lot. Always keep the victim lying down as much as possible.

➢ Deep the victim warm. Cover with blankets, coats, etc. Put something under the victim if they are on a

cold or damp surface





A VICTIM NEEDS IMMEDIATE HELP WHEN BREATHING MOVEMENTS STOP, OR

LIPS, TONGUE, AND FINGERNAILS TURN BLUE.

➢ Give the victim plenty of liquids if they are conscious and can swallow, unless abdominal injury is expected.

➢ Never give the victim an alcoholic beverage.

➢ Get the victim to a physician or hospital as soon as possible.

STOPPED BREATHING

Do the following to help revive the victim:

➢ Move the victim to fresh air immediately.

➢ Begin CPR. Keep it up as long as you can.

➢ Control the source of the gas or smoke if this was the cause of the injury.

➢ Keep on‐lookers away from the victim. Give him/her as much air and space as possible.

➢ If victim is in a contaminated area, do not enter the contaminated area without respiratory protection.

➢ Do not hold your breath when entering a contaminated area. This could cause your death as well as the death

of the victim.

➢ Do not attempt a rescue alone or without standby help.

ELECTRIC SHOCK

➢ Throw the switch to cut the current, or use a dry board or stick to remove the contact from the victim.

➢ If the victim is not breathing, begin CPR breathing as soon as the victim is free of contact with the current.

➢ Do not touch the victim until he or she is free from electrical current.

➢ Do not try to remove a person from an out‐of‐doors wire unless you have has special training.

➢ A wooden pole or board can be used to knock the wire away from the victim or to roll the victim off of the

wires.

CARDIOPULMONARY RESUSCITATION

Mouth‐to‐Mouth or Mouth‐to‐Nose Breathing:

1. Place the victim in a face‐up position.

2. Shake the victim at the shoulders and shout “are you okay?”

3. If no response from the victim, call 911 or other emergency rescue number.

4. Open victim’s airway by tilting their head back with one hand while lifting up their chin with your other

hand. Position your cheek close to the victim’s nose and mouth, look toward victim’s chest, and look,

listen and feel for breathing (5‐10 seconds).

5. If victim is not breathing, pinch victim’s nose closed and give 2 full breaths into victim’s mouth. If breaths

won’t go in, reposition head and try again. If still blocked, perform





SHOCK USUALLY ACCOMPANIES SEVERE INJURY OR EMOTIONAL UPSET. IT MAY

FOLLOW INFECTION, PAIN, DISTURBANCE OF CIRCULATION FROM BLEEDING,

STROKE, HEART ATTACK, HEAT EXHAUSTION, FOOD OR CHEMICAL POISONING,

EXTENSIVE BURNS, ETC.

6. Remove your mouth and let the victim exhale while you take another deep breath.

7. As soon as you hear the victim breathe out, replace your mouth and repeat the procedure.

8. Check for carotid pulse by feeling for 5‐10 seconds at the side of the victim’s neck.

9. If there is a pulse, begin chest compressions as follows: Place heel of one hand on lower part of victim’s sternum. With your other hand directly on top of firsthand, depress sternum 1½ to 2 inches.

10. If there is no pulse, begin chest compressions as follows: Place heel of one hand on lower part of victim’s sternum. With your other hand directly on top of firsthand, depress sternum 1½ to 2 inches.

6. Perform 15 compressions to every 2 breaths (80‐100 per minute).

7. Check for return of pulse every minute.

8. Continue uninterrupted until Advanced Life Support takes over rescue.

SHOCK

Prevention of shock must be considered with every injury or illness.

SIGNS OF SHOCK When looking for signs of shock, look for the following:

➢ Cold and clammy skin with beads of perspiration on the forehead and palms.

➢ Pale face. ➢ Complaint by victim of a chilled feeling or even shaking with chills. ➢ Shallow breathing.

If a victim is in shock, do the following:

➢ Correct the cause of the shock, if possible (control bleeding, etc.) ➢ Keep the victims lying down. ➢ Keep the victim’s airway open. If he vomits, turn his head to the side so that his neck is arched with his

chin down. ➢ Elevate the victim’s legs if they are not broken. Keep his/her head lower than the trunk of the body if

possible. ➢ Keep the victim warm if weather is cold and damp. ➢ Give fluids if the victim is able to swallow. ➢ Use the following formula if available:

• 1 quart of water

• 1 teaspoon of salt

• ½ teaspoon of baking soda (sodium bicarbonate) ➢ Remain calm and reassure the victim.





DO NOT DO THE FOLLOWING:

➢ DO NOT give the victim alcoholic beverages.

➢ DO NOT give fluids to an unconscious or semi‐conscious person.

➢ DO NOT give fluids if abdominal injury is suspected.

BURNS

When considering the first‐aid for burns, try to do the following:

➢ Prevent shock

➢ Prevent contamination

➢ Control pain

SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF BURNS:

If skin is:

➢ Red – 1st Degree Burn

➢ Blistered – 2nd Degree Burn

➢ Charred – 3rd Degree Burn

Treating minor burns – 1st and 2nd Degree:

➢ Apply cold, clear water or ice to burned area for pain relief.

➢ Bandage with sterile pad or clean cloth.

➢ Apply mild burn ointment for added pain relief.

Treating severe burns – Large 2nd and 3rd Degree:

➢ Alert rescue crew or fire brigade for medical assistance.

➢ If burn was caused by fire, boiling liquid, or hot metal, do not strip away clothing from affected areas.

➢ Keep air away from burned area by covering with loose cloth.

➢ Do not apply grease or ointment.

➢ Keep victim lying down and comfortable, if possible.

➢ If conscious, give victim plenty of water.

CARBON DIOXIDE/LPT OR “COLD” BURN

Liquefied Petroleum Gases (LPG) is composed of ethane, propane, and butane and their isomers. These gases are colorless, flammable, and when handled or shipped as liquid, have vapor pressure of 15 psig to 550 psig at 70 F.





They are low in toxicity, slightly anesthetic, and have a mild odor ranging from aromatic to faintly disagreeable. LPG harms by freezing, just as dry ice does. If burns are simple:

➢ Flush with water ➢ Bandage or leave open, either way the burn needs to be kept clean at all times to prevent infection

If burns are extensive:

➢ Consult a physician The greatest danger with these gases is getting it in the eyes. To avoid this, always wear safety goggles. If the liquid should get into your eyes, FLUSH FOR 15 MINUTES WITH LARGE AMOUNT OF TAP WATER. Following this, consult a physician or eye specialist.

CHEMICAL EXPOSURE:

ON THE SKIN:

➢ Immediately flush with water. Speed in washing is most important in reducing the extent of the injury.

➢ Apply a stream of water while removing your clothes.

➢ Place the cleanest available material over the burn surface.

➢ If the burn is extensive, have the victim lie down. Place his head and chest a little lower than the rest of the body. Raise victim’s legs if possible.

➢ If the burn is extensive but the victim is conscious, give him plenty of non‐alcoholic liquids.

IN THE EYES:

➢ Flush the eyes by plunging the head into a vessel of clean water and blinking eyes rapidly, or by allowing water from a drinking fountain or hose flow into the eyes.

➢ If neither method is possible, pour clean water into the eyes from a drinking cup.

➢ If you cannot keep your eyes open, have someone hold them open for you.

➢ Try to keep a bottle of eyewash available for emergency use.

HEAT EXHAUSTION:

SYMPTOMS:

➢ Pale and clammy skin ➢ Rapid but weak pulse ➢ Weakness, headache, or nausea ➢ Cramps in abdomen or limbs ➢ Excessive perspiration





➢ Approximately normal temperature

If heat exhaustion is suspected attempt to do the following:

➢ Have victim lie down with his head level with or lower than his body.

➢ Move the victim to a cool place, but protect him from becoming chilled.

➢ Give the victim salt water (1 teaspoon to 1 quart of water) if they are conscious and can swallow.

➢ Never give a victim any alcoholic beverages.

➢ Call a physician as soon as possible.

HEAT STROKE:

SYMPTOMS:

➢ Flushed and hot skin

➢ Rapid and strong pulse

➢ Temperature well above normal – often to 106 degree of higher

➢ Headache, nausea, or dizziness

➢ Often unconsciousness

If a heat stroke is suspected attempt to do the following:

➢ Get the victim to a hospital as soon as possible.

➢ Try to cool the victim’s body by sponging it with cold water or by cold applications.

➢ If victim is fully conscious, give him salt water (1 teaspoon to 1 quart of water).

➢ Never give a victim any alcoholic beverages.

FROSTBITE:

SYMPTOMS:

➢ Skin is pink just before frostbite develops. ➢ Skin becomes white or grayish‐yellow if frostbite occurs. ➢ There is initial pain which quickly goes away. ➢ Victim feels cold and numb and is usually unaware of the frostbite.

If frostbite is suspected attempt to do the following:

➢ Cover the frostbitten skin with a warm hand or woolen material. ➢ If fingers or hands are frostbitten, have him hold them in the armpits, next to their body. ➢ Bring the victim inside as soon as possible. Submerge the frostbitten area in lukewarm water. ➢ If lukewarm water in unavailable, wrap parts in a blanket. ➢ Allow the circulation to re‐establish naturally. When the part is warm, encourage the victim to

exercise fingers and toes. ➢ Give the victim a warm, non‐alcoholic beverage.





INSECT BITE:

BLACK WIDOW SPIDER AND OTHER VENOUMOUS INSECT BITES:

➢ Have the victim lie down as soon as possible.

➢ Place an ice pack over the bite, if possible.

➢ Get the victim to a hospital or a physician.

➢ Do not allow the victim to walk.

➢ Do not give the victim any alcoholic beverages.

INSECT STING:

➢ Remove the stinger if it can be done easily. ➢ Apply ice to the area. ➢ Normally, nothing more needs to be done. ➢ Many people are allergic to insect stings. Ask the person who was stung if they are allergic to insect

stings, if so, transport immediately to the emergency room. Observe person for unusual reactions, such as drowsiness, large amount of swelling and high fever.

VENOMOUS SNAKE BITES:

Most snake bites are not fatal. Small children usually react the most severely. The severity of the bite is determined by:

➢ The bite as related to the size of the snake.

➢ The amount of venom actually injected.

➢ The type of snake.

In the event of a snake bite attempt to do the following:

➢ Do not panic. Increased adrenaline will carry the venom more quickly.

➢ Apply ice wrapped in a plastic bag or cloth. Make sure the ice does not freeze the flesh.

➢ It is helpful in treatment if the doctor know the kind of snake it was. Try to kill the snake, if possible, and take it to the doctor for a positive identification.

➢ Go to a hospital immediately.

➢ Do not cut the bite and apply suction.

➢ Do not give the victim alcohol in any form.

PLANT POISONING:

Contact with poison ivy, poison oak, or poison sumac causes the following: ➢ Itching





➢ Redness ➢ Blisters on the skin

In the event of exposure to the above mentioned plant poisons, do the following:

➢ Cut away clothing from the exposed area so that the contaminated clothing is not dragged across

unexposed areas of the body. ➢ Wash the exposed area thoroughly with a mild soap and water. Repeat lathering and rinsing several

times. ➢ Gently sponge the area with rubbing alcohol. ➢ If blisters appear on the skin, see a physician.

SWALLOWED POISONS:

It is not feasible to cover all kinds of possible poisonings in this manual. What you should do

immediately is one of the following:

➢ CALL A PHYSICIAN

➢ CALL AN EMERGENCY ROOM

➢ CALL THE POISON CONTROL CENTER

If possible, have the container with you when you call the physician so you can give accurate information

about contents, etc





General Information

The following arsenic awareness program has been established for Jenco Construction and meets the requirements set forth in 29 CFR 1910.1018. Jenco Construction requires that management spare no effort in providing a safe and healthful work environment for all employees; that all levels of supervision are accountable for the health and safety of those employees under their direction.

Policy

Education and training will be provided annually for all employees who may be or potentially may be exposed to arsenic in the workplace.

Definitions

Action Level – a concentration of inorganic arsenic of 5 micrograms per cubic meter of air (5 ug/m3) averaged over any eight (8) hour period. Authorized Person – any person specifically authorized by the employer whose duties require the person to enter an arsenic regulated areas. Health Hazard – a chemical for which there is statistically significant evidence based on at least one study conducted in accordance with established scientific principles that acute or chronic health effects may occur in exposed employees. Inorganic Arsenic – copper acetoarsenite and all inorganic compounds containing arsenic except arsine, measured as arsenic (As).

Description

Elemental arsenic is ordinarily a steel, gray metallic material with no smell or taste. It is an element that is common in the earth's crust. It can also enter the atmosphere during certain combustion activities such as coal burning. Arsenic can enter your body through ingestion or inhalation. Arsenic has long been recognized as a poison. In large doses, Arsenic is lethal, in smaller doses it can irritate the digestive track, affect the production of blood cells, cause fatigue, and other effects described in more detail below. When hydrogen comes into contact with Arsenic it reacts to form the toxic gas arsine. Arsenic is commonly used in industry to treat wood to make it resistant to rotting and decay. Arsenic has also been used as a pesticide. However, Arsenic is now illegal to use as a pesticide. Arsenic is used in metal alloys such as lead acid batteries. Arsenic is non‐flammable, very brittle and crystalline in form. It tarnishes in air and when heated, rapidly oxides to Arsenic oxide which has a garlic odor. Arsenic can cause death when ingested in doses greater than 60 ppm. It can also cause irritation to the stomach or intestines when in ingested in smaller doses. Other affects include decreased

PERSONAL SAFETY ‐ ARSENIC AWARENESS





production of red and white blood cells, fatigue, abnormal heart rhythm, blood‐vessel damage, sore throat, irritated lungs, and impaired nerve function. These symptoms can cause fatigue and a pins and needles sensation in the hands and feet. Chronic exposure to Arsenic can produce a change of color in the skin. This change manifests in darker skin and the appearance of warts on the palms, soles, and torso. This can ultimately develop into skin cancer. Inhaled Arsenic also increases the risk of lung cancer.

Regulations

The regulatory agencies that regulate Arsenic are the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). The National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) have also set a non‐regulatory ceiling limit that should never be exceeded. NIOSH has designated Arsenic as carcinogenic. The EPA regulates Arsenic within its drinking water standards. Arsenic must never be dischargedinto the environment without a permit. OSHA regulates Arsenic under the General Industry Standard's Arsenic Standard, 1910.1018. The Action Level for Arsenic is 5 micrograms per cubic meter of air (5 ug/M3) 8‐houir time weighted average (8‐ hour TWA). The OSHA Permissible Exposure Limit for Arsenic is 10 micrograms per cubic

meter of air (10 ug/m3) 8‐ hour time weighted average (8‐hour TWA). The key provisions of the Arsenic regulations include: A limit on work place exposure of 0.01 milligram Arsenic per cubic meter of air over an 8‐hour time weighted average (0.01 mg/M3 8‐hour TWA). A recommended Exposure Limit (REL) Ceiling (C) has been set by NIOSH at 0.002 milligrams per cubic meter of air (0.002 mg/M3). NIOSH recommends that this limit never be exceeded. Where the exposure levels are exceeded, employers must: 1. Use engineering controls and work practices to reduce exposure. These controls and practices may be supplemented by respirators where necessary. 2. Establish and implement a written compliance program to achieve the limits. 3. Establish exposure monitoring and training programs for employees subjected to Arsenic exposure above the limits. 4. Identify as a regulated area any location where airborne concentrations of Arsenic are expected to exceed the limits.

Respiratory protection

Respirators equipped with HEPA filters shall be used to control exposure only in the following circumstances:

➢ While feasible engineering and work practice controls are being installed

➢ During maintenance, repair and other operations for which engineering controls are not feasible ➢ In work situations where there is a potential for exposure at or above the Permissible





Exposure Limit (PEL)

➢ In emergencies

*Action Level (5 ug/M3 8‐Hour TWA): If the eight‐hour concentration of Arsenic is equal to or

exceeds the action level, employers must begin periodic exposure monitoring and training.

Exposure Monitoring

If initial monitoring is below the action level, no additional monitoring is required. If the monitoring results are above the action level and below the permissible exposure limit, then monitoring must be repeated at least once every 6 months. If the monitoring results are above the permissible exposure limit, then monitoring must be repeated at least quarterly. Employees must be notified of all results within 5 working days of receiving the monitoring results

Medical Surveillance

The standard requires a comprehensive medical surveillance program to be conducted by or under the supervision of a licensed physician. Employers must provide medical surveillance annually to employees who are exposed to Arsenic levels greater than the action level for over 30 days per year. Medical surveillance consists of a questionnaire, a chest x‐ray, a nasal and a skin examination.

Regulated Areas

Employers must identify areas where exposure to Arsenic exceeds the PEL. These areas must be clearly marked and only authorized persons allowed to enter. Eating, drinking, and applying cosmetics is prohibited in regulated areas.

Communication of Arsenic Hazards to Employees

Establish regulated areas where exposure to Arsenic exceeds the 8‐hr TWA, and clearly mark them to only allow authorized persons to enter. Provide the signs and labels specified by the standard clearly indicating Arsenic's carcinogenic hazards and the prohibition of eating or drinking in regulated areas. Train and orient workers at initial assignment and then annually if they are at risk, at or above the action level. Maintain a Safety Data Sheet that conforms to the provision of OSHA's hazard communication standard, 29CFR1910.1200 (g).

Record Keeping

Exposure records and medical records must be retained for 40 years or the duration of the employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer. Workers, former employees, and their designated representatives may have access to the records upon request.

Applicability

This standard applies to all occupational exposures to inorganic Arsenic except for

employee exposures in agriculture or resulting from pesticide application, the treatment of

wood with preservatives or the utilization of





arsenically preserved foods. An employer who claims exemption from this standard must keep records that document this determination.

To protect Arsenic workers against exposure, follow these safety precautions:

➢ Only trained workers are allowed in Arsenic work areas.

➢ Proper personal protective equipment should always be worn while in the work area.

➢ See a doctor if you are exposed to Arsenic.

➢ No food is allowed in the Arsenic work area.

Routes of Entry/Effects

Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult administer oxygen. Skin Contact: Flush with copious amounts of water for at least 15 minutes. Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Call a physician Eye Contact: Flush with copious amounts of water for at least 15 minutes. Assure adequate flushing by separating the eye lids with fingers. Call a physician. Ingestion Effects: Wash out mouth with water provided person is conscious. Call a physician immediately. Have victim drink a cup of water to reduce arsenic concentration.

PERSONAL SAFETY ‐ ASBESTOS AWARENESS

General Information:

Jenco Construction has adopted the following program in order to meet the possible exposure of asbestos to our employees. In this program the employees will learn about the potential asbestos exposures in the painting industry and learn how to work around asbestos without exposing themselves, the environment, and other workers within the problem area.

Policy:

Education and training will be provided annually for all employees who may be or potentially may be exposed to asbestos in the workplace.

Definitions:

Asbestosis ‐ a progressive, non‐cancerous and irreversible scarring of the lungs that can produce

shortness of breath. Typical latency period is over 20 years.





Friable ‐ may be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder in your hand when dry. Friable asbestos has the potential to release asbestos fibers that can become airborne, and potentially create a health hazard.

Lung cancer ‐ cancerous tumors that have a latency period of 20 to 30 years, usuallyfatal.

Mesothelioma ‐ a cancer in the lining of the chest cavity or abdomen, very rare but always fatal.

Pleural disease ‐ plaque deposits or a thickening of the thin tissue that separates the lungs from the other organs in the body.

Description:

Asbestos is a naturally occurring mineral that takes the form of hollow, microscopic fibers which are nearly indestructible. It can be densely packed into a tough, flexible and very useful material, which has been used for hundreds of years as an insulation, fireproofing, and building material. OSHA regulates this product and gives it a Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) of 0.1 fibers/cc.

There are three major types of asbestos used in building and industry:

Chrysotile, or white asbestos ‐ used as insulation, fireproofing and soundproofing.

➢ Amosite, or brown asbestos ‐ used in high friction applications like brake shoes & clutches.

➢ Crocilodite, or blue asbestos ‐ not as common as the other two, but the most toxic form.

Asbestos is often a component in the following materials:

➢ Fireproofing

➢ Thermal insulation

➢ Boilers

➢ Building ventilation systems

➢ Ceiling tiles

➢ Vinyl floor tiles

➢ Dry wall, dry wall tape and plaster

➢ Texturized paints

➢ Roofing shingles, felt, tar, flashing

➢ Decorative building materials

➢ Sheathing on electronics and power cables

➢ Automotive brake pads and clutches

Health effects that could result from exposure to airborne asbestos fibers:

➢ Asbestosis





➢ Pleural disease

➢ Lung cancer

➢ Mesothelioma

Employee training:

Training shall be conducted upon initial employment and annually. The training will consist of the following information.

➢ What to do if asbestos or unidentified insulation is disturbed.

➢ Employee and Supervisors responsibilities if exposed to asbestos.

➢ Health effects of asbestos.

➢ Types of asbestos.

➢ Where asbestos is commonly found.

➢ Proper respiratory protection needed, if asbestos exposure is likely.





PERSONAL SAFETY ‐ PROGRAM CHECKLIST

OSHA inspectors will use a checklist similar to this one to evaluate the adequacy of Injury and Illness Prevention Programs. Make sure all items are current and all reports are filed in the appropriate company files.

Written Plan

➢ Identify Responsible Person

➢ Ensure that employees comply with the program requirements

➢ Communication of plan requirements to employees is clear.

➢ Scheduled Periodic Internal Inspections

o Initial Inspection Performed

o Subsequent Inspections Performed for new Substances,

Processes, Procedures and Equipment Inspection

➢ Injury and Illness Investigation

➢ Hazard Correction

o When Discovered

o When Imminent

➢ Training

o Initial Training

o New Employee Training

o New Job Assignment Training

o New Substances, Processes, Procedures and Equipment Training

o New Hazard Training

o Supervisors Periodic Training

Record Keeping

➢ Inspections

➢ Training

Safety Committee

➢ Regular Meetings

➢ Written Records

➢ Review Inspections

➢ Review Injury and Illness Investigations

➢ Review Safety Complaints

➢ Make Recommendations

➢ Verify Abatement of Citations



is is 26 – CRANES AND DERRICKS IN CONSTRUCTION All information contained in this document


POLICY

1926 Subpart CC ‐ Cranes and Derricks in Construction, applies to power‐operated cranes and derricks, and their

attachments, that can hoist, lower and horizontally move a suspended load.

Exclusions to this standard include, but are not limited to:

a. Power‐operated cranes and derricks that have been converted or adapted for a non‐

hoisting/lifting use.

b. Power shovels, excavators, wheel loaders, backhoes, loader backhoes, track loaders.

c. Machinery originally designed as vehicle‐mounted aerial devices (for lifting personnel) and self‐

propelled elevating work platforms.

d. Powered industrial trucks (forklifts), except when configured to hoist and lower (by means of a winch or

hook) and horizontally move a suspended load.

e. Articulating/knuckle‐boom truck cranes that deliver material to a construction site when used to

transfer materials from the truck crane to the ground, without arranging the materials in a particular

sequence for hoisting.

f. Articulating/knuckle‐boom truck cranes that deliver material to a construction site when the crane is

used to transfer building supply sheet goods or building supply packaged materials from the truck

crane onto a structure, using a fork/cradle at the end of the boom, but only when the truck crane is

equipped with a properly functioning automatic overload prevention device. Such sheet goods or

packaged materials include, but are not limited to: sheets of sheet rock, sheets of plywood, bags of

cement, sheets or packages of roofing shingles, and rolls of roofing felt.

Note: The above articulating/knuckle‐boom crane exclusion does not apply when it is used to

1) hold, support or stabilize the material to facilitate a construction activity, such as

holding material in place while it is attached to the structure; 2) when the material being

handled is a prefabricated component such as precast concrete members or panels,

roof trusses, prefabricated building sections such as, but not limited to: floor panels,

wall panels, roof panels, roof structures, or similar items; and, 3) when the material

being handled by the crane is a structural steel member (for example, steel joists, beams,

columns, steel decking (bundled or unbundled) or a component of a

systems‐engineered metal building.

Actions Required Prior to Assembly

Prior to assembly of a crane, care must be taken to ensure ground conditions are appropriate for the crane and

other hazards, specifically, electrical hazards, are eliminated.

26 – CRANES AND DERRICKS IN CONSTRUCTION





GROUND Conditions

Note: Ground conditions means the ability of the ground to support the crane or derrick

(including slope, compaction, and firmness).

The controlling entity must ensure that the crane is not assembled or used unless the ground conditions are

firm, drained, and graded to a sufficient extent so that, in conjunction (if necessary) with the use of supporting

materials, the manufacturer's specifications for adequate support and degree of level are met.

Note: The requirement for the ground to be drained does not apply to marshes/wetlands.

The controlling entity must inform the user of the crane and the operator of the location of hazards beneath the

set‐up area (such as voids, tanks, utilities) if those hazards are identified in documents (such as site

drawings, as‐built drawings, and soil analyses) that are in the possession of the controlling entity (whether at

the site or off‐site) or the hazards are otherwise known to that controlling entity.

Note If there is no controlling entity for the project, the requirements above must be met by the

employer that has authority at the site to make or arrange for ground preparations for crane

operations.

If the Assembly/Disassembly director or the operator determines that ground conditions do not meet the

above requirements, that person's employer must have a discussion with the controlling entity regarding the

ground preparations that are needed so that, with the use of suitable supporting materials/devices (if

necessary), the above requirements are met.

ELECTRICAL HAZARDS

We will assume that all power lines are energized unless the power line operator confirms that the power

line has been, and continues to be, deenergized and visibly grounded at the worksite.

When working near transmitter/communication towers where the crane is close enough for an electrical

charge to be induced in the crane or materials being handled, the transmitter must be deenergized or the

following precautions must be taken:

a. The crane must be provided with an electrical ground.

b. If we must use a tag line, it must be nonconductive.

Note: The following are requirements for all power lines voltages, except when the "20 feet" distance is

referenced. For power lines that range from 351 kV up to 1000 kV, the distance "20 feet" must be

substituted with 50 feet. For power lines over 1000 kV, the minimum clearance distance must be

established by the power line operator or a registered professional engineer who is a

qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution.

We must determine if any part of the crane, load line, or the load including the rigging and lifting accessories

could get closer than 20 feet to a power line during the assembly/disassembly process. If it is possible we will

choose one of the requirements of Option 1, Option 2, or Option 3.

Option 1: De‐energize and ground the power lines. We must confirm with the power line operator that the power

lines have been

de‐energized and visibly grounded at the worksite.

Option 2: 20‐foot clearance. Ensure that no part of the crane, load line, or the load including rigging and lifting

accessories, can get closer than 20 feet to the power lines.





Option 3: Use Table A ‐ Minimum Clearance Distances. We have to determine the line's voltage and the

minimum approach distance permitted under Table A.

Note: When Option 3 is used, the power line operator must provide the requested

voltage information within two working days of the employer's request.

Table A ‐ Minimum Clearance Distances

Voltage

(nominal, kV,

alternating current)

Minimum clearance distance (feet)

up to 50

10

over 50 to 200

15

over 200 to 350

20

over 350 to 500

25

over 500 to 750

35

over 750 to 1,000 45

over 1,000

(as established by the utility owner/operator or registered

professional engineer who is aqualified person with respect to

electrical power

transmission and distribution).

Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to

200 means up to and including 200kV.

When we use Option 2 or Option 3, we must use the following procedures to prevent any part of the crane or

load from becoming too close to the live power lines.

We will conduct a planning meeting with the Assembly/Disassembly director, crane operator,

assembly/disassembly crew, and the other workers who will be in the assembly/disassembly area, to

review the location of the power lines and the steps that will be implemented to prevent

encroachment/electrocution, including the use of nonconductive tag lines when needed.

We will select at least one measure from this list that will be effective in preventing encroachment. The measures are

as follows:

a. Use a dedicated spotter who is in continuous contact with the crane operator.

b. Use a proximity alarm that is set to give the crane operator sufficient warning to prevent

encroachment.





c. Use a device that automatically warns the crane operator when to stop movement, such as a range

control warning device. The device will be set to give the crane operator sufficient warning to prevent

encroachment.

d. Use a device that automatically limits range of movement and have it set to prevent encroachment.

e. Use an elevated warning line, barricade, or line of signs that are in view of the crane operator and that are

equipped with flags or similar high‐visibility markings.

It is prohibited for any part of a crane, load line, or the load including the rigging and lifting accessories,

whether partially or fully assembled, to be under a power line, or be closer than the minimum approach

distance under Table A to a power line. The only exception to this is if we have confirmed that the power

line operator has deenergized and visibly grounded the power line at the job site.

We will also post at least one electrocution hazard warning conspicuously in the cab so that it is in view of the

crane operator. Additionally, at least two signs will be posted on the outside of the crane, except for overhead

gantry and tower cranes.

Dedicated Spotter Requirements

When a dedicated spotter is used, they must:

a. Be equipped with a visual aid to assist in identifying the minimum clearance distance.

Note: Examples of a visual aid include, but are not limited to: A clearly visible line painted on

the ground; a clearly visible line of stanchions; a set of clearly visible

line‐of‐sight landmarks (such as a fence post behind the dedicated spotter and a

building corner ahead of the dedicated spotter).

b. Be positioned to effectively gauge the clearance distance.

c. When necessary, use equipment that enables the dedicated spotter to communicate directly with

the operator.

d. Give timely information to the operator so that the required clearance distance can be maintained.

Assembly/Disassembly

When assembling or disassembling a crane and/or its attachments, the Assembly/Disassembly director

must comply with all applicable manufacturer prohibitions and will select to use the manufacturer's

procedures applicable to the crane and/or attachments.

Assembly/disassembly must be directed by a person who meets the criteria for both a competent

person and a qualified person, or by a competent person who is assisted by one or more qualified

persons ("Assembly/ Disassembly director").

Where the assembly/disassembly is being performed by only one person, that person must meet the criteria

for both a competent person and a qualified person. This person will be considered the Assembly/Disassembly

director.

The Assembly/Disassembly director must understand the applicable assembly/disassembly procedures.

The Assembly/Disassembly director must review the applicable assembly/disassembly procedures

immediately prior to the commencement of assembly/disassembly, unless they understand the procedures





and have applied them to the same type and configuration of crane, including possible accessories.

Before commencing assembly/disassembly operations , the Assembly/Disassembly director must

ensure that the crew members understand all of the following:

a. Their tasks.

b. The hazards associated with their tasks.

c. The hazardous positions/locations that they need to avoid.

Note: If a crew member takes on a different task during assembly/disassembly operations, or if

new personnel is added during the assembly/disassembly operations, the

Assembly/Disassembly director must complete the above three steps.

Before a crew member goes to a location where they could be injured by movement and that is out of view of

the operator, the crew member must inform the crane operator that he/she is going to that location.

Where the operator knows that a crew member went to a location noted above, the operator must not

move any part of the crane or load until the operator is informed in accordance with a prearranged system of

communication that the crew member is in a safe position.

When pins (or similar devices) are being removed, employees must not be under the boom, jib, or other

components, except where Addressable/Disassembly director demonstrates that site constraints require one

or more employees to be under the boom, jib, or other components when pins (or similar devices) are being

removed. The Assembly/Disassembly director must implement procedures that minimize the risk of unintended

dangerous movement and minimize the duration and extent of exposure under the boom.

During all phases of assembly/disassembly the rated capacity limits for loads imposed on the crane, crane

components, the rigging, lifting lugs, and accessories must not be exceeded for the crane being

assembled/disassembled.

The Assembly/Disassembly director supervising the assembly/disassembly operation must address the hazards

associated with the operation, which include:

a. Site and ground conditions must be adequate for safe assembly/disassembly operations and to

support the crane during assembly/disassembly.

b. The size, amount, condition and method of stacking the blocking must be sufficient to sustain

the loads and maintain stability.

a. When used to support lattice booms or components, blocking must be appropriately placed to:

1. Protect the structural integrity of the crane, and

2. Prevent dangerous movement or collapse.

b. When using an assist crane, the loads that will be imposed on the assist crane at each phase of

assembly/disassembly must be verified in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1417(0)(3) before

assembly/disassembly begins.

c. The point(s) of attachment of rigging to a boom (or boom sections or jib or jib sections) must be

suitable for preventing structural damage and facilitating safe handling of these components.

d. The center of gravity of the load must be identified if that is necessary for the method

used for maintaining stability.

Note: Where there is insufficient information to accurately identify the center of gravity,

measures designed to prevent unintended dangerous movement resulting from

an





inaccurate identification of the center of gravity must be used.

e. The boom sections, boom suspension systems (such as gantry A‐frames and jib struts), and

components must be rigged or supported to maintain stability upon the removal of the pins.

f. Suspension ropes and pendants must not be allowed to catch on the boom or jib connection pins or

cotter pins (including keepers and locking pins).

g. The potential for unintended movement from inadequately supported counterweights and from

hoisting counterweights.

h. Each time reliance is to be placed on the boom hoist brake to prevent boom movement during

assembly/disassembly, the brake must be tested prior to such reliance to determine if it is sufficient to

prevent boom movement. If it is not sufficient, a boom hoist pawl, other locking device/back‐up

braking device, or another method of preventing dangerous movement of the boom (such as blocking

or using an assist crane) from a boom hoist brake failure must be used.

i. Backward stability before swinging the upper works, travel, and when attaching or removing crane

components.

j. The effect of wind speed and weather on the crane.

Post‐assembly

Upon completion of assembly, the crane must be inspected by a qualified person to assure that it is configured in

accordance with manufacturer criteria.

Where manufacturer criteria are unavailable, a qualified person must:

a. Determine if a registered professional engineer (RPE) who is familiar with the type of crane involved is

needed to develop criteria for the configuration. If an RPE is not needed, we will ensure that the criteria are

developed by the qualified person. If an RPE is needed, we will ensure that they are developed by an

RPE.

b. Determine if the crane meets the criteria developed in accordance with paragraph a. above.

The crane must not be used until an inspection demonstrates that it is configured in accordance with the

applicable criteria.

Note: Reusable shipping pins, straps, links, and similar equipment must be removed. Once they

are removed they must either be stowed or otherwise stored so that they do not present a falling

object hazard.

Rigging

In addition to following the requirements in 29 CFR 1926.251 and other requirements in this and other

standards applicable to rigging, when rigging is used for assembly/disassembly, the employer must ensure

that:

a. The rigging work is done by a qualified rigger.

b. Synthetic slings are protected from: abrasive, sharp or acute edges, and configurations that could

cause a reduction of the sling's rated capacity, such as distortion or localized compression.

Note: Requirements for the protection of wire rope slings are contained in 29 CFR

1926.251(c)(9).





c. When synthetic slings are used, the synthetic sling manufacturer's instructions, limitations,

specifications and recommendations must be followed.

Inspections

Any part of a manufacturer's procedures regarding inspections that relate to safe operation (such as to a safety

device or operational aid, critical part of a control system power plant, braking system, load‐sustaining

structural components, load hook, or in‐use operating mechanism) that is more comprehensive or has a more

frequent schedule of inspection than the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.1412 must be followed.

All inspection documents must be available, during the applicable document retention period, to all

persons who conduct inspections.

Modified Equipment Inspection:

Equipment that has had modifications or additions which affect the safe operation of the crane (such as

modifications or additions involving a safety device or operational aid, critical part of a control system, power

plant, braking system, load‐sustaining structural components, load hook, or in‐use operating mechanism) or

capacity must be inspected by a qualified person after such modifications/additions have been completed,

prior to initial use. The inspection must meet all the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.1412(a).

Repaired/adjusted Equipment Inspection:

Equipment that has had a repair or adjustment that relates to safe operation (such as: a repair or adjustment to

a safety device or operator aid, or to a critical part of a control system, power plant, braking system, load‐

sustaining structural components, load hook, or in‐use operating mechanism), must be inspected by a qualified

person after such a repair or adjustment has been completed, prior to initial use. The inspection must meet all the

requirements of 29 CFR 1926.1412(b ).

Equipment Not in Regular Use Inspection:

Equipment that has been idle for 3 months or more must be inspected by a qualified person in accordance with

the requirements of the Monthly Inspection, below.

Post‐assembly Inspection:

Upon completion of assembly, the crane must be inspected by a qualified person to assure that it is configured in

accordance with the criteria as described previously. The inspection must meet all the requirements of 29 CFR

1926.1412(c).

Each Shift Inspection:

A competent person must begin a visual inspection prior to each shift the crane will be used, which must be

completed before or during that shift.

The inspection must consist of observation for apparent deficiencies. Taking apart components and booming

down is not required as part of this inspection unless the results of the visual inspection or trial operation

indicate that further investigation necessitating taking apart components or booming down is needed.

Determinations made in conducting the inspection must be reassessed in light of observations made during

operation. Some of the items include control mechanisms, pressurized lines, hooks and latches, wire rope,

electrical apparatus, tires (when used), and ground conditions.

The inspection must meet all the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.1412(d). Daily (each shift) inspections will be

documented and include the following: items checked, results of the inspection, and name and signature of the

inspector. Documentation of daily (each shift) inspections will be retained

for 3 months.

Monthly Inspection:





Per 29 CFR 1926.1412(e), each month the crane is in service it must be inspected by competent person.

The inspection must meet all the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.1412(d). See "Each Shift" inspection, above.

Note: Documented monthly inspection is not required if the daily (each shift) inspection is documented

and records are retained for 3 months.

Annual/Comprehensive Inspection:

At least every 12 months the crane must be inspected by a qualified person in accordance with 29 CFR

1926.1412(d) except that the corrective action set forth in paragraphs (f)(4), (f)(S), and (f)(6) of 29 CFR

1926.1412 must apply in place of the corrective action required by paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of 29 CFR

1926.1412.

In addition, at least every 12 months, the crane must be inspected by a qualified person. Disassembly is

required, as necessary, to complete the inspection. The inspection must meet all the requirements of 29 CFR

1926.1412(f).

Documentation of Annual/Comprehensive Inspection:

The following information must be documented, maintained, and retained for a minimum of 12 months, by the

employer that conducts the inspection:

a. The items checked and the results of the inspection.

b. The name and signature of the person who conducted the inspection and the date.

Severe Service Inspection:

Where the severity of use/conditions is such that there is a reasonable probability of damage or excessive

wear (such as loading that may have exceeded rated capacity, shock loading that may have exceeded rated

capacity, prolonged exposure to a corrosive atmosphere), the crane will stop being used and a qualified

person must inspect it. The inspection must meet all the requirements of 1926.1412(9).

WIRE ROPE INSPECTION

Wire Rope Shift Inspection:

A competent person must begin a visual inspection prior to each shift the crane is used, which must be

completed before or during that shift. The inspection must consist of observation of wire ropes (running and

standing) that are likely to be in use during the shift for apparent deficiencies, including those listed in 29 CFR

1926.1413(a)(2). Untwisting (opening) of wire rope or booming down is not required as part of this inspection.

Daily (each shift) inspections will be documented and include the following : items checked, results of the

inspection, and name and signature of the inspector. Documentation of daily (each shift) inspections will be

retained for 3 months.

Wire Rope Monthly Inspection:

Each month an inspection must be conducted in accordance shift inspection, above, and 29 CFR

1926.1413(b).

Note: Documented monthly inspection is not required if the daily (each shift) inspection is documented

and records are retained for 3 months.

In addition, at least every 12 months, the wire ropes in use on cranes must be inspected by a qualified person in

accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1413(c)

Documentation of Annual/Comprehensive Wire Rope Inspection:





The following information must be documented, maintained, and retained for a minimum of 12 months, by the

employer that conducts the inspection:

a. The items checked and the results of the inspection.

b. The name and signature of the person who conducted the inspection and the date.

Safety Devices

Operations must not begin unless all of the devices listed below are in proper working order. If a device stops

working properly during operations, the operator must safely stop operations. If any of the devices are not in

proper working order, the crane must be taken out of service and operations must not resume until the device is

again working properly.

a. Crane level indicator.

Note: This requirement does not apply to portal cranes, derricks, floating cranes/derricks and

land cranes/derricks on barges, pontoons, vessels or other means of flotation.

b. Boom stops, except for derricks and hydraulic booms.

c. Jib stops (if a jib is attached), except for derricks.

d. Cranes with foot pedal brakes must have locks.

e. Hydraulic outrigger jacks and hydraulic stabilizer jacks must have an integral holding device/check

valve.

f. Cranes on rails must have rail clamps and rail stops, except for portal cranes.

g. Horn

CRANE OPERATIONS

Operators must comply with all manufacturer procedures applicable to the operational functions of the crane,

including its use with attachments.

Operators must have access to procedures applicable to the operation of the crane and these items must be

readily available in the cab at all times for use by the operator. These items include: rated capacities (load

charts), recommended operating speeds, special hazard warnings instructions, and operator's manual.

Note: Where rated capacities are available in the cab only in electronic form: in the event of a failure which

makes the rated capacities inaccessible, the operator must immediately cease operations or

follow safe shut‐down procedures until the rated capacities (in electronic or other form) are

available.

The operator must not engage in any practice or activity that diverts his/her attention while engaged in

operating the crane, such as the use of cellular phones (other than when used for signal communications).

The operator has the authority and responsibility to stop and refuse to handle loads whenever there is a

safety concern. A qualified person, at this point, must determine that safety has been assured.

Power Line Safety

We will assume that all power lines are energized unless the power line operator confirms that the power

line has been, and continues to be, deenergized and visibly grounded at the worksite.

When working near transmitter/communication towers where the crane is close enough for an electrical

charge to be induced in the crane or materials being handled, the transmitter must be deenergized or the





following precautions must be taken:

a. The crane must be provided with an electrical ground.

b. If we must use a tag line, it must be nonconductive.

Note: The following are requirements for all power lines voltages, except when the "20 feet" distance is

referenced. For power lines that range from 351 kV up to 1000 kV, the distance "20 feet" must be

substituted with 50 feet. For power lines over 1000 kV, the minimum clearance distance must be

established by the power line operator or a registered professional engineer who is a

qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution.

Hazard Assessment and Precautions:

Before beginning crane operations , we must

a. Identify the work zone by either:

1. Demarcating boundaries with flags or a range limit device and prohibit the operator from

operating the crane past those boundaries, or

2. Define the work zone as the area 360 degrees around the crane, up to the maximum working

radius.

b. Determine if any part of the crane, load line, or the load including rigging and lifting accessories could get

closer than 20 feet to a power line if operated at the maximum working radius in the work zone. If so,

the requirements of Option 1, Option 2, or Option 3 must be met.

Option 1: De‐energize and ground the power lines. We must confirm with the power line operator that the

power line has been de‐energized and visibly grounded at the worksite.

Option 2: 20‐foot clearance. Ensure that no part of the crane, load line, or the load including rigging and

lifting accessories, can get closer than 20 feet to the power lines.

Option 3: Use Table A ‐ Minimum Clearance Distances. We have to determine the line's voltage and the

minimum approach distance permitted under Table A.

Note: When Option 3 is used, the power line operator must provide the

requested voltage information within two working days of the

employer's request.

Preventing Encroachment/Electrocution:

When we use Option 2 or Option 3, we must use the following procedures to prevent any part of the crane or

load from becoming too close to the live power lines.

First, we will conduct a planning meeting with the crane operator and the other workers who will be in the area of

the crane and/or load to review the location of the power lines, and the steps that will be implemented to

prevent encroachment/electrocution.

We will erect and maintain an elevated warning line, barricade, or line of signs, in view of the operator and

equipped with flags or similar

high‐visibility markings. If we use Option 2 it will be placed 20 feet from the power line. If we use Option 3 it will be

placed at the minimum approach distance under Table A.

If the operator is unable to see the elevated warning line, then we must use a dedicated spotter and implement one

of the following measures:





a. A proximity alarm set to give the operator sufficient warning to prevent encroachment.

b. A device that automatically warns the operator when to stop movement, such as a range control

warning device. Such a device must be set to give the operator sufficient warning to prevent

encroachment.

c. A device that automatically limits range of movement that is set to prevent encroachment.

d. An insulating link/device installed at a point between the end of the load line and the load.

Operations Below Power Lines:

No part of the crane, load line, or the load including the rigging and lifting accessories is allowed below a power

line unless we have confirmed that the power line operator has de‐energized the lines and we can see that the

power line has been grounded at the job site.

Exceptions: Work can be performed under live power lines if we meet one of the following:

a. The work is covered by 1926 Subpart V ‐ Electric Power Transmission and

Distribution.

b. We are using a crane with non‐extensible booms and the uppermost part with the boom at true

vertical, would be more than 20 feet below the plane of the power line, or more than the Table A

minimum clearance distance below the plane of the power line.

c. We are using a crane with articulating or extensible booms and the uppermost part, with the boom in

the fully extended position at true vertical, would be more than 20 feet below the plane of the power line

or more than the Table A minimum clearance distance below the plane of the power line.

d. We can demonstrates that it is infeasible to de‐energize the overhead power lines and we meet the

requirements of 1926.1410 ‐ Power Line Safety (All Voltages) Equipment Operations Closer than the

Table A Zone.

Operations Closer than Specified in Table A:

It is prohibited for any part of the crane, load line, or the load including rigging and lifting accessories to get

closer to an energized power line than the minimum approach distances specified under Table A ‐ Minimum

Clearance Distances.

If it has been determined that work operations must be performed closer than allowable under Table A, we

must consult the power line operator to de‐energize the line.

If, after consultation with the utility operator, it is determined that it is infeasible to de‐energize and ground the

power line or move it then work can only be performed under closely monitored conditions.

First the power line operator, or a registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to

electrical power transmission and distribution, must determines what the minimum clearance distance that

must be maintained on that site to prevent electrical contact.

After that minimum clearance distance is established, we will hold a planning meeting with the power line operator, or a

registered professional engineer, to held to determine the procedures that will be followed to prevent

electrical contact and electrocution. At a minimum these procedures must include:

a. If the power line is equipped with a device that automatically reenergizes the circuit in the event of a

power line contact, the device must be made inoperative before work begins.

b. A dedicated spotter must be used and must be in continuous contact with the operator.





c. We must us an elevated warning line or barricade to prevent electrical contact. It cannot be attached to

the crane, must be equipped with high‐visibility markings, and be in view of the operator either

directly or through video equipment.

d. We must install an insulating link/device above the load up until passed the point of possible

contact.

e. We will use nonconductive rigging if it may come within the minimum distance from Table A during

the operation.

f. If the crane has a device that automatically limits range of movement, it must be used and set to prevent

any part of the crane, load line, or load including the rigging and lifting accessories from coming closer

than the minimum approach distances set for that specific job site.

g. If we must use a tag line, it must be nonconductive.

h. Barricades must be put up forming a perimeter at least 10 feet away from the crane to prevent

unauthorized personnel from entering the work area. If obstacles prevent the barricade from being at

least 10 feet away, then they must be as far from the crane as possible.

i. Workers other than the operator are prohibited from touching the load line above the insulating

link/device and crane. Operators remotely operating the crane from the ground must use wireless

controls that isolate the operator from the crane or insulating mats that insulate the operator from the

ground.

j. Only personnel essential to the operation are permitted to be in the area of the crane and load.

k. The crane must be properly grounded.

l. An insulating line hose or cover‐up must be installed by the power line operator except when such

devices are unavailable for the line voltages involved.

All the procedures developed in the planning meeting will be documented and made immediately available on‐

site.

Before work begins, Jenco Construction and power line operator, or registered professional engineer, will meet

with the crane operator and the other workers who will be in the area of the crane or load to review and

implement the procedures developed to prevent breaching the minimum approach distance.

We must work with the power line operator or registered professional engineer to identify one person who

will direct the implementation of the procedures. This person will direct the implementation of the

procedures and has the authority to stop work at any time to ensure safety.

If a problem occurs while implementing these procedures, or something indicates that those procedures are

inadequate to prevent electrocution, we will safely stop operations and develop new procedures.

Signals

A signal person must be provided in each of the following situations:

a. The point of operation, meaning the load travel or the area near or at load placement, is not in full

view of the operator.

b. When the crane is traveling, the view in the direction of travel is obstructed.

c. Due to site specific safety concerns, either the operator or the person handling the load determines

that it is necessary.





Hooks

When employees are engaged in hooking, unhooking, or guiding the load, or in the initial connection of a load to

a component or structure and are within the fall zone, all the following criteria must be met:

a. The materials being hoisted must be rigged to prevent unintentional displacement.

b. Hooks with self‐closing latches or their equivalent must be used.

Exception:"J" hooks are permitted to be used for setting wooden trusses.

c. The materials must be rigged by a qualified rigger.

Hooks must be equipped with latches, except when the following requirements from 29 CFR

1926.1433(d)(4)(ii) are met:

a. Hooks without latches, or with latches removed or disabled, must not be used unless:

1. A qualified person has determined that it is safer to hoist and place the load without

latches (or with the latches removed/tied‐back).

2. Routes for the loads are pre‐planned to ensure that no employee is required to work in the fall

zone except for employees necessary for the hooking or unhooking of the load.

b. The latch must close the throat opening and be designed to retain slings or other lifting

devices/accessories in the hook when the rigging apparatus is slack.

WORK CONTROL AREA

Swing radius hazards:

The requirements below apply where there are accessible areas in which the crane's rotating superstructure

(whether permanently or temporarily mounted) poses a reasonably foreseeable risk of:

a. Striking and injuring an employee; or

b. Pinching/crushing an employee against another part of the crane or another object.

To prevent employees from entering these hazard areas, the below procedures will be accomplished:

a. Train each employee assigned to work on or near the crane ("authorized personnel") in how

to recognize struck‐by and pinch/crush hazard areas posed by the rotating superstructure.

b. Erect and maintain control lines, warning lines, railings, or similar barriers to mark the boundaries of

the hazard areas. Exception: When the employer can demonstrate that it is neither feasible to erect such

barriers on the ground nor on the crane, the hazard areas must be clearly marked by a combination of warning

signs (such as "Danger ‐ Swing/Crush Zone") and high visibility markings on the crane that identify the hazard

areas. In addition, the employer must train each employee to understand what these markings signify.

Protecting employees in the hazard area:

Before an employee goes to a location in the hazard area that is out of view of the operator, the employee (or

someone instructed by the employee) must ensure that the operator is informed that he/she is going to that

location.

Where the operator knows that an employee went to a location within the swing area radius, the operator must not

rotate the superstructure until the operator is informed in accordance with a prearranged system of

communication that the employee is in a safe position.





Where any part of a crane is within the working radius of another crane, the controlling entity must institute a

system to coordinate operations. If there is no controlling entity, the employer (if there is only one employer

operating the multiple pieces of crane), or employers, must institute such a system.

Equipment Modifications

Modifications or additions which affect the capacity or safe operation of the crane are prohibited except when

one of the below requirements have been met.

a. Manufacturer review and approval.

1. The manufacturer approves the modifications/additions inwriting.

2. The load charts, procedures, instruction manuals and instruction plates/tags/decals are

modified as necessary to accord with the modification/addition.

3. The original safety factor of the equipment is not reduced.

b. Manufacturer refusal to review request.

The manufacturer is provided a detailed description of the proposed modification/addition, is asked to

approve the modification/ addition, but it declines to review the technical merits of the proposal or fails,

within 30 days, to acknowledge the request or initiate the review, and all of the following are met:

1. A registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to the equipment

involved:

1. Approves the modification/addition and specifies the equipment configurations to which

that approval applies,

2. Modifies load charts, procedures, instruction manuals and instruction plates/tags/decals as

necessary to accord with the modification/addition.


c. Unavailable manufacturer.

The manufacturer is unavailable and the below is met.


involved:






d. Manufacturer does not complete the review within 120 days of the request. The manufacturer is

provided a detailed description of the proposed modification/addition, is asked to approve the

modification/addition, agrees to review the technical merits of the proposal, but fails to complete the

review of the proposal within 120 days of the date it was provided the detailed description of the

proposed modification/addition, and the below is met.


involved:










e. Multiple manufacturers of equipment designed for use on marine work sites. The equipment is

designed for marine work sites, contains major structural components from more than one

manufacturer, and the below is met.


involved:




necessary to accord with the modification/addition


Modifications or additions which affect the capacity or safe operation of the crane are prohibited where the

manufacturer, after a review of the technical safety merits of the proposed modification/addition, rejects the

proposal and explains the reasons for the rejection in a written response.

Traveling Under or Near Overhead Powerlines without a Load

The following are procedures and criteria for cranes traveling under or near a power line on a construction site

without a load. Jenco Construction will ensure that following requirements are met.

The boom/mast and boom/mast support system are lowered sufficiently to meet the clearances specified in

Table T ‐ Minimum Clearance Distances while Traveling with no Load.

Table T‐Minimum Clearance Distances While Traveling With No Load

Voltage (nominal,

kV, alternating

current)

While traveling‐minimum clearance distance (feet)

up to 0.75 4

over .75 to 50 6

over 50 to 345 10

over 345 to 750 16

Over 750 to 1,000 20





Over 1,000 Established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional engineer

who is a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and

distribution.

While moving, the operator must take consider the terrain and drive a speed that does not allow the crane to

move within the minimum clearance distances specified in Table T.

If any part of the crane will get closer than 20 feet to the power line while moving, the employer must ensure that a

dedicated spotter is in continuous contact with the operator. The dedicated spotter must:

a. Be positioned to effectively gauge the clearance distance.

b. When necessary, use equipment that enables the dedicated spotter to communicate directly with

the operator.

c. Give timely information to the operator so that the required clearance distance can be maintained.

When traveling at night, or in conditions of poor visibility, we must also ensure that:

a. The power lines are illuminated, or another means of identifying the location of the lines is used.

b. A safe path of travel is identified and used.

Training

Operator Training, Qualification and Certification

Crane operators are required to be certified or licensed and receive ongoing training as necessary to

operate new equipment.

Note: A state or local license is required if:

a. Working within a state or locality that has licensing requirements, and

b. The licensing program meets the licensing and certification criteria listed in

subpart cc.

c. A state or local license is valid for the period of time stipulated by the licensing office, but no

longer than 5 years. It is portable only within the jurisdiction of the issuing agency.

Note: Written tests may be administered in a language understood by the operator candidate.

When an operator's testing is based on a language other than English, it must be noted on the certificate.

All costs associated with training will be at no expense to the employee.

During the period November 8, 2010 through December 9, 2018, all operators must be competent to operate a

crane safely and trained and evaluated on that training before operating a crane.

As of December 10, 2018, all operators must be certified or licensed.

Accredited Crane Operator Testing Organization

An operator will be deemed qualified to operate a particular crane if they are certified for that type and capacity of

crane, or the type only. If no accredited testing agency offers certification examinations for a particular type and

capacity of crane, or the type only, an operator will be deemed qualified to operate that crane if they have been

certified for the type and capacity of crane, or the type only, that is most similar to that crane and for which a

certification examination is available.

The operator's certificate must state the type and capacity of crane, or the type only, of crane for which the





operator is certified.

To achieve the above qualification, the operator must have received certification by an accredited crane operator

testing organization.

Certification issued by an accredited crane operator testing organization is both portable and valid for 5 years.

Audited Employer Program

Currently this option will not be used because:

a. It is not portable.

b. It is time and manpower consuming.

Audited Employer Program

Currently this option will not be used because:

c. It is not portable.

d. It is time and manpower consuming.

e. It requires monitoring and outside approvals.

If this is used in the future, it will be in accordance with 1926.1427(c). Operator‐in‐training:

An employee who is not qualified or certified is permitted to operate a crane only as an operator‐in‐

training and only where the below requirements are met:

a. The employer must provide each operator‐in‐training with sufficient training prior to operating the

crane to enable the operator‐in‐training to operate it safely under limitations established by 29 CFR

1926.1430 (including continuous monitoring) and any additional limitations established by the

employer.

b. The tasks performed by the operator‐in‐training while operating the crane must be within the

operator‐in‐training's ability.

c. While operating the crane, the operator‐in‐training must be continuously monitored by an

individual ("operator's trainer") who meets all of the following requirements:

1. The operator's trainer is the employee or agent of Jenco Constrction

2. The operator's trainer is either a certified operator under 29 CFR 1926.1430 or has passed the

written portion of a certification test, and is familiar with the proper use of the crane's controls.

3. While monitoring the operator‐in‐training, the operator's trainer performs no tasks that detract

from the trainer's ability to monitor the operator‐in‐training.

4. For cranes other than tower cranes: the operator's trainer and the operator‐in‐training must be in

direct line of sight of each other. In addition, they must communicate verbally or by hand signals.

For tower cranes: the operator's trainer and the operator‐in‐training must be in direct

communication with each other.

It requires monitoring and outside approvals.

If this is used in the future, it will be in accordance with 1926.1427(c). Operator‐in‐training:

An employee who is not qualified or certified is permitted to operate a crane only as an operator‐in‐

training and only where the below requirements are met:





d. The employer must provide each operator‐in‐training with sufficient training prior to operating the

crane to enable the operator‐in‐training to operate it safely under limitations established by 29 CFR

1926.1430 (including continuous monitoring) and any additional limitations established by the

employer.

e. The tasks performed by the operator‐in‐training while operating the crane must be within the

operator‐in‐training's ability.

f. While operating the crane, the operator‐in‐training must be continuously monitored by an

individual ("operator's trainer") who meets all of the following requirements:

1. The operator's trainer is the employee or agent of Jenco Construction

2. The operator's trainer is either a certified operator under 29 CFR 1926.1430 or has passed the

written portion of a certification test and is familiar with the proper use of the crane's controls.

3. While monitoring the operator‐in‐training, the operator's trainer performs no tasks that detract

from the trainer's ability to monitor the operator‐in‐training.

4. For cranes other than tower cranes: the operator's trainer and the operator‐in‐training must be in

direct line of sight of each other. In addition, they must communicate verbally or by hand signals.

For tower cranes: the operator's trainer and the operator‐in‐training must be in direct

communication with each other.

Rigger Training, Qualification and Certification

All costs associated with training will be at no expense to the employee.

Riggers must be qualified. A qualified person means a person who, by possession of a recognized degree,

certificate, or professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge, training and experience, successfully

demonstrated the ability to solve/resolve problems relating to the subject matter, the work, or the project.

Signal Person Training, Qualification and Certification

All costs associated with training will be at no expense to the employee. Signal persons must be qualified

by either:

a. A third‐party evaluator ‐ Documentation is Portable, or

b. An employer qualified evaluator ‐ Documentation is not Portable.

The training must include either a verbal or written test, PLUS a practical test. A certificate of completion will

be provided upon successful completion of the training.

Training will include, but not be limited to, the following types of signals. Hand Signals:

Note: Hand signal charts must be either posted on the crane or conspicuously posted in the vicinity of

the hoisting operations. These charts will comply with the instructions found in Appendix A to

Subpart CC of Part 1926‐Standard Hand Signals.

When using hand signals, the Standard Method must be used (see Note, above).

Exception: Where use of the Standard Method for hand signals is infeasible, or where an

operation or use of an attachment is not covered in the Standard Method,

non‐standard hand signals may be used in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1419

(c)(2).

Non‐Standard Hand Signals:





When using non‐standard hand signals, the signal person, operator, and lift director (where there is one)

must contact each other prior to the operation and agree on the non‐standard hand signals that will be

used.

Radio, Telephone or Other Electronic Transmission of Signals:

The device(s) used to transmit signals must be tested on site before beginning operations to ensure that

the signal transmission is effective, clear, and reliable.

Signal transmission must be through a dedicated channel, except:

a. Multiple cranes/derricks and one or more signal persons may share a dedicated channel for the

purpose of coordinating operations.

b. Where a crane is being operated on or adjacent to railroad tracks, and the actions of the crane operator

need to be coordinated with the movement of other equipment or trains on the same or adjacent

tracks.

The operator's reception of signals must be by a hands‐free system.

New Signals:

Signals other than hand, voice, or audible signals may be used where it may be demonstrated that:

a. The new signals provide at least equally effective communication as voice audible, or Standard

Method hand signals, or

b. The new signals comply with a national consensus standard that provides at least equally effective

communication as voice, audible, or Standard Method hand signals.

Voice Signals:

If voice signals are used, prior to beginning operations, the operator, signal person and lift director (if there is

one), must contact each other and agree on the voice signals that will be used. Once the voice signals are

agreed upon, these workers need not meet again to discuss voice signals unless another worker is added or

substituted, there is confusion about the voice signals or a voice signal is to be changed.

Each voice signal must contain the following three elements, given in the following order: function (such as

hoist, boom, etc.), direction; distance and/or speed; function stop command.

The operator, signal person and lift director (if there is one), must be able to effectively communicate in the

language used.

Additional Signal Information:

a. The signals used (hand, voice, audible, or new), and means of transmitting the signals to the

operator (such as direct line of sight, video, radio, etc.) must be appropriate for the site conditions.

b. During operations requiring signals, the ability to transmit signals between the operator and signal

person must be maintained. If that ability is interrupted at any time the operator must safely stop

operations requiring signals until it is reestablished, and a proper signal is given and understood.

c. If the operator becomes aware of a safety problem and needs to communicate with the signal

person, the operator must safely stop operations. Operations must not resume until the operator

and signal person agree that the problem has been resolved.

d. Only one person may give signals to a crane/derrick at a time, except in circumstances covered by the

below:





1. Anyone who becomes aware of a safety problem must alert the operator or signal person by giving

the stop or emergency stop signal.

Note: 29 CFR 1926.1417(y) requires the operator to obey a stop or emergency stop signal.

e. All directions given to the operator by the signal person must be given from the operator's

direction perspective.

Where a signal person(s) is in communication with more than one crane/derrick, a system must be used for

identifying the crane/derrick each signal is for, as follows:

a. For each signal, prior to giving the function/direction, the signal person must identify the

crane/derrick the signal is for, or

b. Must use an equally effective method of identifying which crane/derrick the signal is

for.

Power Lines Training

We must ensure that each operator and crew member assigned to work with cranes receive the necessary

training. The training must cover the following:

a. The procedures to be followed in the event of electrical contact with a power line. Such training must

include:

1. Information regarding the danger of electrocution from the operator simultaneously

touching the crane and the ground.

2. The importance to the operator's safety of remaining inside the cab except where there is an

imminent danger of fire, explosion, or other emergency that necessitates leaving the cab.

3. The safest means of evacuating from a crane that may be energized.

4. The danger of the potentially energized zone around the crane (step potential).

5. The need for crew in the area to avoid approaching or touching the crane and the load.

6. Safe clearance distance from power lines.

b. Power lines are presumed to be energized unless the utility owner/operator confirms that the power

line has been and continues to be deenergized and visibly grounded at the worksite.

c. Power lines are presumed to be uninsulated unless the utility owner/operator or a registered engineer

who is a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution confirms that a

line is insulated.

d. The limitations of an insulating link/device, proximity alarm, and range control (and similar)

device, if used.

e. The procedures to be followed to properly ground the crane and the limitations of grounding.

f. Employees working as dedicated spotters must be trained to enable them to effectively perform their

task.



is is 27 ‐ OCCUPATIONAL SILICA DUST EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN All information contained in this document


Consult with safety department for fillable forms for completion on the jobsite.

PROGRAM

Jenco Construction recognizes that exposure to silica dust can cause silicosis (a

deadly lung disease) and may cause lung cancer. Jenco Construction takes

responsibility for protecting the safety and health of its employees. The Occupational

Silica Dust Control Program includes the following parts:

1. Hazard Identification

2. Worksite Air Monitoring

3. Employee Training

4. Housekeeping Procedures

5. Engineering Controls

6. Personal Hygiene

7. Personal Protective Equipment

8. Medical Examinations and Evaluation

9. Record Keeping

10. Emergency First Aid Procedures for Silica Dust

11. Spill and Disposal Procedures

Part 1. Hazard Identification

Jenco Construction recognizes that the following job/task can produce silica dust at our workplace (Sandblasting, concrete cutting, determine hazards for each job site) When any of these jobs/tasks are performed by a worker employed by Jenco Construction they will be protected by the Occupational Silica Dust Exposure Control Program. Supervisor is responsible for identifying silica dust exposure hazards.

Part 2. Worksite Monitoring

When a job/task is identified as a silica dust hazard the process and the worker’s breathing zone will be monitored for silica dust concentrations. Employee exposure measurements must represent actual breathing zone exposure conditions for each employee. Each job/task identified in part one will be monitored every four months and whenever a change is made to the process. Engineering controls will be monitored immediately after implementation and quarterly thereafter. Employees will be able to view all air monitoring records; copies of the records can be found at Supervisor is responsible for the worksite monitoring program.

Part 3. Employee Training

All employees working in the job/tasks identified in part one are required to complete a training course prior to working in the exposure area. Workers will be trained when first assigned to the job/task and annually thereafter. Training for the Occupational Silica Dust Exposure will include the following topics:

1.Health hazards of silica dust exposure (including signs and symptoms of silicosis).

27 ‐ OCCUPATIONAL SILICA DUST EXPOSURE

CONTROL PLAN





2. Operations and materials that can produce silica dust exposure.

3. Engineering and work practice controls used to protect them from exposures.

4. The importance of proper equipment and control maintenance.

5. Housekeeping procedures.

6. Proper use of respirators and the respirator standard.

7. Personal Hygiene procedures to reduce exposures.

8. How smoking increases the risk of developing silicosis and other lung damage.

9. The details of the Occupational Silica Dust Exposure Control Program.

Training will be performed by, Records of attendance, dates of training, and training materials will be documented. Additional training or reference material on silica dust exposure will be made available upon request to employees.

Part 4. Housekeeping Procedures

Dry sweeping and the use of compressed air are prohibited for removing dust in jobs/task identified in part one. Work areas and equipment covered by dust will be cleaned at the end of every shift by using a HEPA filter vacuum. Wet clean up may also be used to remove dust. Waste materials will be stored at and will be removed at least weekly. Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that work areas are free

from dust at the end of each shift.

Part 5. Engineering Controls

Jenco Construction will use engineering controls whenever possible to control silica dust exposures. Ventilation systems will be checked at least weekly to determine if they are functioning properly. Jenco Construrction will not use abrasives that contain more than 1% crystalline silica during blasting options. Supervisor is responsible for inspecting and maintaining engineering controls on all jobs.

Part 6. Personal Hygiene

Employees working at the job/tasks identified in part one will change out of contaminated clothing and work boots before leaving the jobsite. Contaminated clothing will be vacuumed with the HEPA filer vacuum to remove silica dust. Lockers or container will be provided to store clean clothes at the jobsite. Employees are required to wash their hands and shower (when feasible) before leaving the worksite. When worksites are located in the field away from normal operation, Jenco Construction will provide portable containers to hand washing. Employees will not eat, smoke, or use smokeless tobacco in the areas identified in part one.

Part 7. Personal Protective Equipment

When respirators are required to protect employees for silica dust exposure, Jenco Construction Respirator Program will be strictly followed. Copies of the Respirator Program are located at.

Part 8. Medical Surveillance

All workers working in jobs/tasks identified in part one will be given medical examinations to prevent the development of silicosis. Medical examinations will be conducted once a year for employees working in jobs/tasks that expose them to silica dust. Medical examinations must include (1) Chest X‐rays, (2) Pulmonary function tests, and (3) tuberculosis evaluation.





Employees whose chest X‐rays show changes consistent with the development of silicosis are customary removed from job/tasks that expose them to silica dust. Input from the attending physician will be considered in making this decision.

Part 9. Recordkeeping

Training, medical records, air monitoring, engineering control maintenance records, and injury records will be maintained.

Part 10. Emergency First Aid Procedures for Silica Dust

1. Eye Exposure

If crystalline silica dust gets into the eyes, wash immediately with large amounts of water, lifting the lower and upper lids occasionally. If irritation is present after washing, get medical attention. Portable eyewashes will be kept at jobsites in the field away from the company locations.

2. Breathing

If a person breathes in large amounts of crystalline silica dust, move the exposed person to fresh air immediately. If breathing has stopped, perform artificial respiration. Keep the affected person warm and at rest. Get medical attention as soon as possible.

Part 11. Spill and Disposal Precautions

If crystalline silica is spilled or released in hazardous concentrations, the following steps must be taken: 1. Ventilate the area of the spill or release. 2. Persons doing the clean‐up are required to wear appropriate respirators. 3. Collect spilled material in the most convenient and safe manner for reclamation or disposal in a secured sanitary landfill. I have read and understand the requirements of this program and will participate in all training and safety precautions. Employee Signature: Date:









Equipment/task

Engineering and work practice control methods

Required respiratory protection

and minimum assigned protection

factor (APF)

≤ 4 hours/shift >4 hours/shift

(i) Stationary masonry saws

Use saw equipped with integrated water delivery system

that continuously feeds water to the blade

Operate and maintain tool in accordance with

manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions

None

None

(ii) Handheld power saws

(any blade diameter)




manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions:

-When used outdoors

-When used indoors or in an enclosed area

None

APF 10

APF 10

APF 10

(iii) Handheld power saws for

cutting fiber-cement board

(with blade diameter of 8

inches or less)

For tasks performed outdoors only:

Use saw equipped with commercially available dust

collection system



Dust collector must provide the air flow recommended by

the tool manufacturer, or greater, and have a filter with

99% or greater efficiency

None

None

(iv) Walk-behind saws




manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions:

-When used outdoors


None

APF 10

None

APF 10





Equipment/task




factor (APF)


(v) Drivable saws






None

None

(vi) Rig-mounted core saws or

drills

Use tool equipped with integrated water delivery system

that supplies water to cutting surface



None

None

(vii) Handheld and stand-

mounted drills (including

impact and rotary hammer

drills)

Use drill equipped with commercially available shroud or

cowling with dust collection system





99% or greater efficiency and a filter-cleaning mechanism

Use a HEPA-filtered vacuum when cleaning holes

None

None

(viii) Dowel drilling rigs for

concrete


Use shroud around drill bit with a dust collection system.

Dust collector must have a filter with 99% or greater

efficiency and a filter cleaning mechanism

Use a HEPA-filtered vacuum when cleaning holes

APF 10

APF 10

(ix) Vehicle-mounted drilling

rigs for rock and concrete

Use dust collection system with close capture hood or

shroud around drill bit with a low-flow water spray to wet

the dust at the discharge point from the dust collector

OR

Operate from within an enclosed cab and use water for

dust suppression on drill bit

None

None

None

None

(x) Jackhammers and

handheld powered chipping

tools

Use tool with water delivery system that supplies a

continuous stream or spray of water at the point of impact:

-When used outdoors


None

APF 10

APF 10

APF 10





Equipment/task




factor (APF)


OR

Use tool equipped with commercially available shroud and

dust collection system





99% or greater efficiency and a filter-cleaning mechanism:

-When used outdoors


None

APF 10

APF 10

APF 10

(xi) Handheld grinders for

mortar removal (i.e.,

tuckpointing)

Use grinder equipped with commercially available shroud

and dust collection system



Dust collector must provide 25 cubic feet per minute (cfm)

or greater of airflow per inch of wheel diameter and have a

filter with 99% or greater efficiency and a cyclonic pre-

separator or filter-cleaning mechanism

APF 10 APF 25

(xii) Handheld grinders for

uses other than mortar

removal


Use grinder equipped with integrated water delivery

system that continuously feeds water to the grinding

surface



OR

Use grinder equipped with commercially available shroud

and dust collection system



Dust collector must provide 25 cubic feet per minute (cfm)

or greater of airflow per inch of wheel diameter and have a

None

None





Equipment/task




factor (APF)


filter with 99% or greater efficiency and a cyclonic pre-

separator or filter-cleaning mechanism:

-When used outdoors


None

None

None

APF 10

(xiii) Walk-behind milling

machines and floor grinders

Use machine equipped with integrated water delivery

system that continuously feeds water to the cutting surface



OR

Use machine equipped with dust collection system

recommended by the manufacturer




the manufacturer, or greater, and have a filter with 99% or

greater efficiency and a filter-cleaning mechanism

When used indoors or in an enclosed area, use a HEPA-

filtered vacuum to remove loose dust in between passes

None

None

None

None

(xiv) Small drivable milling

machines (less than half-lane)

Use a machine equipped with supplemental water sprays

designed to suppress dust. Water must be combined with

a surfactant

Operate and maintain machine to minimize dust emissions

None

None

(xv) Large drivable milling

machines (half-lane and

larger)

For cuts of any depth on asphalt only:

Use machine equipped with exhaust ventilation on drum

enclosure and supplemental water sprays designed to

suppress dust


For cuts of four inches in depth or less on any substrate:

Use machine equipped with exhaust ventilation on drum

enclosure and supplemental water sprays designed to

None

None

None

None





Equipment/task




factor (APF)


suppress dust


OR

Use a machine equipped with supplemental water spray

designed to suppress dust. Water must be combined with

a surfactant


None

None

(xvi) Crushing machines

Use equipment designed to deliver water spray or mist for

dust suppression at crusher and other points where dust is

generated (e.g., hoppers, conveyers, sieves/sizing or

vibrating components, and discharge points)

Operate and maintain machine in accordance with


Use a ventilated booth that provides fresh, climate-

controlled air to the operator, or remote control station

None

None

(xvii) Heavy equipment and

utility vehicles used to abrade

or fracture silica-containing

materials (e.g., hoe-ramming,

rock ripping) or used during

demolition activities involving

silica-containing materials

Operate equipment from within an enclosed cab

When employees outside of the cab are engaged in the

task, apply water and/or dust suppressants as necessary

to minimize dust emissions

None

None

None

None

(xviii) Heavy equipment and

utility vehicles for tasks such

as grading and excavating but

not including: Demolishing,

abrading, or fracturing silica-

containing materials

Apply water and/or dust suppressants as necessary to

minimize dust emissions

OR

When the equipment operator is the only employee

engaged in the task, operate equipment from within an

enclosed cab

None

None

None

None



is is Return to Work Policy All information contained in this document


This policy is in place to ensure Jenco Construction provides meaningful work activity for employees who are temporarily unable to perform all, or portions, of their regular work assignments or duties. This policy applies to employees suffering from either work or non‐work related injury or illness. The goal is to allow valued company employees to return to productive, regular work as quickly as possible. By providing temporary transitional or modified work activity, injured employees remain an active and vital part of the company. Studies show that a well‐ constructed Return to Work Policy reduces lost time days, allows workers to recover more quickly and makes for a more positive work environment.

SCOPE

All active employees who become temporarily unable to perform their regular job due to a compensable work related or non‐work related injury or illness may be eligible for transitory work duties within the provisions of this program. Return to work tasks may be in the form of: - Changed duties within the scope of the employee’s current position - Other available jobs for which the employee qualifies outside the scope of his or her current position - An altered schedule of work hours

DEFINITIONS - Transitional duty is a therapeutic tool used to accelerate injured employees’ return to work by addressing the physical, emotional, attitudinal and environmental factors that otherwise inhibit a prompt return to work. These assignments are meant to be temporary and may not last longer than 90 days, though [Industrial Service Group] permits multiple 90‐day assignments back‐to‐back if it is medically warranted.

- Alternate duty is a part of Jenco Construction Return to Work Policy that is designed as a placement service for individuals who have reached maximum medical improvement and are still unable to perform the essential functions of their pre‐injury job.

APPLICABILITY Length of Duty If work is available that meets the limitations or restrictions set forth by the employee’s attending practitioner, that employee may be assigned transitional or modified work for a period not to exceed 90 days. Transitional or light duty is a temporary program, and an employee’s eligibility in these reduced assignments will be based strictly on medical documentation and recovery progress. Daily Application An employee’s limitations and restrictions are effective 24 hours a day. Any employee who fails to follow his or her restrictions may cause a delay in healing or may further aggravate the condition. Employees who disregard their established restrictions, whether they are at work or not, may be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination.

AVAIABILITY OF WORK Every effort will be made to accommodate the employee to return to work. However, if no work is available in regards to employees current medical condition the employee may be discharged

Return to Work Policy





at the employers discretion.

Qualification Transitional or modified duty will be available to all employees on a fair and equitable basis with temporary assignments based on skill and abilities. Eligibility will be based upon completion of the Return to Work Evaluation Form by the employee’s attending medical professional. An employee on modified duty will be considered part of the regular shift staffing, with recognition of the employee’s limitations within the department.

RESPONSIBILITIES The following responsibilities apply to various levels within the company.

- Senior management will ensure the policy’s enforcement among all levels at [Industrial Service Group] and will actively promote and support this policy and the Return to Work Program as a whole.

- Supervisors will support the employee’s return to work by identifying appropriate modified assignments and ensuring the employee does not exceed the physician’s set restrictions. Supervisors will also stay in regular contact with absent employees and communicate Jenco Construction’s attendance expectations clearly. They are also responsible for reporting any problems with employees and this policy to the return to work manager or program supervisor.

- Injured workers will notify their supervisors in a timely manner when their condition requires an absence. They will closely follow their physician’s medical treatment plan and actively participate in [Industrial Service Group]’s Return to Work Program, which includes following all the guidelines of this policy. Injured employees will also help supervisors identify potential options for transitional duties that they discover. While supervisors are responsible for maintaining constant communication with the injured employee, the worker also has the obligation to maintain contact with [Industrial Service Group] about their condition and status. The injured worker will complete all the required paperwork in a timely manner.

- Return to Work Program Manager will be trained in understanding the physical and psychosocial aspects of disability and will also understand the nuances of Jenco Construction’s Return to Work Program, policies and all associated forms. This individual will also be able to testify in court as a vocational expert if necessary. He or she will provide program leadership by facilitating communication between union officials, employees, managers and medical providers. This manager will own the responsibility of creating the Jenco Constructions Job Bank and will assist supervisors with on‐site problem solving.

PROCEDURE

Work Schedule

Jenco Construction Company will do everything in its power to tailor the restricted work schedule to the

injured employee’s normal, pre‐condition work schedule. However, depending on the job limitations, it may

be necessary for the employee to take on a specifically designed, temporary schedule to accommodate

these restrictions.

Payment of Wages

If qualified authorities determine an employee’s injury is work related, Jenco Construction Company will

pay benefits and wages in accordance with the state workers’ compensation statute and with the

company’s human resources policies. If an employee on modified duty is unable to report to work, the

employee may then be charged for up to eight hours of sick leave per shift.

Employees performing modified duty on a restricted work week (during the first 90 days of workers’

compensation leave) will receive payment for hours worked from the company, while hours not worked will

be reimbursed according to workers’ compensation guidelines.





An employee performing transitional duty for a non‐work related injury or illness on a normal work

schedule shall receive an hourly rate for all time worked that may not necessarily equal the full‐duty hourly rate. Employees performing transitional duty on a restricted work week following a period of Short Term Disability (STD) may receive a combination of regular pay and partial disability benefits. The employee and the Jenco Construction Company Human Resources Department will work out this combination on a case‐by‐case basis. If employees take vacation or there is a holiday during restricted duty, they are entitled to their regular vacation selection or holiday pay as it would apply to normal, non‐restricted duty. Communication Expectations If an employee is unable to work in any capacity and the company approves of the absences, the employee must stay in constant communication with the Return to Work Program Manager and the direct supervisor. Each must receive an update of the employee’s medical status on at least a weekly basis. Failure to do so may result in a reduction in available benefits and discipline up to and including termination. Medical Appointments Jenco Construction Company does not allow employees to schedule medical appointments that interfere with working hours. Employees may use time off for medical appointments if they have it available and if they coordinate the absence in advance with their supervisor. Non‐emergency medical appointments not scheduled in advance may be cause for denial of time off. The employee’s physician must complete the Jenco Construction Company Return to Work Evaluation Form for each visit to evaluate the impairment. It is the employee’s responsibility to inform Jenco Construction Company of his or her medical status after each doctor visit. This applies to both work related and non‐work related injuries and illnesses that interfere with assigned. Employee Procedures 1. In the event an injury or illness is work related, report it to your supervisor immediately, or no later than the end of the shift on which the injury occurs. 2. Complete and sign a Report of Injury Form. 3. Let your supervisor know that you are seeking medical treatment and obtain a Return to Work Evaluation Form. The Return to Work Evaluation form must be completed for each practitioner visit regardless of your choice of physician and regardless whether the condition is work related or not. 4. Participate in the Return to Work Program on temporary transitional work for up to 90 days while your physician and supervisor continuously review your condition.

REFUSAL TO PARTICIPATE

If you are unable to return to your regular job but are capable of performing transitional duty, you must

return to transitional duty. Employees who choose not to participate in the Jenco Construction Company

Return to Work Program or follow all regulations in this Return to Work Policy may become ineligible for

state workers’ compensation benefits and, in some cases, refusal to participate may be a basis for

termination. Unpaid Family Medical Leave will apply upon refusal and disability benefits will cease.





FAMILY MEDICAL LEAVE

In the case of reduced work time, the Family Medical Leave and Partial Disability programs may apply to

compensate for lost wages due to fewer hours. Contact the Human Resources Department for further details.





Jenco Construction Company’s primary goal is to accommodate injured workers by identifying or modifying jobs to meet their physical capacities and allowing them to return to work as quickly and smoothly as possible. The company is committed to individualizing return to work programs based around the individual’s physical capabilities and will review all task assignments regularly to ensure duties are appropriate.

We are committed to early return to work and recognize that it speeds up the recovery process and reduces the likelihood of permanent disability. Jenco Construction Company employees are expected to show the same commitment to the program by following the Return to Work Policy and all guidelines of the Return to Work Program. The Return to Work Program requires a team approach, so employees are expected to cooperate with the management team, supervisors and medical staff should they ever become injured and unable to perform your full job duties.

Prior to working on any Jenco Construction job site, each employee is expected to have read the entire Return to Work Policy, which includes the following sections:

▪ Purpose

▪ Scope

▪ Applicability

▪ Responsibilities

▪ Procedure

▪ Refusal to Participate

▪ Family Medical Leave

If you have any uncertainty or questions regarding the content of these policies, you are required to consult your supervisor. This should be done prior to signing and agreeing to the [Industrial Service Group] Return to Work Policy.

I am aware of and have read Jenco Construction Company’s Return to Work Policy, and I understand the requirements and expectations of me as an employee. Should I become injured or ill and unable to carry out my regular duties, whether it happens inside or outside the workplace, I fully recognize Jenco Construction Company’s expectations of me during my recovery.

I understand that if I choose not to participate in the Return to Work Program or follow this policy’s guidelines, I may become ineligible for state workers’ compensation benefits and, in some cases, my refusal may be grounds for termination.

Employee Signature:

Date:

Return to Work Policy



is is Behavior Based Safety Program All information contained in this document


Behavior Based Safety Program

Goals:

1. To encourage active employee participation in our safety program

2. To encourage safe behaviors and discourage unsafe behaviors on an

individual employee basis as well as work units/departments

How we will achieve goals:

• Employee motivation, peer recognition and creating employee based audits/observations of

safety behaviors

• Observer/Supervisor will contact job site safety audits.

• Tool box safety meeting will contain feedback from audits.

When will recognition be given:

• Quarterly

• How will employee/unit be selected:

• Employee’s can be nominated by peers, supervisors, Safety Committee or Safety Officer. An

employee who best represents an active, positive impact on our health and safety program



is is Behavior Based Safety Program All information contained in this document


Behavior Guidelines:

Positive Safety Behaviors Changing the way you usually do your job to a safer method Reminding co‐workers about taking safety precautions Consistently wearing your personal protective equipment Consistently using safety program procedures Reminding co‐workers that they should be wearing personal protective equipment – motivating them Providing feedback to supervisors that some employees are not following safety procedures or wearing their personal protective equipment.

Negative Safety Behaviors Not wearing personal protective equipment or using general safety equipment not following safety procedures/programs [welding procedures, lockout‐tagout, tractor safety, ladder safety]. Taking shortcuts. These behaviors are considered unacceptable and are not fair to rest of the department. They reflect negatively on the department as a whole.

Recognition Guidelines:

• A safety recognition certificate will be presented to the employee/unit at a group meeting to

celebrate and recognize their contributions to the safety program. The certificate should be mounted in a

bulletin board area for department wide recognition.

• A lunch certificate may be awarded to an employee to have a lunch meeting with supervision.

• Departmental recognition as appropriate.

• Supervisors/managers should make special note of and recognize the employee/unit at a

departmental/group meeting.

• At the end of each calendar year a special lunch celebration may be arranged with all

nominated employees, safety officer, and department directors to recognize our safety

program accomplishments in creating a safer work environment at Jenco Construction.

Note: Everyone has clear responsibility for safety and is expected to practice the “highest degree

of safety”. This program is designed to help us change behaviors so that safety becomes part of

the standard operating procedure and is widely valued across all campus units. It is designed as a

motivational tool to get employee’s “involved”. Data and information on units that need to

improve will be provided and communicated so that everyone has a clear understanding of

challenges we need to overcome.



is is HEAT ILLNESS PREVENT PLAN All information contained in this document


INTRODUCTION

Heat Illness in all forms has always been recognized as a WORKPLACE hazard.

All Heat Related Illnesses ARE preventable. OSHA encourages employers to advise and educate ALL

employees regarding the hazards of working in heat and the heat related illnesses.

This written plan informs ALL employees, supervisors and managers of the types and symptoms of HEAT

RELATED ILLNESS and the preventative measures and treatment of HEAT ILLNESS.

DEFINITION OF TERMS

Acclimation means adaption of the body to work in the heat that occurs gradually when a person is

exposed to it. Acclimatization peeks in most people within (4) four to (14) fourteen days of regular work for

at least (2) two hours per day in the heat.

Active Cooling Equipment means clothing or powered devices (passive or active) that work to provide

body core cooling when worn by an employee.

Heat Illness means a serious medical condition resulting from the body’s inability to cope with a particular

heat load, and includes heat cramps, heat exhaustion, heat syncope and heat stroke.

Environmental Risk Factors for Heat Illness means the working conditions that creates the possibility

that heat illness could occur, including air temperature, relative humidity, and radiant heat from the sun

and other sources, conductive heat sources such as the ground, air movement, workload severity and

duration, protective clothing and personal protective equipment worn by employees.

Personal Risk Factors for Heat Illness means factors such as an individual’s age, degree of

acclimatization, health, water consumption, alcohol consumption, caffeine and use of prescription

medications that affect the body’s water retention or other physiological responses to heat.

Preventative Recovery Period means a period of time to recover from the heat in order to prevent

illness.

Shade means the blockage of direct sunlight. Canopies, umbrellas and other temporary structures or

devices may be used to provide shade.

PROGRAM SCOPE

This information is intended to control occurrence of Heat Related Illness.

This applies to ALL outdoor areas on the jobsite where employees can be assigned to work and where

environmental conditions cannot be mitigated by engineering controls.

HEAT ILLNESS PREVENTION PLAN





PROGRAM RESPONSIBILTIES

Safety and Risk Management will

Conduct a Safety Training Meeting Specifically to address Heat Related Illnesses Discuss SPECIFIC issues of

Heat Related Illnesses

Symptoms and follow up procedures

Post/provide emergency contacts/phone numbers in event of emergency

Safety and Site Supervision will

Ensure that employees and work areas are evaluated pre start

Continue to monitor/evaluate the work zone/site periodically during work shifts Continue to remind employees of

requirements/safeguards

Work in pairs: Work in pairs each person’s job is to check on the other to watch for signs of heat illness.

Postpone nonessential tasks: When possible, the most stressful tasks should be performed during the coolest

parts of the day (early morning or at night).

Wear appropriate clothing: Clothing helps to prevent the transfer of heat from the air to the body. This

advantage may be nullified, however, if the clothes interfere with the evaporation of sweat, such as in humid

environments. In most cases, the best choice is to wear light‐weight (like cotton), loose‐fitting, light‐colored

clothing.

TRAINING

Provide information of environmental and personal risk factors for Heat Illness.

Importance of the frequent consumption of small quantities of water up to (4) four cups per hour, in work

environments are hot and e4mployees are likely to sweat more than usual in the performance of their duties. The

different types of Heat Illnesses and the common signs and symptoms of heat illness.

The importance to employees of IMMEDIATELY reporting to the supervisor/safety/another employee ANY

symptom or signs of heat illness in themselves or another employee/co‐worker.

Recommended Procedures for responding to possible symptoms of Heat Illness Include Emergency Medical

Services if necessary

Contact Information for Emergencies with knowledge of WHERE so emergency personnel can get to person

needing medical attention.

SUB PART A RECOGNIZING HEALTH RELATED ILLNESS

In the event an employee is impacted with a HEAT RELATED ILLNESS or any emergent medical condition the

following process is in place:

1.) If an employee appears to be suffering from a heat related illness contact

The emergency personnel designated on the specific jobsite by the designated means (i.e.

telephone/radio/in plant/facility communications system).

2.) If possible and employee able move to an area that is cooler, begin cooling the Person by the

prescribed approved method





3.) If the person cannot be relocated provide responding personnel with the specific location.

TYPES of HEAT RELATED ILLNESSES Heat Cramps painful muscle spasms that usually occur in legs and abdomen. Heat Cramps are treatable and are the least severe form of Heat Related Illness. Heat Exhaustion (heat syncope) is an early indicator that the body’s cooling system is becoming overwhelmed. Signals of heat exhaustion include: Cool, moist, pale, ashen, or flushed skin. Headache, nausea, dizziness Weakness, exhaustion Heavy sweating (a capstone sign) Body temperatures below normal Low-grade fever Low blood pressure HEAT STROKE a profound MEDICAL EMERGENCY. Heat Stroke occurs when The body’s systems are overwhelmed by heat and STOP functioning. Heat Stroke IS a LIFE THREATENING condition and requires immediate professional medical assistance. Signals of Heat Stroke include: Red, hot, dry skin Changes in level of consciousness (LOC) Vomiting No sweating Rapid, strong pulse or heartbeat Rapid, shallow breathing Elevated or lowered breathing Throbbing headache Dizziness Nausea Confusion Irritability FIRST AID CARE for VICTIMS of HEALTH-RELATED ILLNESS For Employees suffering from Heat Cramps or Heat Exhaustion Move person out of sun into a cool shaded area. Loosen tight or restrictive clothing and remove any personal protective equipment. Remove perspiration soaked clothing Apply cool wet towels to the skin Fan the person gently If person is conscious provide small sips of cool water (NOT SPORTS DRINKS) For Employees suffering from Heat Stroke





This is a profound medical emergency and cannot be successfully treated in the field.

Immediate and decisive action is required.

Contact EMERGENCY MEDICAL RESPONSE PERSONNEL DESIGNATED

For the Work/Jobsite advise of the situation and specifically your location (person in medical

emergency). Move employee/person out of sun into shade/cooler area

Loosen clothing and begin active cooling methods (active fanning, pouring cool water over the

body core, placing ICE packs in the arm pits, behind neck and groin).

Place person on their back (supine position/prone) gently roll them onto their side with their

airway (mouth) pointed down toward the ground in the recovery position. Maintain an open

airway.

Continue to cool the person by using ice or cold packs on the person’s wrist, ankles, groin,

neck and armpits. Remain with the person until medical assistance arrives aid to

responders as required.

SUB PART B HYDRATION TECHNIQUES

Most personnel are acclimated to the outside working environment in heat,

The proper hydration is simple, it is recommended that drinking cool potable water in sufficient

amounts prior to exposure usually about 32 ounces 1 quart per hour during the work day.

Drink before you get thirsty. AGAIN about (4) 8 ounces cups of cool water per hour. SALT

PILLS and SPORTS DRINKS electrolyte replacement is NOT recommended for normal

hydration and fluid replenishment/replacement, WATER is the PREFERRED fluid per the

recommended amounts and rates



is is SUBCONTRACTOR SAFETY AND HEALTH COMMITMENT AGREEMENT All information contained in this document


I representing

have reviewed the Jenco Construction Health & Safety Plan and fully understand its contents. I understand our responsibilities and will hold each worker assigned to work on this project accountable for complying with the health and safety rules and requirements, regulations, and procedures contained in the Jenco Construction Health & Safety Plan. I further will allocate the necessary personnel, equipment, and supplies required to comply with this Jenco Construction Health & Safety Plan.

I fully understand that if my company or a worker fails to comply with any part of the Jenco Construction Health & Safety Plan, client safe work rules, or regulatory regulations, that part or all of the work being performed by my company may be suspended until such time that a corrective action plan has been developed, accepted by Jenco Construction and implemented.

is being submitted by my company as the designated Subcontractor Safety Representative for this project. He or she meets or exceeds the requirements established for the position and has full authority to implement any and all necessary corrective actions to maintain compliance with the Jenco Construction Health & Safety Plan.

Signature: Date:

Title:

This document must be submitted to Jenco Construction Safety Department before start of work

SUBCONTRACTOR SAFETY AND HEALTH

COMMITMENT AGREEMENT



is is All information contained in this document


DATE: BY: JENCO PROJECT #:

PROJECT LOCATION:

JENCO PROJECT MANAGER:

JENCO SUPERINTENDENT:

SUBCONTRACTOR NAME:

ADDRESS:

CONTACT PERSON:

PHONE NUMBER:

FAX NUMBER:

CONTRACT VALUE: DIVISION:

SCOPE OF WORK:

SUBCONTRACTOR PROJECT MANAGER:

SUBCONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDENT:

EXCELLENT GOOD AVERAGE POOR UNACCEPTABLE

OFFICE MGT SUPPORT

FIELD SUPERINTENDENT _

MANPOWER

RESPONSE TO PROBLEM

COMPLETE WORK ON SCH _

PUNCH LIST

QUALITY

SAFETY

CLEAN UP

Would you recommend JENCO contract with this Subcontractor in the future?

REMARKS

1. This form must be completed by the Superintendent when the subcontractor finishes their work, or at the end of the project

2. Scope of the work must be specific.

3. Send the completed form to the Estimating Department.

4. If you have any questions concerning this form contact the Estimating Department.

5. Evaluation results are available in the Estimating Department.

SUBCONTRACTOR EVALUATION



Management of Change Form

MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE Page 1 of 1

Facility: Process

Involved

Proposed Change Date:

Prepared By:

Title:

Date:

Type of Change ‐ (circle one)

Chemical

Process Technology

Facility

Equipment

Procedural

DESCRIPTION OF

PROPOSED CHANGE

AND POTENTIAL

HAZARDS

Summarize the technical basis for the

proposed change and any potential health

and safety impacts resulting from the

proposed change. Indicate whether the

proposed change significantly affects safety

or the results of any previous hazard

analysis. If the change is temporary, indicate

proposed change start and end dates.

AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED WITH CHANGE

Authorized By:

Title

Signature:

Authorized Change Date:



Appendix C

Job Orientation Guide

Safety Orientation Acknowledgement Form

First/Last Name

By initialing and signing below, I acknowledge completing the Jenco Construction Site Specific Orientation. By reviewing the orientation

topics, I fully understand the topics discussed and my safety responsibilities on this project. I agree to follow all established Program

Safety Requirements outlined in the Jenco Construction Specific Program.

Topics Initials

1 Jenco Construction Precast Health and Safety Program 2 Jenco Construction Management Team 4 Work Planning: JHAs and PTPs 5 Safety Recognition Program 6 Site Logistics 7 General Provisions 8 Zero Tolerance Policy 9 Equal Employment Opportunity

10 Policy on Harassment 11 Incident Reporting 12 Fall Protection 13 Safety Enforcement and Accountability 14 Stop Work Authority 15 Emergency and Medical Procedures 16 Personal Protective Equipment 17 Electrical / Lock out / Tag out 18 Operating Equipment 19 Loading and Unloading Trucks 20 Cranes 21 Barricades 22 Housekeeping 23 Hand and Power Tools 24 Hot Work 25 Trenching and Excavating 26 Hazard Communication 28 Nothing Hits the Ground

Employees who complete the Jenco Construction Safety Requirements orientation, and have completed the acknowledgment form..

Signature of Participant:______________________________________________Orientation Date:________________________



is is Revision Log All information contained in this document


This Page Is Left Intentionally Blank

Revision Log